VNX - Su Electro Acc 2002

1998-2002 Accord Electrical Troubleshooting Manual
General Information Indexes

Acronym Definitions All Circuit Schematics
How to Read Schematics Component Connector Views
How to Troubleshoot Fuse/Relay Information
Request for Correction Ground to Components Index
Safety Messages In-Line Connector Views
Symbol Definitions Splice & Junction Connector Index
Terminal Numbering System Wire Harness Routing Index
Revision Date: 1/3/08
2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Circuit Index
ABS (anti-lock brake system) Fuel & emissions (L4) Ignition system Rear window defogger
(All except ’01-’02 V6) 44 DLC & MIL circuits 23 L4 20 Climate Control 64
ABS/TCS (anti-lock brake/ ECM/PCM power & ground 23 ’98-’99 V6 20 Manual A/C 64
traction control system) EGR system 23 ’00-’02 V6 20 Safety indicator
(’01-’02 V6) 44 Evaporative emission Immobilizer system 132 L4 84
Accessory power socket 155 control system 23 Indicators V6 84
Air conditioner – see HVAC Fuel supply system 23 L4 80 Seat belt reminder 73
A/T controls 39 Idle control system 23 V6 80 Seat heaters (Canada EX)
A/T gear position indicator 89 PGM-FI system 23 Interlock system 138 All except ’01-’02 V6 147
Back-up lights Fuel & emissions (V6) Key-in reminder 73 ’01-’02 V6 147
A/T 110 DLC & MIL circuits 24 Keyless entry Security alarm system
M/T 110 EGR system 24 LX 130 LX 130
Brake lights Evaporative emission EX 130 EX 130
Coupe 110 control system 24 Key light timer 73 Side marker lights 110
Sedan 110 Fuel supply system 24 License plate light Speedometer
Ceiling light Idle control system 24 Coupe 110 ’98-’99 L4 80
DX, LX (Except ’02) 114 PCM power & ground 24 Sedan 110 ’00-’02 L4 80
EX & ’02 Models 115 PGM-FI system 24 Lights-on reminder 73 V6 80
Charging system Fuel gauge Low fuel indicator light Splice & junction
L4 22 L4 80 L4 80 connector details 15
’98-’99 V6 22 V6 80 V6 80 Spotlights 114
’00-’02 V6 22 Fuse/relay box Low oil pressure indicator 73 SRS (supplemental
Cigarette lighter Driver’s under-dash 6 Moonroof (EX) 122 restraint system)
(Honda accessory) 155 Passenger’s under-dash 6 Multiplex control system 50 ’98-’99 Models 47
Climate control – see HVAC Under-hood 6 Odometer ’00 Sedan 47
Clock 154 Gauges ’98-’99 L4 80 ’00 Coupe 47
Condenser fan L4 80 ’00-’02 L4 80 ’01-’02 Models 47
L4 63 V6 80 V6 80 Starting system
V6 63 Ground distribution 14 PGM-FI – see Fuel & emissions L4 21
Console lights 114 Ground-to-components index 6 Power distribution Index V6 21
Cruise control 34 Hazard warning lights Driver’s under-dash 10 Stereo sound system 150
Dash lights 114 Coupe 110 Passenger’s under-dash 10 Tachometer
Door courtesy lights 114 Sedan 110 Under-hood 10 ’98-’99 L4 80
DRL (daytime running Headlights Power door locks ’00-’02 L4 80
lights) 110 Canada 110 LX (without optional V6 80
Engine coolant USA with auto-off headlight keyless/security) 130 Taillights 110
temperature gauge function 110 LX (with optional Trailer lighting connector 118
’98-’99 L4 80 USA without auto-off headlight keyless/security) 130 Trunk light 114
’00-’02 L4 80 function 110 EX 130 Trunk opener
V6 80 Heater – see HVAC Power mirror defoggers 141 LX 130
Engine mount control system Homelink remote Power mirrors EX 130
L4 30 control system (V6) 157 Canada 141 Turn signal lights
V6 30 Horns 40 USA 141 Coupe 110
Entry light control system HVAC Power seat Sedan 110
(EX & ’02 Models) 115 Climate Control 60 2-Way Adjustable 140 Vanity mirror lights 114
Fog lights (Honda accessory) Fans 8-Way Adjustable 140 Vehicle speed sensor
Canada 110 L4 63 Power windows (M/T only) 80
USA 110 V6 63 ’98-’99 Models 120 VTEC control system
Front parking lights 110 HVAC ’00-’02 Models 120 L4 LX, EX, SE 31
Manual A/C Radiator fan V6 31
Air delivery 60 L4 63 Wiper/washer
Blower controls 60 V6 63 L4 91
Compressor controls 60 Rear side marker lights 110 V6 91

s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
1998-2002 Accord Electrical Troubleshooting Manual
General Information Indexes
Acronym Definitions All Circuit Schematics
How to Read Schematics Component Connector Views
How to Troubleshoot Fuse/Relay Information
Request for Correction Ground to Components Index
Safety Messages In-Line Connector Views
Symbol Definitions Splice & Junction Connector Index
Terminal Numbering System Wire Harness Routing Index
Revision Date: 1/3/08
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
In this manual:
WARNING Indicates a strong possibility of severe personal injury or loss of life if
instructions are not followed.
CAUTION: Indicates a possibility of personal injury or equipment damage if instructions are not
followed.
NOTE: Gives helpful information.
CAUTION: Detailed descriptions of standard workshop procedures, safety principles, and

service operations are not included. Please note that this manual does contain warnings and
cautions against some specific service methods which could cause PERSONAL INJURY, or
could damage a vehicle or make it unsafe. Please understand that these warnings cannot cover
all conceivable ways in which service, whether or not recommended by American Honda might
be done, or of the possible hazardous consequences of each conceivable way, nor could
American Honda investigate all such ways. Anyone using service procedures or tools, whether
or not recommended by American Honda, must thoroughly satisfy themselves that neither
personal safety nor vehicle safety will be jeopardized.
All information contained in this manual is based on the latest product information available at the time
of printing. We reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this publication
may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form by any means (electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior written permission of the publisher.
This includes text, figures, and tables.

s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Acronym definitions
A/C . . . . . . . . Air Conditioning

A/T . . . . . . . . Automatic Transmission
ABS . . . . . . . Anti-lock Brake System
ATF . . . . . . . Automatic transmission fluid
CKP . . . . . . . Crankshaft Position
DLC . . . . . . . Data Link Connector
DRL . . . . . . . Daytime Running Lights
ECT . . . . . . . Engine Coolant Temperature
EGR . . . . . . . Exhaust Gas Recirculation
ELD . . . . . . . Electrical Load Detector
EVAP . . . . . . Evaporative Emission
HO2S . . . . . . Heated Oxygen Sensor
HVAC . . . . . Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
IAC . . . . . . . . Idle Air Control
IAT . . . . . . . . Intake Air Temperature
ICM . . . . . . . Ignition Control Module
MAP . . . . . . . Manifold Absolute Pressure
MIL . . . . . . . . Malfunction Indicator Lamp
OPDS . . . . . Occupant Position Detection System
PCM . . . . . . . Powertrain Control Module
PGM-FI . . . . Programmed Fuel Injection
SRS . . . . . . . Supplemental Restraint System
TCS . . . . . . . Traction Control System
TDC . . . . . . . Top Dead Center
TP . . . . . . . . Throttle Position
VTEC . . . . . . Valve Timing Electronic Control

s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
Menu Circuit Index
Request for ETM Change or Correction
(photocopy this form letter)
The problem is on page of the (year) (model) ETM. Describe the problem in the space
below. If it involves a schematic, make a sketch showing the correction. (If you need more space, use the other side.)
( )
Dealer# Your Name (print) Phone
(Fold here first...
PLACE
STAMP
HERE
AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC.

ATTENTION SERVICE COMMUNICATIONS
1919 TORRANCE BLVD
TORRANCE CA 90501-2746
...then fold here)
Menu Circuit Index

(Tape here)
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Connector Views
Component Connector View index
Connector View Connector View
ABS Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 OPDS Unit (’00-’02 Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
ABS-TCS Control Unit (’01-’02 V6) . . . . . . . 76 PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
ABS Modulator Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 PGM-FI Main Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ABS-TCS Modulator Unit (’01-’02 V6) . . . . . 77 Power Mirror (Canada)
Air Mix Control Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Audio Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Brake Light Failure Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Power Mirror Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Climate Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Power Window Switch
Combination Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Driver’s (See Multiplex Control Unit, Door)
Cruise Control/TCS Switch (’01-’02 V6) . . . 78 Front Passenger’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Cruise Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Left Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Right Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Driver’s Power Seat Adjustment Radiator Fan Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Switch (8-way) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Recirculation Control Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
DRL Control Unit (Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Seat Heater Switch (Canada)
ECM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Driver’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
EGR Valve and EGR Valve Front Passenger’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SRS Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Fog Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Steering Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Front Passenger’s Power Seat Taillight Assembly (Coupe only)
Adjustment Switch (4-way) Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
(’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Gauge Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Trailer Lighting Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Hazard Warning Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Transmission Range Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Heater Control Panel (Manual A/C) . . . . . . 54 Trunk Lid Latch (EX only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Heater Fan Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box
Intermittent Wiper Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Driver’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Keyless or Keyless/Security Control Unit . . 55 Passenger’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Mode Control Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Moonroof Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Unlock Relay (with keyless or security) . . 15
Multiplex Control Unit Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch . . . . . . . . 65
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Driver’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Passenger’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Connector Identification and Wire Harness Routing Index
Battery Ground Cable Left Side Wire Harness

(L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 (Coupe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-21
(V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1 (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-20
Clutch Switch Sub-Harness (M/T) . . . . 203-35 Left-side Engine Compartment Wire Harness
Dashboard Wire Harness A . . . . . . . . . 203-18 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-12
(V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-14
Dashboard Wire Harness B
(left branch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-16 Moonroof Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-26
(right branch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-17 OPDS Wire Harness (With Side Airbags)
Driver’s Door Wire Harness (’00-’02 Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-39
(Coupe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-30 Rear Window Defogger
(Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-29 Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-39
Driver’s Power Seat Wire Harness Rear Wire Harness
(2-way adjustable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-27 (Coupe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-25
(8-way adjustable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-27 (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-24
Engine Ground Cable Right Rear Door Wire Harness
(’00-’02 V6 models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1 (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-34
(’98 Early Production V6 model) . . . . . 203-1 Right Side Wire Harness
(’98 Late Production V6 (’00-’02 Coupe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-23
and ’99 V6 model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1 (All ’98-99 models, ’00-’01 Sedan) . . 203-22
(L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Right-side Engine Compartment Wire Harness
Engine Wire Harness (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-8
(’00-’02 V6 models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-6 (V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-10
(’98-99 V6 models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-4
Roof Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-26
(L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-2
SRS Floor Harness
Front Passenger’s Door Wire Harness
(’00 Sedan with Side Airbags) . . . . . . 203-37
(Coupe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-32
(’00 Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-37
(Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-31
(’00-’02 Coupe, ’01-’02 Sedan) . . . . . 203-38
(4-way Adjustable)
(’98-99 models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-36
(’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-28
Starter Cable
Ignition Switch Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-35
(L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Left Rear Door Wire Harness (V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1
(Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-33

s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Connector Views
In-line Connector View index
Connector View Connector View
C101 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 C401 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
C102 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 C402 (Canada only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
C103 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 C404 (M/T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
C103 (V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 C501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
C104 (V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 C502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
C105 (V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 C503 (’00 Coupe only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
C106 (V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 C505 (’00 Sedan only w/side SRS) . . . . . . . . 70
C107 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 C551 (8-way) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
C108 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 C553 (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
C201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 C554 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
C202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 C581 (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
C204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 C582 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
C301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 C701 (’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
C302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Splice and Junction Connector Details Index
Circuit Page
Circuit 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior Illumination (Positive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Coupe: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior Illumination (Positive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Sedan: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior Illumination (Positive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Circuit 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior Illumination (Negative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Circuit 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Pedal Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Circuit 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taillight Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Circuit 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Circuit 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Circuit 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horn Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Circuit 173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left Rear Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Circuit 174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driver’s Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Circuit 175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right Rear Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Circuit 176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Passenger’s Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Circuit 177 (’98-’99 Models) . . . . . . . . . Seat Belt Buckle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
Circuit 177 (’00-’02 Models) . . . . . . . . . Seat Belt Buckle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
Circuit 178 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
Circuit 207 (Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7
Circuit 207 (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7
Circuit 408 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground for Climate Control Unit Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8
Circuit D04 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Source for PCM/ECM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8
Circuit D04 (’98-’99 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Source for PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
Circuit D04 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Source for PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
Circuit D46 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Voltage for PCM/ECM Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-10
Circuit D46 (V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Voltage for PCM Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-10
Circuit E03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator Charging Signal (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-10
Circuit E90 (’98-’99) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECT Sensor Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11
Circuit E90 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECT Sensor Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11
Circuit E93 (A/T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11
Circuit E93 (M/T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11
Circuit F12 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-12
Circuit F12 (V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-12
Circuit F28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Check Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-12
Circuit F29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DLC Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-13
Circuit F44 (’01-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEP (Engine Speed Pulse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-13
Circuit M06 (A/T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back-up Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-14
Circuit M06 (M/T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back-up Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-14
Circuit M28 (All except ’00-’02 V6) . . . A/T Position 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-14
Circuit M28 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Position 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-14
Circuit M29 (All except ’00-’02 V6) . . . A/T Position 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-15
Circuit M29 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Position 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-15
Circuit M31 (All except ’00-’02 V6) . . . A/T Position D3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-15
Circuit M31 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Position D3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-15
Circuit M34 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Reverse Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-16
Circuit M34 (’98-’99 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Reverse Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-16
Circuit M34 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Reverse Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17
Circuit M35 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Park Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-16
Circuit M35 (V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Park Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-16
Circuit M36 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Park/Neutral Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17
Circuit M36 (’98-’99 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Park/Neutral Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17
Circuit M36 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/T Park/Neutral Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-18
Circuit M37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clutch Pedal Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-18
Circuit Z28 (L4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground for PCM/ECM Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-18
Circuit Z28 (’98-’99 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground for PCM Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-19
Circuit Z28 (’00-’02 V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground for PCM Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-19
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
How To Use This Manual

The next few pages describe how this manual is organized. They also
explain what kind of information the manual contains, what the
information means, and how to use it to troubleshoot electrical problems.
Circuit schematics break the entire electrical system into individual

systems, like the Back-up Lights on the next page. Only electrical
components that work together are shown together, so you won’t be
distracted by unrelated wires.
Explanations of the abbreviations and symbols used in the schematics

begin on page 7 . You’ll need to know what they mean before you can use
a schematic effectively.

1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit Schematics
“HOT” label tells you when Arrow with note
Each schematic represents one circuit. A the ignition switch supplies means other circuits
power to the fuse. connect here.
circuit’s wires and components are arranged to
show current flow, from power at the top of the HOT IN ON OR START
page, to ground at the bottom. Driver’s
Capital letter means the Fuse 9 Under-dash
Shared Circuits driver’s under-dash Fuse/Relay
7.5A
Other circuits may share power or ground fuse/relay box has more Box
than one connector. See page 10-9. PHOTO 85
terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A VIEW 60
wire that connects one circuit to another, for
example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at B4
Junction connector has one or
the end of it pointing in the direction of current more bus bars in it; each bar
YEL
flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the connects to two or more wire
Wire color code; terminals.
circuit or component which shares that wiring. defined on
To quickly check shared wiring, check the page 7 .
operation of a component it serves. If that
Numbers inside
component works, you know the shared wiring YEL components refer to
is OK. notes listed below
A component name.
Connectors YEL
All in-line and junction connectors are Back-up
numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component 1 Light Switch
1 = Transmission Arrowhead means
connectors are not numbered but are identified in reverse
GRN/BLK wire connects to
either by the name of the component if the PHOTO 20
another circuit;
component only has one connector, or by a B it points in direction
GRN/BLK of current flow.
capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component
has more than one connector. 6 C102
PHOTO 34
Below most connector numbers and VIEW 40
GRN/BLK
component names are PHOTO and VIEW
numbers. The PHOTO number 17 C204
PHOTO 91
refers to a photo in the back of the book GRN/BLK VIEW 52
that shows the connector’s location on the car. Cavity number; K2
assigned as Driver’s
The VIEW number refers to an illustration in shown on page 8 . Under-dash In-line Connector
the back of the book that shows the connector Fuse/Relay Box number;
PHOTO 85
terminals, wire colors, connector cavity Female A6 VIEW 60
Index begins on
terminal page 203.
numbers, and other details. GRN/BLK
The connector cavity numbering sequence Number of photo

2 C554 in back of book
begins at the top left corner of the connector PHOTO 150
VIEW 38 showing component
as seen from either of the viewpoints shown Male GRN/BLK location on car.
on page 8 . Except for the DLC (data link terminal
Number of connector
connector), disregard any numbers molded terminals view in
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
into the connector housing. back of book
3) Splice 3)
Wires (Coupe 2) (Coupe 2)
Left Right
Wires are identified by the abbreviated names Back-up Back-up
of their colors; the second color is the color of Light Light
(Coupe 1) (Coupe 1)
the stripe. Wires are also identified by their 2) 2)
location in a connector. The number “2” next to BLK BLK
the male and female wire terminals at C554, for See page 14-12 (Coupe)
example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 or 14-13 (Sedan).
of connector C554. BLK BLK
G601
Symbols PHOTO 148
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
A complete description of schematic Broken wire means part of
the circuit is not shown; Variations
symbols begins on page 7 . look elsewhere as directed Ground are indicated
by the note next to it. by model.

2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Power Distribution Schematics
Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to
various circuits in the car. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed picture
of how power is supplied to the circuit you’re working on. Individual circuit schematics begin
with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a
fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is
available to the inoperative circuit. BLK/YEL
BLK
T1 T2
+ Battery Transmission
To A on A
page 10-2. T3 Starter
– Solenoid
BLK/YEL
Fuse 41
100A
Starter
page 21 (L4)
BLK or 21-1 (V6)
PHOTO 22
PHOTO 50 (V6)
ELD G1
Unit PHOTO 40
Under-hood
PHOTO 58 (V6) Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
Fuse 42 Fuse 46 Fuse 53 Fuse 58 Fuse 59

50A 15A 40A 20A 20A
1 1
B
To B on
A/C Compressor Condenser facing
Clutch Relay Fan Relay page.
page 62 (Man A/C) page 63 (L4)
or 62-1 (Auto A/C) or 63-1 (V6)
T101 See page A17 C3 D10 D2

10-3.
WHT/GRN WHT/GRN WHT WHT/GRN
4 C201 5 C203
PHOTO 120 PHOTO 120
VIEW 45 D2
BLK WHT/GRN WHT
or 3 5
WHT
WHT/GRN WHT/GRN Rear Seat

Window Heater
Defogger Relay
T102 7 8 Relay 6 page 147
page 64
Data Link (Man A/C)
Connector or 64-1
page 23-3 (L4) (Auto A/C)
Alternator PGM-FI or 24-3 (V6) Radiator
PHOTO 95
page 22 (L4) Main Relay VIEW 47
Passenger’s Fan Control Multi-Relay
or 22-1 (V6) pages 23, Under-dash Module Box
PHOTO 12 24, 39, Fuse/Relay Box page 63-1 PHOTO 9
PHOTO 55 (V6) PHOTO 91
and 132 VIEW 28
PHOTO 99 VIEW 67
VIEW 22 V6 Canada EX

3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Ground Distribution Schematics
This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same
ground point.
Brake Light
Failure Sensor Left Right
page 110-1 Trailer Brake Light/ Left Rear Brake Light/ Right Rear
PHOTO 147 Lighting Taillight Turn Signal Taillight Turn Signal
VIEW 1 Connector pages 110-1 Light pages 110-1 Light
page 118 and 110-5 page 110-3 and 110-5 page 110-3
PHOTO 149
VIEW 13
3 2 2 1 2 1
EX DX, LX
Trunk Latch
PHOTO 155
VIEW 14
Latch Trunk
Trunk Key Switch Latch
Left Left Cylinder Opener pages Right Right License Switch
Inner Back-up Switch Motor 84-1, Inner Back-up Plate pages 84
Taillight Light page 130-4 page 114, and Taillight Light Light and 114
page page PHOTO 154 130-4 130-4 page page page PHOTO 153
110-5 110-12 110-5 110-12 110-5
1 2 WHT
1 2 2 1
1 BLU
4
6
G601
PHOTO
148

4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Connector Locations
To see where a component or connector is located on the car, look up its photo number in the
Component Location section in the back of the book. The photo will also tell you the color of the
connector, and how many cavities it has.
PCM or ECM
PHOTO 114
Reference VIEW 66
voltage
(VCC2)
C28
YEL/BLU
To see where connectors

YEL/BLU
and parts are located,
look up their photos in the
1 C101 Component Location section.
PHOTO 34
VIEW 29
YEL/BLU
3 3 1
EGR Valve TP Fuel Tank
and Lift Sensor Pressure
Sensor PHOTO 16 Sensor
PHOTO 17 PHOTO 73
VIEW 3
If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or

terminal number, look up that name or number in the appropriate Connector-to-Harness Index
that begins on page 203. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it’s located,
and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector’s location on the harness,
and the harness routing.
+ –
Driver’s Power Seat Wire Harness

Cavities/
Ref Connector or Terminal Color Location Connects to Notes
1 Power seat rear up-down motor 2-GRY Under driver’s seat EX

2 Power seat front up-down motor 2-GRY Under driver’s seat EX
3 Driver’s seat belt switch 2-GRY Under driver’s seat EX
4 Not used 3 Under driver’s seat Heated
seats
5 Power seat adjustment switch 6-GRY Left side of driver’s seat EX
connector B
6 C552 10-GRY Under driver’s seat Left side wire harness
(see page 203-20)
7 Power seat adjustment switch 6-GRY Left side of driver’s seat EX
connector A
8 Power seat recline motor 2-GRY Under driver’s seat EX
9 Power seat slide motor 2-GRY Under driver’s seat EX
3
2
DRIVER’S
POWER
SEAT WIRE
HARNESS
8 7 203-31

5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Connector Views
To see the configuration of a connector’s cavities, look up its view number in the Connector
View section in the back of the book. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it
is located, and what it connects to.
Use the Connector Views to help locate the proper cavity when you need to probe a
connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same
color. A dash symbol ( ) indicates that the cavity is empty.
Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits
which could be caused by a single problem in a connector shared by those circuits. Here’s
how:
1. Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit.
2. Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic (include page
numbers).
3. Then, in the Connector View section, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits
related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector
for the problem.
Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper don’t work. List all
in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector
View section (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger
circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem, bent terminals.
Connector Views
21. C324
– Brown
– Behind left kick panel
– Connects left engine compartment wire harness to
main wire harness
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
1. WHT (Blower controls) 4. BLU/YEL (Wiper/washer)

2. YEL/BLU 5. BLU (Wiper/washer)
(Rear window defogger) 6. BLK/YEL (Ignition)
3. BLK/WHT (Starting) 7. WHT/BLU (ABS)

6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Symbols
Wire Color Abbreviations A broken line means this part of the circuit
The following abbreviations are used to is not shown; refer to the page listed for
identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: the complete schematic.
BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . black
BLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . blue
BRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . brown See Circuit E03,
See page 14.
GRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . green page 15-9.
GRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gray
LT BLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . light blue
LT GRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . light green
ORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . orange
PNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pink
PUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . purple Where separate wires
PCM or
RED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . red join, only the splice is ECM
WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . white Reference
shown; for details on Voltage
YEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yellow the additional wiring,
NAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . natural C28
refer to the page listed.
YEL/BLU
Wires
See Circuit D46,
Wire insulation can be page 15-9.
one color, or one color YEL/RED YEL/BLU
with another color stripe.
(The second color is the
color of the stripe.)
Wire choices for options or
This circuit continues on different models are labeled
another page. (The arrow and shown with a “choice”
shows direction of current To A
bracket like this.
RED/BLK
flow.) To follow the RED/ A on page
23-5.
BLK wire in this example, Automatic Manual
Transmission Transmission
you would turn to page 23-5
and look for the “A” arrow.
ORN ORN
This means the branch of the

wire connects to another circuit. ORN
The arrow points to the name of This broken line means
the circuit branch where the both terminals are in
wire continues. Name of Circuit
connector C134.
RED/BLU
5
2 C134
BLU/RED RED/BLU

7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Symbols
Connectors – “C” This symbol represents
one bus bar inside the cap
The cavities (and wire terminals) in each
of a junction connector.
connector are numbered starting from the
A junction connector cap
upper left, looking at the male terminals from
may contain several bus
the terminal side (or looking at the female
bars, but only the one
terminals from the wire side. Both views are in affecting that circuit will be
the same direction so the numbers are the shown. The dots represent
same.) All actual cavities are numbered, even C103
tabs on the bar that the
if they have no wire terminals in them. wire terminals connect to.
Wire Side Terminal Side
of of Remaining wires to
Female Terminals Male Terminals
the same bus bar are
See page 10.
represented by a
broken line.
Splices
1 2 3
4 5 6
Splices are shown as a dot. Their location
The connector cavity number is listed next and the number of wires may vary
to each terminal on the circuit schematic. depending on the harness manufacturer.
The cavity/terminal shown below is #6.
Cavity/ BLK
BLK
Terminal 6
BLK
BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK
Male
Terminal
Components
6 C103 A solid border line means the
entire component is shown.
Female
Terminal
GRY
This means the connector A broken border line indicates
connects directly to the that only part of the component
component. is shown.
GRY The name of the component Brake

This means the connector 1 Switch
appears next to it followed 1 = Pedal
connects to a lead (pigtail) by notes about its function depressed.
wired directly to the along with any photo and
PHOTO 98
component. connector view references.

8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Symbols
Ground – “G” Switches
This symbol means the end of These switches move

the wire is attached (grounded) together; the broken straight 0 1 0 1
to the car frame or to a metal line between them means they

part connected to the frame. G101 are mechanically connected.
Each wire ground (G) is

Other types of switches are
numbered for reference.
controlled by a coil or a solid
This ground symbol (dot state circuit. Unless otherwise
and 3 lines) overlapping the noted, all switches are shown
component means the housing in their normal (rest) position,
of the component is grounded with power off.
to the car frame or to a metal
part connected to the frame. Solid-State
This symbol represents

the bus bar inside a ground
connector. The dots
represent tabs on the Fuses
bus bar that the wire
This means power is supplied
terminals connect to. G500 when the ignition switch is in ON (II).
The ground symbol (large dot)
is the connection between the
bus bar and metal (grounded)
part of the car. HOT IN ON
Fuse 6
Terminals – “T” Screw
10A
terminal
GRN/BLK
T102 Identification
Each “T” terminal (ring type)
is numbered for reference and Current rating
location. A “T” terminal is
secured with a screw or bolt.
Shielding Diodes
A rectifier diode works like a one

GRN
way valve. It allows current to
This represents RFI flow only in the direction of the
(Radio Frequency arrow.
Interference) shielding
around a wire. The A Zener diode blocks reverse
shielding is always G103 current at normal voltages just like
connected to ground. a rectifier diode. At high voltages,
however, a Zener diode allows
current to flow in reverse.

9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Five-Step Troubleshooting Test Equipment
1. Verify The Complaint CAUTION:
Turn on all the components in the problem Most circuits include solid-state devices.
circuit to check the accuracy of the Test the voltages in these circuits only with
customer complaint. Note the symptoms. a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital
Do not begin disassembly or testing until multimeter. Never use a test light or analog
you have narrowed down the problem area. meter on circuits that contain solid-state
devices. Damage to the devices may result.
2. Analyze The Schematic
Test Light and DVOM
Look up the schematic for the problem
circuit. Determine how the circuit is On circuits without solid-state devices, use
supposed to work by tracing the current a test light to check for voltage. A test light
paths from the power source through the is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of
circuit components to ground. Also, trace leads attached. After grounding one lead,
circuits that share wiring with the problem touch the other lead to various points along
circuit. The names of circuits that share the the circuit where voltage should be present.
same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the
referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to point being tested. If you need to know how
operate any shared circuits you didn’t check much voltage is present, use a digital
in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the volt/ohmmeter (DVOM).
shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be
in the wiring used only by the problem Self-Powered Test Light and DVOM
circuit. If several circuits fail at the same
time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Use a self-powered test light to check for
continuity. This tool is made up of a light bulb,
Based on the symptoms and your battery, and two leads. To test it, touch the
understanding of the circuit’s operation, leads together: the light should go on.
identify one or more possible causes.
Use a self-powered test light only on an
3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit unpowered circuit. First, disconnect the
battery, or remove the fuse that feeds the
Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis circuit you are working on. Select two points
you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a in the circuit between which you want to
logical, simple procedure is the key to check continuity. Connect one lead of the
efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most self-powered test light to each point. If there
likely cause of failure first. Try to make is continuity, the test light’s circuit will be
tests at points that are easily accessible. completed, and the light will go on.
4. Fix The Problem
Once the specific problem is identified,
make the repair. Be sure to use proper
tools and safe procedures.
5. Make Sure The Circuit Works

Turn on all components in the repaired
SELF-POWERED TEST LIGHT
circuit in all modes to make sure you’ve
fixed the entire problem. If the problem
was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the If, in addition, you need to know exactly how
circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new much resistance there is between two points,
problems turn up and the original problem use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM).
does not recur.

10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Test Equipment Troubleshooting Precautions
In the “OHMS” range, the DVOM will measure Before Troubleshooting
resistance between two points along a circuit.
Low resistance means good continuity. 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box.
Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can
make a DVOM give a false reading. To check 2. Check the battery for damage, state of
a reading, reverse the leads, and take a charge, and clean and tight connections.
second reading. If the readings differ, the
CAUTION:
component is affecting the measurement.
D Do not quick-charge a battery unless
Jumper Wire the battery ground cable has been
disconnected, or you will damage the
Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. alternator diodes.
A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse
holder connected to a set of test leads. It D Do not attempt to crank the engine with
should have a five ampere fuse. Never the ground cable disconnected or you
will severely damage the wiring.
connect a jumper wire across a short circuit.
The direct battery short will blow the fuse.
While You’re Working
1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have

no loose terminals or receptacles.
2. Make sure that connectors without wire

seals are packed with dielectric (silicone)
FUSED JUMPER WIRE
grease. Part Number: 08798-9001.
Pack with dielectric (silicone) grease

Short Finder (Short Circuit Locater)
Short finders are available to locate shorts to
ground. The short finder creates a pulsing
magnetic field in the shorted circuit which you
can follow to the location of the short. Its use
is explained on page 14.
3. When connecting a connector, push it until

it “clicks” into place.
CAUTION:
D Do not pull on the wires when
disconnecting a connector. Pull
only on the connector housings.
SHORT FINDER D Most circuits include solid-state

devices. Test the voltages in these
To order any test equipment shown above, circuits only with a 10-megaohm or
contact your local tool supplier. For a list of higher impedance digital multimeter.
suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Never use a test light or analog meter
on circuits that contain solid-state
Required Special Tools and Equipment
devices. Damage to the devices
Service Bulletin.
may result.
E2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Troubleshooting Tests
Testing for Voltage Testing for Continuity
When testing for voltage at a connector without When testing for continuity at a connector
wire seals, you do not have to separate the without wire seals, you do not have to separate
two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe
connector from the back. Always check both the connector from the back. Always check
sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, both sides of the connector because dirty,
and bent terminals can cause problems (no corroded, and bent terminals can cause
electrical contact = an open). problems (no electrical contact = an open).
1. Connect one lead of the test light to a 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car
known good ground, or, if you’re using a battery. If you’re using a DVOM, place it in
digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the lowest “OHMS” range.
the appropriate DC volts range, and
connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test
light or DVOM to one end of the part of the
circuit you want to test.
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Fuse
Connect here Box
and light should
come on.
RED
Self Heater
Powered LO HI Fan
Test Light MED
Switch
Switch or
DVOM
BLU
Test Light
or
DVOM
Solenoid
Connect here
and light 3. Connect the other lead to the other end.
should stay off.
4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is
2. Connect the other lead of the test light or continuity. If you’re using a DVOM, a low
DVOM to the point you want to check. reading or no reading (zero), means
good continuity.
3. If the test light glows, there is voltage
present. If you’re using a DVOM, note the
voltage reading. It should be within one volt
of measured battery voltage. A loss of more
than one volt indicates a problem.
NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high

impedance circuits. A test light may not
glow (even with battery voltage present).

12
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Testing for Voltage Drop Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM
Wires, connectors, and switches are designed 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect
to conduct current with a minimum loss of the load.
voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt
indicates a problem. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter
(DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC
1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in volts range, across the fuse terminals to
the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the make sure voltage is present. You might
positive lead to the end of the wire have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check
(or to the connector or switch) closest to the the schematic to see.
battery.
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES
Fuse Fuse
Box Box
Test Light SHORT TO

RED GROUND
or
DVOM
RED
DVOM Switch Switch
BLU
Disconnect
BLU
the load here.
Solenoid Solenoid
2. Connect the negative lead to the other end 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the
of the wire (or the other side of the harness. Continue this at convenient points
connector or switch). about six inches apart while watching the
test light or DVOM.
3. Turn on the components in the circuit.
4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM
4. The DVOM will show the difference voltage drops to zero, there is a short to
in voltage between the two points. A ground in the wiring near that point.
difference, or drop, of more than one
volt indicates a problem. Check the NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high
circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. impedance circuits. A test light may not
glow (even with battery voltage present).

13
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Testing for a Short with a Self-Powered Test Testing for a Short with a Short Circuit
Light or DVOM Locator (Short Finder)
1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the 1. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the
battery and load. battery connected.
2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test 2. Connect the short finder across the battery
light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) terminals and the load (component) side of
(switched to the lowest “OHMS” range) to the fuse terminal.
the fuse terminal on the load side.
+ Battery
Disconnect the battery.

–
Fuse
Box
Remove the fuse.
SHORT TO
GROUND
Short Fuse
RED Finder Box
Switch
RED
Self
Powered BLU
Disconnect
Test Light the load here.
or
Dvom
Meter
Solenoid
Switch
Move the PULSING
meter along MAGNETIC
the wire... FIELD
BLU
3. Connect the other lead to a known

good ground.
4. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the

harness. Continue this at convenient points
about six inches apart while watching the ...until the
test light or DVOM. needle stops SHORT TO
moving. GROUND
5. If the self-powered test light goes on or the

DVOM displays a low reading or no reading NO
(zero), there is a short to ground in the wir- PULSING
MAGNETIC
ing near that point. FIELD Solenoid
3. Close all switches in the circuit

you’re testing.

14
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

4. Turn on the short finder. This creates a
pulsing magnetic field around the wiring
between the fuse box and the short.
5. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the

short finder along the circuit wiring. The
meter will read current pulses through
sheet metal and body trim. As long as the
meter is between the fuse and the short,
the needle will move with each current
pulse. Once you move the meter past the
point of the short, the needle will stop
moving. Check the wiring and connectors
in this area to locate the cause of the short.

15
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Connector Views
Terminal Numbering System
The cavities (and wire terminals) in each connector are numbered starting from the upper left, looking
at the male terminals from the terminal side (or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both
views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same.) All actual cavities are numbered, even if
they have no wire terminals in them.
Wire Side Terminal Side

of of
Female Terminals Male Terminals
1 2 3
4 5 6
The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic.
The cavity/terminal shown below is #6.
Cavity/
Terminal 6
Male
Terminal
6 C103
Female
Terminal

s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
▲
▼
Menu Circuit Index
Driver’s Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

Fuse-to-Components Index
13 11
12 10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Fuse
Number Fuse Name Amps Page Component or Circuit Protected
1 FUEL PUMP 15 10-4 PGM-FI main relay, SRS unit (VA)
2 SRS 10 10-4 SRS unit (VB)
3 HEATER CONTROL 7.5 10-5 A/C compressor controls, Air delivery, Blower
A/C CLUTCH RELAY controls, Fans, Rear window defogger relay, Seat
COOLING FAN RELAY heaters (Canada EX)
4 R/C MIRROR 7.5 10-4 ABS control unit (All except ’01-’02 V6), ABS/TCS
control unit (’01-’02 V6), Power mirrors, Power mirror
defoggers (Canada), Option connector S
5 (DAY LIGHT) 7.5 10-4 DRL control unit (Canada)
6 ECU 15 10-6 (L4) Charging system, Cruise control, Engine mount
CRUISE CONTROL or control system, Evaporative emission control system,
10-7 (V6) Fuel and emissions, Gauge assembly, Radiator fan
control module (V6), VSS (M/T)
7 FR WASHER 7.5 10-8 Wiper/washer, SRS (with side SRS)
(SUN ROOF RELAY)
(SIDE SRS) (SRS)
8 ACC RELAY 7.5 10-8 Accessory power socket relay, Option connector R
9 BACK UP LIGHT 7.5 10-9 Back-up lights, Brake light failure sensor, Clock,
INSTRUMENT LIGHT Driver’s and passenger’s multiplex control units, DRL
indicator (Canada), Gauge assembly, Security
system (USA except EX), Shift lock solenoid (A/T)
10 TURN LIGHTS 7.5 10-8 Turn signal/hazard relay
11 IG COIL 15 10-8 Ignition coil (L4)
12 FR WIPER 30 10-8 Wiper/washer
13 STARTER SIGNAL 7.5 10-3 PCM or ECM, PGM-FI main relay, Starter

6
▲
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index
Front View Rear View
9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18
19
13 11
8 10
12
9 20
8
7
7
6
5
6 4 21
3 13
2
1
28
5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22
Ref Socket Cavities Connects to

1 In-line diode 2 — Circuit 174 (see page 15-5)
3 B 14 Left side wire harness
4 E 20 Left engine compartment wire harness
5 H 6 Not used
6 Multiplex control unit connector A 24 (Plugs directly into the fuse box)
7 Multiplex control unit connector B 22 Dashboard wire harness A (see page 203-18)
8 D — Not used
9 G 18 Driver’s door wire harness
10 F 6 Driver’s door wire harness (Canada only)
11 C 5 Left engine compartment wire harness
12 A 10 Left side wire harness
13 J 3 Multiplex control inspection connector
14 I 18 Dashboard wire harness A
15 K 18 Dashboard wire harness A
16 M 6 Ignition switch lead
17 P 7 Dashboard wire harness B
18 Q 22 Dashboard wire harness B
19 Starter cut relay 4
20 Reverse relay 4
21 Turn signal/hazard relay 4
22 O 20 Dashboard wire harness B
23 N 2 SRS wire harness
24 L — Not used
25 T 1 Optional connector (B+: Fuse 42)
26 U 1 Optional connector (Dash lights: Circuit 11)
27 R 1 Optional connector (ACC: Fuse 8 – Driver’s)
28 S 1 Optional connector (IG2: Fuse 4 – Driver’s)

6-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Passenger’s Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

9
10
1 11
2 12
3 13
4 14
5 15
6 16
7
8
Fuse
1 (SUN ROOF MOTOR) 30 10-10 Moonroof
2 (POWER SEAT REC) 20 10-10 Power seat up-down motor (2-way adjustable),
Power seat rear up-down and recline motors (8-way
adjustable)
3 (POWER SEAT SLIDE) 20 10-10 Power seat slide motor (4-way adjustable)
4 (POWER SEAT SLIDE) 20 10-10 Power seat front up-down and slide motors (8-way
adjustable)
5 (POWER SEAT REC) 20 10-10 Power seat recline motor (4-way adjustable)
6 DAY LIGHT (Canada) 10 10-10 DRL control unit (Canada), Primary HO2S relay
or (Canada) (ULEV)
(LAF HEATER) (ULEV) 20
(ULEV)
7 (P/W REAR L) (COUPE) 20 10-13 Left rear window motor, Moonroof open and close
(SUNROOF RELAY) relays
(SEDAN)
8 (P/W FRONT R) 20 10-13 Front passenger’s window motor
9 RADIO 20 10-10 Accessory power socket, Audio unit
CIGARETTE LIGHTER

6-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

9
10
1 11
2 12
3 13
4 14
5 15
6 16
7
8
Fuse
10 SMALL LIGHT 10 10-11 Dash and console lights, Driver’s multiplex control
LICENSE LIGHT unit, Front parking lights, Front side marker lights,
Glove box light, License plate light, Taillights, Vanity
mirror lights
11 INTERIOR LIGHT 7.5 10-11 Ceiling light, Door courtesy lights, Spotlights, Trunk
COURTESY LIGHT light
12 (POWER DOOR 20 10-12 Passenger’s multiplex control unit
LOCK)
13 CLOCK 7.5 10-12 Climate control unit (w/auto A/C), Clock, Door
BACK UP multiplex control unit, Driver’s multiplex control unit,
Gauge assembly, Heater control panel (w/manual
A/C), Passenger’s multiplex control unit, PCM or
ECM, Security indicator (EX)
14 (ABS MTR CHK) 7.5 10-13 ABS control unit (All except ’01-’02 V6)
14 (ABS MTR CHK) 7.5 10-13 ABS/TCS control unit (’01-’02 V6)
15 (P/W FRONT L) 20 10-13 Door multiplex control unit
16 (P/W REAR R) 20 10-13 Right rear window motor

6-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Front View Rear View
16 17
5
18
15
7
4 14
3
2
1
8
9
10
1 11 13
2 12 9
3 13 12
4 14
5 15
6 16
7
8 11
10

1 Diode — Not used
4 B 4 Roof wire harness
5 D 3 Right engine compartment wire harness
6 G 3 Right side wire harness (Canada EX and ’00 L4 only)
7 F 20 Passenger’s door wire harness
8 E 2 Passenger’s door wire harness (Canada only)
9 C 18 Right engine compartment wire harness
10 A 20 Right side wire harness
11 Multiplex control unit connector A 24 (Plugs directly into fuse box)
12 I 18 Dashboard wire harness A
13 K 16 Dashboard wire harness B
14 Power window relay 4
15 Accessory power socket relay 4
16 Rear window defogger relay 4
17 J 16 Dashboard wire harness B
18 H 18 Dashboard wire harness A

6-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box

Top View Bottom View
42
58 59
53 56
41
52 55
57
51 54
49
50
46 47 48
43 44 45
Fuse
41 BATTERY 100 10 Power distribution
42 IG1 MAIN 50 10-3 Ignition switch (BAT)
43 RIGHT HEAD LIGHT 20 10-14 DRL control unit (Canada), Right headlight
44 — — 10-14 Not Used
45 LEFT HEAD LIGHT 20 10-14 DRL control unit (Canada), High beam cut relay
(Canada), High beam indicator (USA), Left headlight
46 ACG S 15 10 DLC, PGM-FI main relay
47 STOP 20 10-2 ABS control unit, Brake lights, Cruise control unit,
Horn relay, Ignition key light, Key interlock switch
(A/T), PCM or ECM
48 (ABS F/S) (20) 10-2 ABS control unit (All except ’01-’02 V6), ABS/TCS
control unit (’01-’02 V6)
49 HAZARD 15 10-2 Turn signal/hazard relay
50 (ABS MOTOR) (30) 10-2 ABS pump motor, Fuse 14 (in passenger’s
under-dash fuse/relay box)
51 (POWER WINDOW (40) 10-1 Fuse 1 (in passenger’s under-dash fuse/relay box),
MOTOR) Power window relay

6-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

42
58 59
53 56
41
52 55
57
51 54
49
50
46 47 48
43 44 45
Fuse
52 BSC F/S (20) 10 TCS relay
53 RR DEFROSTER 40 10 Rear window defogger
54 BACK UP, ACC 40 10-1 Fuses 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13
(in passenger’s under-dash fuse/relay box)
55 (POWER SEAT) (40) 10-1 Fuses 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6
(in passenger’s under-dash fuse/relay box)
56 HEATER MOTOR 40 10-1 Blower motor
57 COOLING FAN 20 10-1 Radiator fan motor
58 (CONDENSER FAN) (20) 10 A/C compressor clutch, Condenser fan motor,
Radiator fan control module (V6)
59 (HEATED SEAT) (20) 10 Seat heaters (Canada EX)

6-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –


1 2 3
12
42 4
58 59
13
5
11 53 56
41 6
52 55
57
51 54
14
49 50
10 46 47 48
9
43 44 45
15
8

1 Condenser fan relay 4
2 Radiator fan relay 4
3 A/C compressor clutch relay 4
4 ELD unit 3
5 T101 Engine wire harness
6 T1 Battery positive cable
7 Headlight relay 1 4
8 Headlight relay 2 4
9 Diode 2 Not used
10 Horn relay 4
11 Blower motor relay 4
12 D 16 Right-side engine compartment wire harness
13 C 3 Right-side engine compartment wire harness
14 B 7 Right-side engine compartment wire harness
15 A 18 Right-side engine compartment wire harness

6-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ground-to-Components Index
NOTE: All ground wires are BLK unless otherwise noted.

Ground Page Component or Circuit Grounded
G1 14-13 Battery, Transmission housing
G2 14-13 Engine block
G101 (L4) 14 DLC (BRN/BLK), EGR valve and EGR valve position sensor, IAC valve, Immobilizer
and receiver unit (BRN/BLK), PCM or ECM (PG1 and PG2 are BLK; LG1 and LG2 are
14-1 BRN/BLK), PGM-FI main relay, Radiator fan switch, Shift control solenoid valves B
and C, Transmission range switch, VSS (M/T), VTEC oil pressure switch (BRN/BLK)
Shielding between the PCM or ECM and these components (all have BRAIDED wires):
CKP/TDC sensor, Countershaft speed sensor (A/T), CYP sensor, Knock sensor (LX,
EX), Mainshaft speed sensor (A/T), Primary and secondary HO2S
G101 14-2 DLC (BRN/BLK), EGR valve and EGR valve position sensor, IAC valve, Immobilizer
(’98-’99 and receiver unit (BRN/BLK), PCM (PG1, and PG2 are BLK; LG1 and LG2 are BRN/BLK),
V6) 14-3 PGM-FI main relay, Radiator fan switches A and B, Shift control solenoid valves B and C,
Transmission range switch, VTEC oil pressure switch (BRN/BLK)
Shielding between the PCM and these components (all have BRAIDED wires): CKP
sensor, Countershaft speed sensor, Mainshaft speed sensor, Primary and secondary
HO2S, TDC sensors (1 and 2)
G101 14-4 ABS/TCS control unit (BRN/BLK), DLC (BRN/BLK), EGR valve and EGR valve
(’00-’02 and position sensor, IAC valve, Ignition coils, Immobilizer receiver unit (BRN/BLK), PCM
V6), 14-5 (PG1 and PG2 are BLK; LG1 and LG2 are BRN/BLK), PGM-FI main relay, Radiator
G102 fan switches A and B, Shift control solenoid valves B and C, Transmission range
(’00-’02 switch, VTEC oil pressure switch (BRN/BLK)
V6)
Shielding between the PCM and these components (all have BRAIDED wires): CKP
sensor, Countershaft speed sensor, Mainshaft speed sensor, Primary and secondary
HO2S, TDC sensors (1 and 2)
G201 14-6 A/C condenser fan motor, Hood switch (EX), Radiator fan motor, Right front parking
light, Right front turn signal/side marker light, Right headlight (low beam), Washer fluid
level sensor (V6 - Canada), Windshield washer motor (V6)
G202 14-6 ABS fail-safe relay, Blower motor relay, Cruise control actuator (V6), ELD unit, PSP
switch (V6), Seat heater relay (Canada EX),
G203 14-13 ABS/TCS modulator unit (’01-’02 V6), ABS pump motor (All except ’01-’02 V6)
(V6)
G204 14-13 ABS control unit (2 wires) (All except ’01-’02 V6), ABS/TCS control unit (2 wires)
(V6) (’01-’02 V6)
G205 14-13 ABS control unit (2 wires) (All except ’01-’02 V6)
(V6)
G301 14-7 Left front parking light, Left front turn signal/side marker light, Left headlight (low
beam), Washer fluid level sensor (L4 - Canada), Windshield washer motor (L4)
G302 14-7 Brake fluid level switch, Cruise control actuator (L4 All except USA DX), Intermittent
wiper relay, PSP switch (L4), Seat heater relay (’01-’02 V6 Canada EX), Windshield
wiper motor
G303 (L4) 14-13 ABS pump motor
G304 (L4) 14-13 ABS control unit (2 wires)
6-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground-to-Components Index
NOTE: All ground wires are BLK unless otherwise noted.

Ground Page Component or Circuit Grounded
G305 (L4) 14-13 ABS control unit (2 wires)
G401 14-8 Blower motor high relay (w/auto A/C), Blower power transistor (w/auto A/C), Climate
and control unit (w/auto A/C), Clutch interlock switch (M/T), Clutch pedal position switch
14-9 (M/T w/cruise), Combination light switch (2 wires), DLC, Door multiplex control unit,
Driver’s door key cylinder switch, Driver’s door lock knob switch, Driver’s door lock
switch, Driver’s multiplex control unit, DRL control unit (Canada) (2 wires), Heater
control panel (w/manual A/C), Heater fan switch (w/manual A/C), Ignition key switch,
Radiator fan control module (V6), Turn signal/hazard relay, Windshield wiper/washer
switch
G501 14-10 Accessory power socket, Audio unit, Clock, Cruise control main switch (All except
’01-’02 V6), Cruise control/TCS switch (’01-’02 V6), Cruise control unit, Driver’s seat
heater switch (Canada EX), Front passenger’s seat belt switch (’00 Sedan), Front
passenger’s seat heater switch (Canada EX), Fuel gauge sending unit (’00-’02
Coupe), Fuel pump (’00-’02 Coupe), Gauge assembly, Glove box light, Moonroof close
relay, Moonroof open relay, Moonroof switch, OPDS unit (’00 Sedan with side air
bags), Park pin switch (A/T),
G502 14-13 Audio unit
G503 14-13 Driver’s multiplex control unit
G504 14-13 Passenger’s multiplex control unit
G551 14-11 Door multiplex control unit (2 wires), Driver’s seat belt switch, Driver’s seat heater
(Canada EX), Driver’s window motor, High mount brake light, Left power mirror
defogger (Canada), Left rear door lock knob switch (EX), Power mirror switch, Power
seat adjustment switch (2 wires)
G552 14-13 Fuel gauge sending unit (All except ’00-’02 Coupe), Fuel pump
G581 14-12 Accessory power socket relay, Driver’s and front passenger’s vanity mirror lights, Front
passenger’s door key cylinder switch, Front passenger’s door lock knob switch (EX),
Front passenger’s door lock switch, Front passenger’s power seat adjustment switch
(’01-’02 EX V6), Front passenger’s seat belt switch (’00-’02 Coupe, ’01-’02 Sedan),
Front passenger’s seat heater (Canada EX), OPDS unit (Coupe with side airbags),
Passenger’s multiplex control unit, Power window relay, Right power mirror defogger
(Canada), Right rear door knob switch (Sedan EX), Spotlights
G601 14-14 Brake light failure sensor, Latch switch (EX), Left and right back-up lights, Left and
(Coupe) right inner brake light/taillights, Left and right rear side marker lights, Left and right
taillight assemblies, License plate light, Trunk key cylinder switch (EX), Trunk latch
switch, Trunk opener actuator (EX), Trailer lighting connector
G601 14-15 Brake light failure sensor, Latch switch (EX), Left and right back-up lights, Left and
(Sedan) right brake light/outer taillights, Left and right inner taillights, Left and right rear turn
signal lights, License plate light, Trunk key cylinder switch (EX), Trunk latch switch,
Trunk lid opener actuator (EX), Trailer lighting connector
G801 14-13 MES connector (’00-’02 models), SRS unit (2 BLK or GRN wires)

6-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Distribution
Fuses 41, 46, 52, 53, 58, and 59
BLK/YEL
*=Non-SAE terminal number

used in Service Manual. BLK
** = ’01-’02 L4 T2
+ Battery Transmission
T1 T3 Starter
– PHOTO 23 Solenoid
BLK/YEL PHOTO 50 (V6)
To A on A
page 10-2. Starter
page 21 (L4)
BLK or 21-1 (V6)
Fuse 41 PHOTO 22
100A PHOTO 50 (V6)
G1
PHOTO 40
PHOTO 58 (V6)
ELD
Unit Under-hood
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
Fuse 42 Fuse 46 Fuse 52 Fuse 53 Fuse 58 Fuse 59

50A 15A 20A 40A 20A 20A
1 1 B
To B on
page 10-1.
A/C Compressor Condenser

Clutch Relay Fan Relay
page 60-2 (Man A/C) page 63 (L4)
or 60-4 (Climate or 63-1 (V6)
Control)
T101 See page A17 B3 C3 D10 D2

10-3. All except
WHT/GRN BLU WHT/ WHT
’01-’02 V6 ’01-’02 V6
GRN
4 C201 5 C203 WHT/GRN

PHOTO PHOTO
120 120
VIEW 45 C2
BLK WHT/GRN WHT
or Passenger’s
WHT WHT/ Under-dash
D2 GRN
Fuse/Relay
3 Box
I13 PHOTO 91
WHT/GRN VIEW 67
WHT/GRN WHT/GRN
7 C302
PHOTO 98
(*8) Rear (**1) WHT/GRN
VIEW 46
T102 7 16) 1) Window 6 5) 1
Defogger
Relay
page 64
Alternator PGM-FI DLC TCS (Man A/C) Radiator Seat Seat
page 22 (L4) Main page 23-1 Relay or 64-1 Fan Control Heater Heater
or 22-1 Relay (L4) page 44-7 (Climate Control) Module Relay Relay
(’98-’99 V6) page or 24-1 PHOTO 9 page 63-1 page 147 page 147-1
or 22-2 23 (L4) or (V6) Passenger’s PHOTO 117 PHOTO 9
(’00-’02 V6) 24 (V6) PHOTO 95 Under-dash VIEW 28
PHOTO 12 PHOTO 99 VIEW 47 Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 55 (V6) VIEW 22 ’01-’02 V6 PHOTO 91 V6 Canada EX
VIEW 67

10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Power Distribution
Fuses 51, 54, 55, 56, and 57
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
From B on
page 10.
B

40A 40A 40A 20A 40A
4 1
Blower Radiator
Motor Relay Fan Relay Headlight Headlight
page 60 (Man A/C) page 63 (L4) Relay 1 Relay 2
or 60-5 (Climate or 63-1 (V6) page 10-14. page 10-14
Control) A7
B6 B2 B7 (Not Used)
DX, LX
WHT/ YEL/ USA: L4 EX, SE YEL
BLU GRN and all V6
Canada: All
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 91
D3 D1 C5 VIEW 67
Fuse 1 Fuse 2 Fuse 3 Fuse 4 Fuse 5 Fuse 6 Fuse 9 Fuse 10 Fuse 11 Fuse 12 Fuse 13
30A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 10A (Sedan) 7.5A 20A 7.5A
(ULEV) 15A (Coupe)
10A
(Canada)
Power
Window
Relay
page
10-13
See page 10-10. See page 10-11. See page 10-12.

10-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Distribution
Fuses 47, 48, 49, 50 and Fuse 14 in Passenger’s Fuse Relay Box
ABS Control ABS/TCS From A on
Unit Control page 10.
page 44-1 Unit
PHOTO 92 page 44-5 A
VIEW 56 VIEW 76 HOT AT ALL TIMES
Fuse 48 Fuse 50 Fuse 49 Fuse 47

20A 30A 15A 20A
A21 A25
YEL/ YEL/
GRN GRN
All except ’01-’02 V6

’01-’02 V6
Horn Relay
1 C301 page 40
YEL/GRN PHOTO 98 A6 B1 B4 B5
VIEW 51 Under-hood
L4 WHT/GRN
WHT WHT/YEL Fuse/Relay
5 C201 2 C204 Box
PHOTO 120 PHOTO 91
WHT/GRN PHOTO 9
VIEW 45 VIEW 52 VIEW 68
YEL/GRN WHT/GRN
(*3)
9) 6 C202
4 1 PHOTO 120
ABS WHT/YEL VIEW 17
Fail-safe Relay
page 44-1 Hazard
or 44-5 with
3 2 PHOTO 9 ABS Warning Switch
BRN/BLK page 110-2 (Coupe)
BRN/BLK
ABS, or 110-3 (Sedan) * = ’01-’02 Models
BRN/BLK
ABC/TCS PHOTO 191
VIEW 36
BLK
(*3) (*5)
2 4
ABS Pump
Motor Relay
page 44-2 or 44-6
PHOTO 9
1 (*4)
See page 3
14-6. WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
WHT/
C4 YEL WHT/YEL
BLK
Passenger’s
YEL/RED WHT/BLU
Under-dash Fuse 14 2)
Fuse/Relay (DX 1)
G202 7.5A
PHOTO 35 Box
VIEW 67 H18
8 C201 7 C202 Brake Pedal

PHOTO 120 PHOTO 120
See page Position Switch
YEL/RED VIEW 45 WHT/BLU VIEW 17 10-13. pages 23-8,
L4 7 C301 L4 14 C301 24-6, 34, 39,
PHOTO 98 PHOTO 98 44, 110, 110-1,
VIEW 51 VIEW 51 and 138
PHOTO 98
All except All except 7

’01-’02 V6 ’01-’02 V6 ’01-’02 V6 ’01-’02 V6
YEL/RED YEL/RED WHT/BLU WHT/BLU

1
B12 B15 1
ABS Key Ignition
M M Pump Interlock Key
Motor Switch Light
ABS Control ABS/TCS ABS page 138 page 115
Unit Control Pump ABS/TCS
page 44-2 Unit Motor Modulator Unit
PHOTO 92 page 44-6 page 44-2 page 44-6 Steering Lock
PHOTO 122 (V6) PHOTO 29 PHOTO 67 PHOTO 89
PHOTO 195
VIEW 56 PHOTO 67 (V6) VIEW 77 VIEW 24
VIEW 76

10-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Power Distribution
Fuse 42, Fuse 13 in Driver’s Fuse/Relay Box, and Ignition Switch
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Under-hood
Fuse 42 Fuse/Relay
50A Box
PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
C2
WHT
1 C202
PHOTO 120
WHT VIEW 17
P3
Driver’s
Under-dash
T Fuse/Relay
M2 Box
Option PHOTO 85
WHT Connector VIEW 60
Ignition Switch
0 = Lock
I = Acc
0 III 0 III 0 III 0 III II = On
III = Start Driver’s
I II I II I II I II
PHOTO 88 Under-dash
YEL WHT/BLK BLK/WHT Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 85
M4 M3 M6 VIEW 60
Driver’s
Multiplex
Control 3 1
Fuse 3 Fuse 4 Fuse 5 Fuse 8 Unit Starter
PHOTO 86 Cut
7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A VIEW 59
Relay
Not 4 2
BLK/YEL used
A4 Fuse 13
7.5A
E12)
(V6 O12)
See page See (V6 E12) (Not P1 C5 Q10 K18
10-5. See page 10-4. page O12) Used)
10-8. BLK/ BLK/
A/T M/T WHT WHT
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
5 C202
PHOTO BLU/ BLU/ORN
See Circuit M36 page 4 C404 120 ORN
15-17 (L4) or (’98-’99 V6), PHOTO BLK/ VIEW
166 WHT 17
or page 15-18 (’00-’02 V6). VIEW 69
9 C101
BLU/WHT * PHOTO 9 C104 2 A24
1 BLU/WHT 34 PHOTO
BLK/ BLK/ 63
VIEW
2 WHT WHT
GRY * = All except ‘98 Model 29 VIEW 30
PGM-FI PCM or
Main ECM
Transmission Clutch Relay page
Range Switch Interlock Starter Starter page 23-7 (L4)
pages 21 (L4), Switch page 21 page 21-1 23-9 (L4) or 24-5 (V6)
PHOTO 22 PHOTO 50 or 24-7 (V6) PHOTO 114
21-1 (V6), and 39-1 page 21
PHOTO 19 PHOTO 99 VIEW 66
PHOTO 49 (V6)
PHOTO 103 L4 V6 VIEW 22
M5 VIEW 34
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Fuse 1 Fuse 2 Fuse 6 Fuse 7 Fuse 9 Fuse 10 Fuse 11 Fuse 12 Box
15A 10A 15A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 15A 30A PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
See page 10-6 (L4) See page 10-8.

See page 10-4. or 10-7 (V6). See page 10-9. See page 10-8.
10-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Distribution
Driver’s Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box – Fuses 1, 2, 4, and 5
HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ON
Driver’s
Under-
dash
Fuse 1 Fuse 2 Fuse 4 Fuse 5 Fuse/
15A 10A 7.5A 7.5A
Relay
(Canada) Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
O15)
(V6 E16) S
O1 N1 N2 (Not (V6 O15) G17 Option Q14
Used) E16) Connector
RED/ * RED/BLU * BLK/WHT YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/

WHT or GRN or GRN RED
** RED/WHT ** PNK or
or GRN GRN
10 C201
V6 PHOTO 120
VIEW 45
YEL/BLK
All except
’01-’02 V6 ’01-’02 V6
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
A11 A13
ABS Control ABS/TCS

Unit Control
page 44 Unit
PHOTO 92 page 44-4
VIEW 56 VIEW 76
Canada
*=All except ’00 Sedan,
’01-’02 Models
** = ’00 Sedan and
’01-’02 Models YEL/ YEL/
BLK BLK
A3) A4)
5 (’98-’99 7) (’98-’99 3) 3 1 12
PGM-FI SRS Unit Power Mirror Switch DRL

Main Relay page 47 (’98-’99) or page 141 (USA) Control
page 47-1 (’00 Sedan) or or 141-1 (Canada) Unit
23 (L4) 47-4 (’00 Coupe) PHOTO 137 page 110-16
VIEW 37
or 24 (V6) 47-7 (’01-’02) VIEW 44
PHOTO 99 PHOTO 109 (’98-’99)
VIEW 22 PHOTO 186 (’00 Sedan)
PHOTO 171 (’00-’02 Coupe, ’02 Sedan) Canada
VIEW 64
10-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Power Distribution
Fuse 3
HOT IN ON
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse 3 Fuse/Relay
7.5A Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
O13 Q5
BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
Climate
V6 Control Canada
’01-’02 V6
BLK/
YEL
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
BLK/ BLK/ BLK/YEL Manual Climate

YEL YEL Passenger’s 4 C301
Under-dash PHOTO A/C Control
98
Fuse/Relay Box VIEW
PHOTO 91 51
K15 VIEW 67 BLK/
YEL
2 B1 2 1 5 2 1
Radiator Climate Rear Window Recirculation Seat Heater Blower

Fan Control Defogger Relay Control Heater Control Motor
Control Unit page 64 (Man A/C) Motor Relay Panel High
Module pages 64-1 or 64-1 (Climate page 60-1 page 147 pages Relay
page 63-1 and 60-4 Control) (Man A/C) PHOTO 9 60-1 page 60-5
PHOTO 117 PHOTO 83 or 60-6 and 60-2 PHOTO 119
VIEW 57 C8
VIEW 28 (Climate PHOTO 170
VIEW 54
Control)
PHOTO 119
VIEW 23
BLK/YEL Canada
L4 All except
’01-’02 V6
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
(Not
D16 Used) D8 D1
Under-hood
D9 Fuse/Relay (’01-’02 L4 5)
3 3 1 4 Box
PHOTO 9 1
VIEW 68
Condenser Radiator Blower A/C Seat

Fan Fan Motor Compressor Heater
Relay Relay Relay Clutch Relay Relay
page 63 page 63 page 60 (Man A/C) page 60-2 (Man A/C) page 147
or 60-5 (Climate or 60-4 (Climate PHOTO 9
Control) Control)

10-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Distribution
Driver’s Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box – Fuse 6 (L4)
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse 6 Fuse/Relay
15A Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
O14 E13
B8 I12 (Not (Not
Used) Used)
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
I12
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
C3 C10 Box
PHOTO 91
BLK/ BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL VIEW 67
YEL
A/T
BLK/ BLK/ BLK/

BLK/ YEL YEL YEL
YEL
4
1 1 B9 2 BLK 1
3
EVAP EVAP Cruise Gauge Engine Secondary ELD

Canister Bypass Control Assembly Mount HO2S Unit
Vent Solenoid Main page 22 Control page 23-5 page 22
Shut Valve Switch PHOTO 87 Solenoid (all except
Valve page 23-11 page 34 VIEW 61 Valve ULEV) or Under-hood
page 23-11 PHOTO 73 PHOTO 192 page 30 23-6 (ULEV) Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 73 (01-’02 PHOTO 33 PHOTO 72 Box
Models) PHOTO 9
ULEV
BLK/YEL
3 C101
All except PHOTO 34
ULEV BLK/YEL VIEW 29 BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL M/T A/T BLK/ BLK/

YEL YEL
BLK/ BLK/
4 YEL YEL
BLK
2 D5 1 1 5
Primary HO2S VSS PCM EVAP Alternator Primary HO2S Relay

page 23-5 page 80-4 page 39-1 Canister page 22 (’98-’00 Models)
PHOTO 11 (’98-’99 PHOTO 114 Purge PHOTO 12 A/F Sensor Heated
Models) VIEW 66 Valve Control Relay
or 80-5 page 23-11 (’01-’02 Models)
(’00-’02 PHOTO 14 page 23-6
Models) PHOTO 123
PHOTO 37

10-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Power Distribution
Fuse 6 (V6)
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse 6 Fuse/Relay
15A Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
B8 O14 E13 I12

BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
’98-’00 ’01-’02
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
1 1 7 B9 3 5
EVAP EVAP Radiator Gauge Cruise Cruise

Canister Bypass Fan Assembly Control Control/
Vent Solenoid Control page 22-1 Main TCS Switch
Shut Valve Module (’98-’99) or Switch page 34
Valve page 24-9 page 63-1 22-2 (’00-’02) page 34 PHOTO 192
PHOTO 192 VIEW 78
page 24-9 PHOTO 73 PHOTO 117 PHOTO 87
PHOTO 73 VIEW 28 VIEW 61
I12
Passenger’s
BLK/YEL Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
8 C104 Box
PHOTO 63 BLK/YEL C3 C10 PHOTO 91
BLK/YEL VIEW 30 VIEW 67
C105 (’98-’99)
(Terminals
11-14)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL or BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
C108 (’00-’02)
(Terminals
17-20)
PHOTO 115
4 VIEW 71 4
BLK BLK
D5 1 2 2 1
Primary PCM Alternator EVAP Engine Secondary ELD

HO2S page 39-1 page 22-1 Canister Mount HO2S Unit
page 24-4 PHOTO 114 (’98-’99) or Purge Control page 24-4 page 22-1
PHOTO 53 VIEW 66 22-2 (’00-’02) Valve Solenoid PHOTO 72 (’98-’99) or
PHOTO 55 page 24-9 Valve 22-2 (’00-’02)
PHOTO 62 page 30
Under-hood
PHOTO 62
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 9
10-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Distribution
Driver’s Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box – Fuses 7, 8, 10, 11, and 12
HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ACC OR ON HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Fuse 7 Fuse Fuse 10 Fuse 11 Fuse 12 Box
7.5A 8 7.5A 15A 30A PHOTO 85
7.5A VIEW 60
H1 E6 R
(Not (Not I5 Option O11 I7 P7 E11 C2 P4
Used) Used) Connector GRN/
BLK/YEL BLK
BLK/
YEL/GRN YEL/BLK YEL/ 10 C201 YEL
RED PHOTO 120
All except BLK/YEL VIEW 45 GRN/ GRN//BLK
with 10 C104 BLK
Side SRS ’01-’02 Coupe,
LX, EX 10 C101 PHOTO 63 18 C401
PHOTO 34 BLK/ VIEW 30 PHOTO 99
BLK/YEL
VIEW 29 YEL GRN/ VIEW 53
BLK
1)
(DX 3) H6 7
YEL/ YEL/
GRN GRN (Not
Used)
10 C401
PHOTO 99
YEL/ VIEW 53 Distributor Passenger’s Windshield
GRN page 20 Under-dash Wiper/
PHOTO 18 GRN/ Fuse/Relay Washer
7 (*1)
BLK Box Switch
10) L4 PHOTO 91 page 91 (L4)
VIEW 67
or 91-2 (V6)
PHOTO 90
VIEW 65
Windshield
Wiper/Washer V6 ’01-’02 Coupe
Switch Hazard
Warning Switch
page 91 (L4)
page 110-2 (Coupe) or
or 91-2 (V6) GRN/
page 110-3 (Sedan) BLK GRN//BLK
PHOTO 90
VIEW 65 PHOTO 191
H6 K7 VIEW 36 3 4
(Not 3 Passenger’s
’00 ’00 Used) Under-dash
Sedan Coupe Fuse/Relay
Box Intermittent Windshield
PHOTO 91 Wiper Relay Wiper
YEL/ YEL/GRN Accessory VIEW 67 page 91 (L4) Motor
GRN or 91-2 (V6) page 91 (L4)
9 C582 Power
Socket Relay PHOTO 8 or 91-2 (V6)
PHOTO 91 VIEW 16
3 C505 VIEW 74 pages 150 PHOTO 7
PHOTO
186
and 155
VIEW 70
’00-’02 ’98-’99
GRN YEL/GRN
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
* = ’01-’02 Models 2
Ignition
YEL/GRN Coil
6 C582 ’01-’02 page 20
PHOTO 91 Models PHOTO 49
VIEW 74
YEL/GRN
C107
(Terminals 1-7)
1 C851 PHOTO 180
WHT/RED PHOTO 187 BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL VIEW 72
D4 3 3 3 3 3 3
OPDS Unit Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition

page 47-3 (’00 Sedan) Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil
or 47-6 (’00 Coupe) No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6
or 47-9 (’01-’02) page 20-1 page 20-1 page 20-1 page 20-1 page 20-1 page 20-1
PHOTO 174 PHOTO 179 PHOTO 179 PHOTO 179 PHOTO 178 PHOTO 178 PHOTO 178
VIEW 75

10-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Power Distribution
Fuse 9
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse 9 Fuse/Relay
7.5A Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
A24 4 1
Driver’s Reverse
Multiplex Relay
Control Unit (A/T only)
page 50 page 110-19
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
I4 B6
YEL
4 C554
PHOTO 150
VIEW 38
YEL YEL
5)
(Coupe 6)
Brake Light
Failure Sensor
page 110 (Coupe)
or 110-1 (Sedan)
PHOTO 147
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
VIEW 1
Canada USA
except EX
YEL
M/T A/T
YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL
6 C204
PHOTO 91
YEL VIEW 52
7) C102
(ULEV 5) PHOTO 34
(Not VIEW 40
H7 Used) YEL
A13 A
YEL
A22 1 A4 B11 1
1 C504
Security
System
Passenger’s Multiplex Clock Gauge Back-up Shift Connector
Control Unit page 154 Assembly Light Lock (Honda
page 50 PHOTO 191 pages 80 (L4), Switch Solenoid Accessory)
PHOTO 118 80-9 (V6), 110-16 page 110-19 page 138 PHOTO 104
VIEW 62
(Canada), 84 (L4), PHOTO 20 PHOTO 111
Passenger’s 84-2 (V6), and 89
PHOTO 87
Under-dash VIEW 61
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
10-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Distribution
Passenger’s Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box – Fuses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 9
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES PHOTO 91
VIEW 67

30A 20A 20A 20A (ULEV) 20A
10A (Canada)
2
Fuse 3 Fuse 5 Accessory
20A 20A
Power
Socket
1 Relay
pages 150
and 155
H8 J16
H3 H4 I18 H2 H1 J1 (Not H11 H13 (Not
Used) Used)
RED WHT/RED RED BLU RED/BLU
WHT/
RED
2 C582 3 C501
1 PHOTO 91 11 PHOTO 95
VIEW 74 VIEW 48
GRN RED WHT/RED
9
7 C701
PHOTO 198
WHT/ RED
VIEW 79
RED
B1 B3
Front Passenger’s
Power Seat
Adjustment Switch
(4-Way) RED BLU
page 140-1
PHOTO 197
VIEW 80
2-way 8-way
’01-’02 EX Adjustable Adjustable
V6 Sedan Seat Seat Canada ULEV
7 C502
PHOTO 96
VIEW 18 RED RED RED/ RED/
GRN BLU BLU
3 C552
PHOTO
129
9
7 C551 4 C203
PHOTO PHOTO 120
128
GRN GRN RED RED BLU VIEW 31 RED/ WHT/ WHT/ WHT/
BLU GRN RED RED
2 2 1 B2 B6 2 1 10 2 1
Moonroof Moonroof Driver’s Driver’s Power DRL Primary Audio Unit Accessory
Close Open Power Seat Control HO2S Relay page 150 Power
Relay Relay Seat Adjustment Unit (’98-’00 Models) PHOTO 83 Socket
page 122 page 122 Adjustment Switch page A/F Sensor VIEW 50 page 155
PHOTO 105 PHOTO 105 Switch page 140 110-16 Heated Control PHOTO 107
page 140 PHOTO 126 VIEW 44 Relay (’01-’02 Models)
VIEW 63 page 23-6
EX PHOTO 123
10-10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Power Distribution
Fuses 10 and 11
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
HOT AT ALL TIMES PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
Fuse 10 Fuse 11
10A (Sedan) 7.5A
15A (Coupe)
J9 B3 K1 A19 F10
RED/GRN WHT/BLU WHT/ WHT/BLU

BLU
DX, LX
Q2
1) Security
Driver’s
RED/GRN (Canada 5) System
Connector Under-dash
(Option) Fuse/Relay
C402 PHOTO 104 Box
G18 B12 PHOTO 85
VIEW 26 (Canada)
VIEW 60
WHT/BLU WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
All Sedan
except DX except DX
EX DX, LX WHT/BLU
RED/ RED/GRN WHT/

GRN BLU
9 C201 WHT/ WHT/BLU 7 C553 7 C581

PHOTO 120 BLU PHOTO 142 PHOTO 142
RED/ WHT/ WHT/BLU

GRN BLU
2 6 1 3 1 1 1 1 1
Driver’s Left Right Front

Taillight Combination Spotlights Ceiling Door Trunk Rear Door Rear Door Passenger’s
Relay Light Switch pages 114 Light Courtesy Light Courtesy Courtesy Door
pages 110-4, pages 110-4 and 157 page 114-1 (DX, Light page 114 Light Light Courtesy
114-2, and and 114-2 PHOTO 131 LX except ’02) page 114 PHOTO 188 page 114 page 114 Light
118-1 PHOTO 88 or 115 (EX ’02) page 114
PHOTO 123 VIEW 42 PHOTO 175

10-11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Distribution
Passenger’s Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box – Fuses 12 and 13
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Fuse 12 Fuse 13 Box
20A 7.5A PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
A23 A24
Passenger’s Multiplex
Control Unit
pages 50, 130-1,
130-3, and 130-8
PHOTO 118
VIEW 62
H5
(Not Used) H15 J12 H16 C15
WHT/YEL
WHT/YEL
WHT/YEL WHT/YEL 5 C101

PHOTO 34
WHT/YEL WHT/YEL VIEW 29
WHT/YEL
B21 B20
2 B21
Gauge Assembly
pages 80-4 (’98-’99 L4), 80-5 Clock PCM or ECM
(’00-’02 L4), 80-9 (V6), and 132 page 154 pages 23
PHOTO 87 PHOTO 191 and 39
VIEW 61 PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
L4
WHT/YEL
O19
Driver’s
Under-dash
A12 Fuse/Relay
Driver’s Box
WHT/YEL Multiplex PHOTO 85
Control Unit VIEW 60
page 50
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
E5 G7
WHT/ WHT/YEL
YEL
Manual A/C Auto A/C EX
6 C104
PHOTO 63
VIEW 30 WHT/YEL
WHT/
WHT/YEL WHT/YEL YEL WHT/YEL
2
WHT/YEL
3 B2 B21 A1
Heater Climate PCM Door Security

Control Control pages 24 Multiplex Indicator
Panel Unit and 39 Control page 130-7
pages 60-1 page 60-4 PHOTO 114 Unit PHOTO 138
VIEW 66
and 60-2 PHOTO 83 page 50
VIEW 54 V6 PHOTO 164 (Coupe)
VIEW 58

10-12
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Power Distribution
Fuses 7, 8, 14, 15, and 16
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START
Passenger’s
Multiplex
Control Unit See page 10-1.
PHOTO 118
A12 VIEW 62
4 1
Power
Window
Relay
3 2
See page
14-12.

20A 20A 20A 20A 7.5A
See page
10-2.
A3 J10 F16 H10 A6 J5 Passenger’s

Under-dash
WHT/BLK GRN Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 91
BLK GRN/WHT BLU/BLK WHT/YEL VIEW 67
10 C581
PHOTO 142
VIEW 33
* = ’01-’02 Models WHT/BLK
(*5) 8 C301
PHOTO 98
Q13 3 VIEW 51
Driver’s C201 (V6)
Under-dash PHOTO 120
Fuse/Relay VIEW 45
Box WHT/YEL WHT/
PHOTO 85 YEL Right Rear
G2 VIEW 60 Window
Switch
GRN/WHT Except C502 page 120-1
’00-’02 8 C501 3 PHOTO 96 (’98-’99) or
PHOTO 95 VIEW 18 120-5 (’00-’02)
Coupe VIEW 48
VIEW 11
See
WHT/YEL
page All except
14-12. ’01-’02 V6 ’01–’02 V6
10 C553 WHT/ WHT/YEL
PHOTO 142 YEL
WHT/YEL VIEW 32
GRN GRN
(*5) (*5)
A2 3 3 5 5 A16 A20
(MCK) (MCK)
ABS ABS
pump pump
Door Front Left Rear Moonroof Moonroof motor motor
Multiplex Passenger’s Window Close Open check check
Control Unit Window Switch Relay Relay
page 120 Switch page 120-2 page 122 page 122 ABS ABS/TCS
(’98-’99) or page 120-1 (’98-’99) or PHOTO 105 PHOTO 105 Control Unit Control
BLK 120-4 (’00-’02) (’98-’99) or 120-6 (’00-’02) page 44-2 Unit
PHOTO 137 120-5 (’00-’02) VIEW 7 PHOTO 92 Page 44-6
PHOTO 164 (Coupe) VIEW 5 PHOTO 122 (V6) PHOTO 195
G581 VIEW 58 EX VIEW 56 VIEW 76
PHOTO
125
10-13
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Distribution
Fuses 43, 44, and 45
Driver’s Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
Driver’s
Multiplex
Control
Unit
A10 PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
E19
(Not Used) Q6
BLU/WHT
15 C201
BLU/WHT PHOTO 120
HOT AT ALL TIMES VIEW 45
A7
See page 10-1.
DX, LX EX
Headlight Headlight
Relay 2 Relay 1
Fuse 45 Fuse Fuse

20A 43 44
20A
A2 A1
(Not Used) A3 A4 A5 (Not A13 Under-hood
RED/YEL Used) Fuse/Relay
Canada Box
RED/GRN
RED/YEL BLU/RED PHOTO 9
Canada USA VIEW 68
2
DRL RED/YEL
C
Diode
3 C201 To C on
PHOTO 120 page 10-15.
1 RED/YEL VIEW 45
BLU
Canada RED/ RED/
1 GRN GRN
High Beam RED/YEL
Cut Relay
page 110-15
RED/YEL
PHOTO 123
3 C203 USA
13 C301 PHOTO
PHOTO 120
RED/YEL 98
VIEW
USA 51 RED/
GRN
RED/ RED/YEL RED/
YEL YEL
6) C302
(V6 2) PHOTO 98 B2 A2 3 5 B2 A2
VIEW 46
RED/
YEL
A13
2 1 2 1
Gauge Left Headlight DRL Control Unit Right Headlight

Assembly 1 = Low page 110-14 1 = Low
page 110-10 2 = High VIEW 44 2 = High
or 110-12 page 110-10, page 110-10,
PHOTO 87 110-12, or 110-14 110-12, or 110-14
VIEW 61

10-14
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Power Distribution
Fuses 43, 44, and 45
Canada
High Beam
Cut Relay From C on
page 110-15 page 10-14.
3 PHOTO 123
C
BLU/RED
BLU/RED
BLU/RED
C13
Passenger’s
Under-dash
A20 Fuse/Relay
DRL Passenger’s Box
Control Multiplex PHOTO 91
Unit Control Unit VIEW 67
page 110-15 PHOTO 118
8 VIEW 44 VIEW 62
J7
BLU/RED
BLU/RED
BLU/RED
4
Combination
Light Switch
PHOTO 88
VIEW 42
Flash-to- Headlight
Pass Switch Switch
0 1 0 = Off 0 2 0 = Off
1
1 = On 1=
2=
Headlights
3 11
RED/WHT
22 C401
PHOTO 99
VIEW 53
RED/WHT BLK
Driver’s
B13 Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
Driver’s
Multiplex See page
Control Unit 14-8.
page 110-10
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59 BLK
G401
EX PHOTO 96

10-15
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
t
s
Menu Circuit Index
Ground Distribution
G101 (L4)
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black.
LX, EX
Immobilizer VTEC Oil
DLC Receiver PCM or ECM Pressure
page 23-1 Unit Secondary HO2S Shields page 23 Switch
page 132 page 23-5 (all except ULEV) page 31
PHOTO 95 PHOTO 114
VIEW 47 PHOTO 89 or 23-6 (ULEV) VIEW 66 PHOTO 18
5) 4 B20 B22 1
(*13)
BRN/BLK BRN/BLK BRN/BLK BRN/BLK BRN/ BRN/BLK BRN/BLK

BLK
BRN/BLK
J3 H14
* = Non-SAE terminal Passenger’s
number used in Under-dash
Service Manual. Fuse/Relay
C18 Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
BRN/BLK
BRN/BLK A/F Sensor

Shield
(M/T except ULEV 2) C102 (’01-’02
1) PHOTO 34 Models)
VIEW 40 Primary
BRN/BLK
HO2S
A/T Shield A/T
(’98-’00
CYP CKP/TDC Countershaft Models) Knock Mainshaft
Sensor Sensor Speed page 23-5 Sensor Speed
Shield Shield Sensor (all except Shield Sensor
page page Shield ULEV) or page Shield
23-3 23-3 page 39-2 23-6 (ULEV) 23-4 page 39-2
BRAIDED BRAIDED BRAIDED BRAIDED BRAIDED BRAIDED

WIRE WIRE WIRE WIRE WIRE WIRE
BRN/BLK BRN/BLK
C103
(Terminals 8-11)
PHOTO 69
VIEW 39
G101
(Also see page 14-1)
PHOTO 14
14
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G101 (L4)
M/T A/T
Transmission
VSS Shift Shift Range Switch
PGM-FI page 80-4 Control Control pages 21, 34-1,
Main Relay IAC PCM or ECM (’98-’99) Solenoid Solenoid 39-1, 89, 110-19,
page 23 Valve page 23 or 80-5 Valve B Valve C and 138
PHOTO 99 page 23-7 PHOTO 114 (’00-’01) page 39-2 page 39-2 PHOTO 19
VIEW 22 PHOTO 15 VIEW 66 PHOTO 37 PHOTO 25 PHOTO 25 VIEW 34
3 1 B2 B10 1 1 1 RED/WHT
3
2 C201
PHOTO 120
VIEW 45
(M/T except C102

ULEV 4) PHOTO 34
3 VIEW 40
EGR
Valve
and EGR
Valve
Radiator Position
Fan Sensor
Switch page
page 63 23-10
PHOTO 17
PHOTO 16 VIEW 3
1 6
G101
(Also see page 14)
PHOTO 14

14-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ground Distribution
G101 (’98-’99 V6)
Immobilizer VTEC Oil
DLC Receiver Pressure Primary CKP TDC PCM
Unit Secondary Switch HO2S Sensor Sensor page 24
page 24-1
page 132 HO2S Shields page 31 Shield Shield Shield PHOTO 114
PHOTO 95
VIEW 47 PHOTO 89 page 24-4 PHOTO 75 page 24-4 page 24-3 page 24-3 VIEW 66
5) 4 2 B20 B22
(*13)
BRN/BLK BRN/BLK BRN/BLK BRN/BLK BRN/BLK BRAIDED BRAIDED BRAIDED BRN/BLK BRN/BLK
WIRE WIRE WIRE
C18 H14
J3 Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
BRN/BLK Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
BRN/BLK BRN/BLK
* = Non-SAE terminal
number used in 1 C301
Service Manual. PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
BRN/BLK
5 C103
PHOTO 63
VIEW 41
BRN/BLK
BRN/BLK
C105
(Terminals 5-7)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
Countershaft Mainshaft
Speed Sensor Speed Sensor
Shield Shield
page 39-2 page 39-2
BRAIDED BRAIDED
WIRE WIRE
BRN/BLK BRN/BLK
G101
(Also see
page 14-3)
PHOTO 45

14-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G101 (’98-’99 V6)
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black. EGR
Transmission Valve
PGM-FI Range Switch and EGR
Main Shift Shift pages 21-1, Valve
Control Control 34-1, 39-1, Position Radiator
Relay
PCM or ECM Solenoid Solenoid Sensor Fan Radiator IAC
pages 24 89, 110-19,
page 24 and 132 Valve B Valve C and 138 page 24-8 Switch A Fan Valve
PHOTO 114 PHOTO 99 page 39-2 page 39-2 PHOTO 49 PHOTO 43
page 63-1 Switch B page 24-5
VIEW 66 VIEW 22 PHOTO 77 PHOTO 77 VIEW 34 VIEW 3 PHOTO 45 page 63-1 PHOTO 44
B10 B2 3 1 1 6 1 1
RED/WHT
3 2
20 C301
PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
5 C104
PHOTO 63
VIEW 30
C105
(Terminals 15-20)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
G101
PHOTO 45

14-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ground Distribution
G101 (’00-’02 V6), G102 (’00-’02 V6)
’01-’02
V6
VTEC
Immobilizer Oil TDC
ABS/TCS
Receiver Pressure Primary CKP Sensor PCM
DLC Control Secondary HO2S Sensor (1 and 2)
page 24-1 Unit Unit HO2S Shields Switch page 24
page 132 PHOTO 195 page 31 Shield Shield Shield PHOTO 114
PHOTO 95 page 24-4
VIEW 47 PHOTO 89 VIEW 76 PHOTO 75
page 24-4 page 24-3 page 24-3 VIEW 66
5) 4 C2 2 B20 B22
(*13)
BRN/ BRN/ BRN/ BRN/ BRAIDED BRAIDED BRAIDED BRN/ BRN/BLK
BLK BLK BLK BLK WIRE WIRE WIRE BLK
BRN/BLK
C18 H14
BRN/ BRN/ J3 Passenger’s

BLK BLK Under-dash
BRN/BLK
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
BRN/BLK
* = Non-SAE terminal
number used in 1 C301
PHOTO 98
Service Manual. VIEW 51
BRN/BLK BRN/BLK
5 C103
PHOTO 63
VIEW 41
BRN/BLK
BRN/BLK
’00 Late Production, ’01-’02

C105
(Terminals 4-6)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
Countershaft Mainshaft
Speed Sensor Speed Sensor
Shield Shield
page 39-2 page 39-2
BRN/BLK BRAIDED BRAIDED

WIRE WIRE
BRN/BLK
G101
(Also see
page 14-5)
PHOTO 45
14-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G101 (’00-’02 V6), G102 (’00-’02 V6)
Transmission
Range
Switch
pages 21-1, PGM-FI
Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition 34-1, 39-1, Main
Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil 89, 110-19, Relay PCM
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 and 138 page 24 page 24
page 20-1 page 20-1 page 20-1 page 20-1 page 20-1 page 20-1 PHOTO 49 PHOTO 99 PHOTO 114
PHOTO 179 PHOTO 179 PHOTO 179 PHOTO 178 PHOTO 178 PHOTO 178 VIEW 34 VIEW 22 VIEW 66
2 2 2 2 2 2 RED/WHT 3 B2
3
20 C301
PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
5 C104
PHOTO 63
VIEW 30
C107
(Terminals 8-14)
PHOTO 180
VIEW 72
G102 G101
PHOTO 181 PHOTO 45
EGR
Valve
and EGR
Shift Shift Valve
Control Control Radiator Position
Solenoid Solenoid PCM Fan Sensor IAC Radiator
Valve B Valve C page 24 Switch A page 24-8 Valve Fan
page 39-2 page 39-2 PHOTO 114 page 63-1 PHOTO 43 page 24-5 Switch B
PHOTO 77 PHOTO 77 VIEW 66 PHOTO 45 VIEW 3 PHOTO 44 page 63-1
1 1 B10 1 6 1 GRY
C105
(Terminals 7-10)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
G101
PHOTO 45
14-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ground Distribution
G201
V6
Canada Right Front EX
Turn Signal/ A/C
Side Marker Condenser Radiator
Washer Windshield Right Right
Light Fan Motor Fan Motor
Fluid Washer Headlight Front Hood
pages 110-2, page 63 (L4) page 63 (L4)
Level Motor pages Parking Switch
110-3, and or 63-1 (V6) or 63-1 (V6)
Sensor page 91-2 110-10, 110-12, Light page 130-7 PHOTO 27 PHOTO 27
page 80-10 PHOTO 71 and 110-14 page 110-4 110-4 PHOTO 3 PHOTO 57 (V6) PHOTO 57 (V6)
Low
Beam 1 2
1 2
1 1 1
A1
G201
PHOTO 38
PHOTO 67 (V6)

14-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ground Distribution
G202
Canada EX
V6 ABS All except
’01-’02 V6
ABS Under-
Cruise Fail-safe Seat Blower hood
Control PSP Relay Heater Motor Relay ELD Unit Fuse/
Actuator Switch page 44-1 Relay page 60 (Manual A/C) page 22 (L4), Relay
page 34-1 page 24-6 or 44-5 page 147 or 60-5 (Climate 22-1 (’98-’99 V6) Box
PHOTO 66 PHOTO 79 PHOTO 9 PHOTO 9 Control) or 22-2 (’00-’02 V6) PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
2 3 3 2
D14
1
G202
PHOTO 35
PHOTO 65 (V6)

14-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G301
L4
Canada
Windshield Left Front
Washer Fluid Washer Left Left Front Turn Signal/Side
Level Sensor Motor Headlight Parking Marker Light
page 80-4 (’98-’99) page 91 pages 110-10, Light pages 110-2,
or 80-5 (’00-’02) PHOTO 71 110-12, and 110-14 page 110-4 110-3, and 110-4
Low
Beam 1 2
1 2
A1
G301
PHOTO 29
PHOTO 60 (V6)

14-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G302
L4
All except Canada EX
USA DX Intermittent ’01-’02 V6
Wiper Windshield
Cruise Relay Wiper Brake Fluid
PSP Control page 91 (L4) Seat Motor Level Switch
Switch Actuator or 91-2 (V6) Heater page 91 (L4) pages 80 (L4),
page 23-8 page 34-1 PHOTO 8 Relay or 91-2 (V6) and 80-8 (V6)
PHOTO 70 PHOTO 31 VIEW 16 page 147-1 PHOTO 7 PHOTO 8
2 1 3 3
1 B
G302
PHOTO 32
PHOTO 64 (V6)

14-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ground Distribution
G401
M/T V6 Canada L4-A/T

Radiator
All except DX Fan
Clutch DLC DX, LX Driver’s
page Control Under-dash
Interlock Clutch Pedal Module
Switch 23-1 (L4) or Fuse/Relay
Position Switch page 63-1 DRL Control Unit
24-1 (V6) Security Box
page 21 page 34-1 PHOTO 117 page 110-16
PHOTO 95 System PHOTO 85
PHOTO 103 PHOTO 103 VIEW 47 VIEW 28 VIEW 44 VIEW 60
Connector
(Option)
(Not
PHOTO 104
VIEW 26 Used)
1 3 4) 4 8 C402 4 7 Q11
(*12)
**
10
5 C404
PHOTO 166
VIEW 69
*= Non-SAE terminal number

used in Service Manual
** = All except ’98 Models
Heater Heater Combination Windshield
Fan Blower Control Climate Light Switch Wiper/Washer
Blower Motor
Switch Panel Control Unit pages 110-4, Switch
Power High
pages 60 pages 60-1, pages 64-1, 110-10, 110-12, page 91 (L4)
Transistor Relay
and 60-2 60-2, and 64 and 60-4 110-15, and 114-2 or 91-2 (V6)
PHOTO 170 page 60-5 page 60-5 PHOTO 170 PHOTO 83 PHOTO 88 PHOTO 90
VIEW 20 PHOTO 115 PHOTO 119 VIEW 54 VIEW 57 VIEW 42 VIEW 65
1 5 5 9 B8 7 11 8
Manual Climate All except EX – V6

A/C Control EX – V6
G401
(Also see
EX page 14-9)
PHOTO 96
14-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G401
Steering Lock All except DX
PHOTO 89 Door
VIEW 24
Multiplex
Control Unit Driver’s Driver’s Door
Ignition page 120 (’98-’99) Door Lock Key Cylinder Driver’s Door
Key Switch Switch Switch Lock Knob Switch
or 120-4 (’00-’02)
pages 50, 73, PHOTO 137 pages 130, pages 130, pages 130,
130, 130-2, PHOTO 164 (Coupe) 130-2, and 130-7 130-2, and 130-7 130-2, and 130-7
and 130-7 VIEW 58 PHOTO 139 PHOTO 141 PHOTO 141
A12 2 2
3
2
G16 (Not Used) (Not Used)

K9 H5 Driver’s
Under-dash
Turn Signal Driver’s Fuse/Relay
Hazard Relay Multiplex Box
page 110-2 Control Unit PHOTO 85
(Coupe) VIEW 60
page 50
or 110-3 PHOTO 86
(Sedan) VIEW 59
1 A14
J1
O6 Multiplex Q15
Control
Inspection
Connector
G401
PHOTO 96
14-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ground Distribution
G501
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black. Gauge
Assembly
pages 80-4 ’00-’02
Canada EX EX (’98-’99 L4), Coupe
80-5
Driver’s Front Front (’00-’02 L4), Fuel Tank
Seat Passenger’s Passenger’s Moonroof Moonroof Moonroof
80-10 (V6),
Accessory Clock Unit
Heater Seat Heater Seat Belt Switch Close Open Power page page 80-2
84 (L4),
Switch Switch Switch page 122 Relay Relay
and 89
Socket 154 (L4) and
page 147 page 147 page 47-2 PHOTO 192 page 122 page 122 PHOTO 87 page 155 PHOTO 80-9 (V6)
VIEW 2 VIEW 4 PHOTO 187 VIEW 9 PHOTO 105 PHOTO 105 VIEW 61 PHOTO 107 191 PHOTO 146
3 3 2 4 4 B16 2 5 1
1 18 C501
PHOTO
95
VIEW 48
5 C505
PHOTO
186
VIEW 70
2 C502
PHOTO 96
VIEW 18
’00 Sedan
with Side
SRS
’00 LX, EX
Sedan
With Side A/T
SRS Cruise Cruise
OPDS Glove Park Audio Cruise Control Control/
Unit Box Pin Unit Control Unit Main TCS Switch
page 47-3 Light Switch page 150 page 34-1 Switch page 34
PHOTO 174 page 114-2 page 138 PHOTO 83 PHOTO 106 page 34 PHOTO 192
VIEW 75 PHOTO 84 PHOTO 110 VIEW 50 VIEW 43 PHOTO 192 VIEW 78
D8 2 14 3 1 7
3
2 C851
PHOTO
187 All except ’01-’02 V6
GRN ’01-’02 V6
1 C505
PHOTO
186
VIEW 70
G501
PHOTO
108

14-10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G551
All except DX
Canada
Door Multiplex Power Driver’s Left
Control Unit Mirror Switch Window Motor Power
pages 50, 120 and 120-4 page 141 (USA) page 120 (’98-’99) Mirror
PHOTO 137 or 141-1 (Canada) or 120-4 (’00-’02) page 141-1
PHOTO 164 (Coupe) PHOTO 137 PHOTO 140 PHOTO 139
VIEW 58 VIEW 37 PHOTO 165 (Coupe) VIEW 6
B1 A19 2 BLU
4 1
G5
Driver’s Seat Driver’s Seat Driver’s Under-dash
Belt Switch Belt Switch Fuse/Relay Box
*= ’98-’99 pages 47-2 pages 47-2 PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
(’00 Sedan), (’00 Sedan),
47-5 (’00 Coupe), 47-5 (’00 Coupe), B10
47-8 (’01-’02 47-8 (’01-’02
Models) 73, 80-1 Models)
(L4), and 80-12 (V6) 73, 80-1 (L4),
PHOTO 130 and 80-12 (V6)
PHOTO 129 (2-way) PHOTO 128
8-way Adjustable Seat
Canada
High Mount (*2) 1 Driver’s Power Seat EX, SE
Brake Light 1) Adjustment Switch
page 110 (Coupe) page 140 Driver’s
2 C551 Seat Heater
or 110-1 (Sedan) PHOTO 128 PHOTO 126
PHOTO 188 VIEW 31 VIEW 63 page 147
(Coupe 1) All except 8-way

2) 8-way Adjustable
Adjustable Seat B1 B5
Seat 2-way 1
Sedan EX Adjustable
Seat
Left Rear Driver’s 3 8 5 C551

Door Lock Power Seat PHOTO 128
Knob Switch Adjustment VIEW 31
page 130-9 Switch
PHOTO 143 page 140 Sedan Coupe
2 5 3
1 C553
PHOTO 142
VIEW 32
4 C552
PHOTO 129
G551
PHOTO
124

14-11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ground Distribution
G581
LX, EX
EX Canada
Front
Front Passenger’s Front Right
Front Passenger’s Door Key Passenger’s Power
Driver’s Passenger’s Door Lock Cylinder Door Lock Mirror
Spotlights Vanity Vanity Switch Switch Knob page
pages 114 Mirror Light Mirror Light page 130-1, page 130-1, Switch 141-1
and 157 page 114-2 page 114-2 130-3, and 130-8 130-3, and 130-8 page 130-8 PHOTO 139
PHOTO 131 PHOTO 132 PHOTO 132 PHOTO 139 PHOTO 141 PHOTO 141 VIEW 10
3 2 2 BLU
1 1 2 1
B1 F1
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Power Accessory Passenger’s Fuse/Relay Box
Window Power PHOTO 91
Multiplex VIEW 67
Relay Socket Control Unit
page 120 (’98-’99 Relay page 50
LX, EX), 120-4 pages 150 PHOTO 118
(’00-’02 LX, EX) and 155 VIEW 62 *= ’00-’02 Models
’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan
3 4 A8 Front Passenger’s
Power Seat
Adjustment Switch
K6 page 140-1
B4 B2 PHOTO 197
A3 (Not Used) VIEW 80
6 8 C701
PHOTO 198
’00-’02 VIEW 79
Coupe,
’00-’02 ’01-02
Coupe, Models
’01-’02 with side Canada Sedan ’01-’02
Models SRS EX EX Sedan
Front Right Rear Front
Passenger’s OPDS Front
Unit Door Lock Passenger’s
Seat Belt Passenger’s Knob Seat Belt
Switch page 47-6 Seat Heater
or 47-9 Switch Switch
page 47-5 PHOTO 174 page 147 page 130-9 page 47-8
or 47-8 VIEW 75 or 147-1 PHOTO 143 PHOTO 87
D8 2
1
1 2 C851 (*2) 1 C581
PHOTO 1) PHOTO
187 with 142 with
4-way VIEW 33 4-way
10 C701 2 C701
PHOTO 198 PHOTO 198
VIEW 79 VIEW 79
G581
PHOTO 125
14-12
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G1, G2, G203 (V6), G204 (V6), G205 (V6), G303 (L4), G304 (L4), G305 (L4)
with ABS
ABS Pump Motor (**) ABS Control Unit (**)

Engine page 44
Mount page 44-2
Battery PHOTO 29 PHOTO 92
Transmission Bracket PHOTO 122 (V6)
PHOTO 67 (V6)
+ VIEW 56
or ABS/TCS Modulator Unit (*) or ABS/TCS Control Unit (*)
page 44-6 page 44-4
PHOTO 67 PHOTO 195
T3 T4 VIEW 77 VIEW 76
– PHOTO 23 PHOTO 30 (L4)
PHOTO 50 (V6) PHOTO 55 (*1)
BLK/YEL PHOTO 167 (*2)
PHOTO 177 (*3)
2) (*C7) A1 A12) B2 B7
(*16) (*C12)
*1 = V6: early production ’98 *= ’01-’02 V6

*2 = V6: late production ** = All except
’98; ’99 Model ’01-’02 V6 **
*3 = V6: ’00-’02 Models
G1 G2 G303 G304 G305

PHOTO 40 PHOTO 30 (L4) PHOTO 29 PHOTO 92 PHOTO 93
PHOTO 58 (V6) PHOTO 55 (*1) G203 (V6) G204 (V6) G205 (V6)
PHOTO 167 (*2) PHOTO 67 PHOTO 123 PHOTO 123
PHOTO 177 (*3)

14-13
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G502, G503, G504, G552, G801
SRS Unit
page 47 (’98-’99) or
Driver’s Driver’s 47-1 (’00 Sedan) or
Multiplex Under- Passenger’s Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Unit 47-4 (’00 Coupe) or
Audio dash
Unit Control Multiplex Unit pages 23-9 (L4), 47-7 (’01-’02)
Unit Fuse/ Control Unit 23-9 (L4), 24-7 (V6), 80-2 PHOTO 109 (’98-’99)
page Relay PHOTO 186 (’00-’01 Sedan)
150 page 50 page 50 24-7 (V6) (L4), 80-9 (V6), PHOTO 171 (’00-’01 Coupe,
PHOTO 83 PHOTO 86
Box PHOTO 118 and 132 and 132 ’01 Sedan)
PHOTO 85 VIEW 64
VIEW 50 VIEW 59 VIEW 62 PHOTO 146 PHOTO 146
VIEW 60
’00-’02
Models
20 B11 B22 4 1 4 (’98-’99 (’98-’99
17) 16) MES
A12) A13) Connector
’01-’02 Passen- page 47-1
Sedan ger’s (’00 Sedan)
Under- BLK or BLK or
or 47-4
MES dash GRN GRN (’00 Coupe)
Connector Fuse/ or 47-7
page 47-7 Relay (’01-’02)
PHOTO 104 Box PHOTO 104
PHOTO 91
2 VIEW 67 2
BLK BLK
or or
GRN GRN
G502 G503 G504 G552 G801

PHOTO PHOTO PHOTO 145
PHOTO 85 PHOTO 109 (’98-’99)
108 118
All except PHOTO 186 (’00 Sedan)
’00-’02 PHOTO 171 (’00-’02 Coupe, ’01-’02)
LX, EX ’00-’02
Coupe Coupe

14-13
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ground Distribution
G601 (Coupe)
Left Taillight Assembly Right Taillight Assembly
PHOTO 159 PHOTO 159
Brake VIEW 8 VIEW 12
Light
Failure
Sensor Left Rear Turn Signal Outer License Right Rear Turn Signal Outer
page 110 Side Marker Light/ Brake Light/ License Plate Side Marker Light/ Brake Light/
PHOTO 158 Light Taillight Taillight Plate Light Light Taillight Taillight
VIEW 1 page 110-5 pages 110-2 pages 110 Light page 110-5 page 110-5 pages 110-2 pages 110
PHOTO 176 and 110-5 and 110-5 page 110-5 PHOTO 162 (’98-’01) PHOTO 176 and 110-5 and 110-5
5 1 BLK/WHT
1 BLK/WHT
6 3 6 3
Trailer
Lighting
Connector
page 118
PHOTO 158
VIEW 13
2
’02
2 2
EX LX
Trunk Lid Latch
PHOTO 155
VIEW 14
Trunk
Latch Left Right Latch
Back-up Back-up Left Right
Trunk Switch Switch Inner Inner
Key pages Light Light pages
page page Brake Brake
Cylinder Opener 84-1 (L4), 84-1 (L4) Light/ Light/
110-19 110-19 and 84-3
Switch Actuator 84-3 (V6), Taillight Taillight
page 130-9 114, and (A/T) or (A/T) or (V6)
page pages 110 pages 110
130-9 (M/T) (M/T) PHOTO 153
PHOTO 160 130-9 PHOTO PHOTO and 110-5 and 110-5
161 161 PHOTO 161 PHOTO 161
1 1 1
WHT
BLU
1 1 1
4 6
G601
PHOTO 158

14-14
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ground Distribution
G601 (Sedan)
Brake Light Left Rear Right Rear

Failure Sensor Left Brake Light/ Right Brake Light/
Outer Taillight Turn Signal Outer Taillight Turn Signal
page 110-1 Trailer Light Light
pages 110-1 pages 110-1
PHOTO 147 Lighting page 110-3 and 110-5 page 110-3
VIEW 1 and 110-5
Connector PHOTO 147 (’98-’00) PHOTO 147 (’98-’00) PHOTO 190 (’98-’00) PHOTO 190 (’98-’00)
page 118 PHOTO 199 (’01-’02) PHOTO 199 (’01-’02) PHOTO 199 (’01-’02) PHOTO 199 (’01-’02)
PHOTO 149
VIEW 13
3 2 2 1 2 1
Left Right
EX Back-up DX, LX
Back-up
Left Light Right Light
page Trunk
Inner page Inner
Trunk Lid Latch 110-19 Latch
Taillight 110-19 Taillight
PHOTO 155 (A/T) or Switch
page (A/T) or Trunk Key page License
VIEW 14 (M/T) pages
110-5 (M/T) Cylinder 110-5 Plate
PHOTO 154 PHOTO 154 PHOTO 154 PHOTO 154 84-1 (L4),
(’98-’00) (’98-’00)
Switch Latch (’98-’00) (’98-’00) Light 84-3 (V6),
PHOTO 200 PHOTO 200 page 130-9 Switch PHOTO 200 PHOTO 200 page and 114
(’01-’02) (’01-’02) (’01-’02) (’01-’02) 110-5
PHOTO 154 pages PHOTO 153
Opener 84-1 (L4),
Actuator 84-3 (V6),
1 2 page 114, and 1 2 2
WHT 130-9 130-9 1
1
BLU
4
6
G601
PHOTO 148

14-15
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Splice and Junction Connector Details

Circuit 11
Interior Illumination (Positive) DX, LX
EX Combination
Headlight Light Switch
Taillight 2 Switch PHOTO 88
Relay 0 = Off VIEW 42
0
PHOTO 123 1 1=
1 2=
7
RED/BLK
RED/BLK RED/BLK
(Not Used) J2
A7 Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
C17 B4 H9 Box
PHOTO 91
RED/BLK RED/BLK VIEW 67 RED/BLK
RED/BLK RED/BLK
RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK
2 2
2 3 WHT WHT 3 6 1
Right Front Right Front Driver’s Front Clock Hazard Glove
Parking Turn Signal/ Vanity Passenger’s PHOTO Warning Box Light
191 PHOTO 84
Light Side Marker Mirror Vanity Mirror Switch
Light Light Light PHOTO 191
VIEW 36
PHOTO 132 PHOTO 132 O3
A6
Driver’s Multiplex
Control Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59 H3 U
Q8 (Not Used) K16 Option E18 I13 A1 Driver’s
RED/BLK Connector Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
RED/BLK 6 Security System RED/BLK
RED/BLK RED/ PHOTO 85
Connector Canada BLK VIEW 60
(Option) DX and LX
C402 RED/
PHOTO 104 RED/BLK
BLK
VIEW 26
A
2 3
RED/BLK Left Left Front
Climate To A on
Front Turn Signal/ page 15-1.
Manual A/C Control Parking Side Marker (Coupe) or
Light Light To A on page
RED/ RED/BLK
BLK
RED/BLK 15-1. (Sedan)
10 A8
All except
Heater Control Climate Control Unit RED/ ’01-’02 V6 ’01-’02 V6
Panel PHOTO 83 BLK
PHOTO 170 VIEW 57
VIEW 54
RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK
RED/ B22 4 1
RED/
BLK
RED/
Gauge Cruise Cruise
RED/BLK 1 Assembly Control Control/
BLK BLK
RED/ PHOTO 87 Main TCS
BLK VIEW 61 Switch Switch
2 2 A/T Gear
Position 9 page 34 page 34
Driver’s Front Console Audio PHOTO 192 PHOTO
3
Seat Passenger’s Light Unit 192
Heater Seat Heater Moonroof VIEW 78
PHOTO 110 PHOTO 83
Switch Switch VIEW 50 Switch
VIEW 2 VIEW 4 PHOTO 192
VIEW 9
Canada A/T
15
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 11
From A on
Coupe: page 15.
A
RED/BLK
RED/BLK RED/BLK
8
6 C554
PHOTO 150
RED/BLK RED/BLK VIEW 38
RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/

BLK
2 2 3
Left Rear Right Rear Trailer
Side Marker Side Marker Lighting
1 Light Light Connector
’02 PHOTO 176 PHOTO 176 PHOTO 158
1 1 VIEW 13
Model
RED/BLK RED/BLK
RED/BLK 3 RED/BLK 3
RED/ RED/BLK RED/ RED/BLK RED/
BLK BLK BLK
License Turn Outer Left Inner Turn Outer

Plate Signal Brake Brake Signal Brake
Light Light/ Light/ Light/ Light/ Light/ Right Inner
License PHOTO 162 Taillight Taillight Taillight Taillight Taillight Brake Light/
PHOTO 161
Plate Taillight
Light Left Taillight Assembly Right Taillight Assembly PHOTO 161
PHOTO 159 PHOTO 159
PHOTO 162
VIEW 8 VIEW 12

15-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 11
Sedan: From A on
page 15.
A
RED/BLK
8 C554
PHOTO 150
VIEW 38
RED/BLK
1 3 2 2 4 4
License Trailer Left Right Left Brake Right Brake
Plate Lighting Inner Inner Light/ Light/
Light Connector Taillight Taillight Outer Outer
PHOTO 149 PHOTO 154 (’98-’00) PHOTO 154 (’98-’00) Taillight Taillight
VIEW 13 PHOTO 200 (’01-’02) PHOTO 200 (’01-’02) PHOTO 147 (’98-’00) PHOTO 190 (’98-’00)
PHOTO 199 (’01-’02) PHOTO 199 (’01-’02)

15-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit 12
Interior Illumination (Negative)
Canada A/T
Driver’s Front A/T Gear Audio Cruise Cruise

Seat Passenger’s Position Unit Control Control/
Heater Seat Console PHOTO 83 Main TCS Switch
VIEW 50
1 Switch 1 Heater RED PHOTO 110
19 Switch page 34
VIEW 2 Switch 5 page 34 2 PHOTO 192
VIEW 4 PHOTO 192 VIEW 78
2
RED RED

RED RED RED RED
’01-’02 V6
Clock Hazard Gauge Moonroof Heater Climate

PHOTO 191 Warning Assembly Switch Control Control
Switch PHOTO 87 PHOTO 192 Panel Unit
PHOTO 191 VIEW 61 VIEW 9 PHOTO 170 PHOTO 83
4 7) VIEW 36 B10 1 22 VIEW 54 A10 VIEW 57
(*5)
RED RED RED RED RED RED
Manual A/C Climate

Control
* = ’01-’02 Models
RED RED RED
(Not Used) I6 K15 Q4

Driver’s
H2 Under-dash
A20 Fuse/Relay
Driver’s Box
Dim Multiplex PHOTO 85
Control Control Unit
VIEW 60
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59

15-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 13
Brake Pedal Position Brake Pedal
0 1 Position Switch ABS ABS/TCS
1 = Brake pedal Control Control
pressed V6
(DX 2) Unit Unit
PHOTO 98 PHOTO 122 PHOTO 195
3) A10 VIEW 56 A12 VIEW 76
WHT/BLK WHT/BLK
WHT/BLK
WHT/BLK
5 C202
PHOTO 120 All except ’01-’02
WHT/BLK VIEW 17 ’01-’02
O20
Driver’s
A8 Under-dash
Driver’s Multiplex Fuse/Relay
Control Unit Box
PHOTO 86 PHOTO 85
VIEW 59 VIEW 60
E15 B5 K7
WHT/BLK WHT/BLK
WHT/BLK
7 C554
PHOTO 150
WHT/BLK
WHT/BLK WHT/BLK VIEW 38
WHT/BLK WHT/BLK WHT/BLK WHT/BLK

1) 6)
A10 (Coupe 2) (Coupe 1) 4 A32 5
ABS High Brake Light Trailer PCM or ECM Cruise
Control Mount Failure Lighting PHOTO 114 Control
VIEW 66
Unit Brake Sensor Connector Unit
PHOTO 92 Light PHOTO 147 PHOTO 149 PHOTO 106
VIEW 56 PHOTO 158 (Coupe) PHOTO 158 (Coupe) VIEW 43
PHOTO 188 VIEW 1 VIEW 13
L4

15-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 14
Taillight Relay Control
Taillight
Relay
PHOTO 123
3
RED/YEL
1 C203
PHOTO 120
RED/YEL
RED/YEL RED/YEL
6 Q7
Combination Driver’s
Light Switch A22 Under-dash
Headlight PHOTO 88 Driver’s Fuse/Relay
6 Switch VIEW 42 Tail- Box
2 Multiplex
0 = Off light Control PHOTO 85
0 relay VIEW 60
1 1= Unit
control PHOTO 86
2= VIEW 59

15-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 60
Horn Relay Control Horn Under-hood
Relay Fuse/Relay
Box
DX, LX PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
A11
Security System LT GRN/BLU
Connector (Option) C14
PHOTO 104
VIEW 26 (Canada) Passenger’s
A9 Under-dash
2) C402 Passenger’s Fuse/Relay
(Canada 3) Multiplex Box
Control Unit PHOTO 91
LT GRN/BLU PHOTO 118 VIEW 67
VIEW 62
J6
LT GRN/BLU
LT GRN/BLU
2 C410
LT GRN/BLU PHOTO 193 ’01-’02
Models
LT GRN/BLU LT GRN/BLU
B3)
B2 (’98-’00 2)
LT GRN/BLU
Cable Reel
PHOTO 189 (’98-’00)
’98-’00 PHOTO 194 (’01-’02)
BLK GRY or BLU

1
Combination Steering
(Not Light Switch 1 RED Wheel
Used) Cruise Control Horn
PHOTO 88
VIEW 42 Set/Resume Switch
Switch
except ’02 Sedan PHOTO 183

15-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit 16
Right Turn Signal Combination
Turn Light Switch
Hazard L R Signal PHOTO 88
VIEW 42
0 1 Warning Switch
Switch
3) 0 = Off 14
(*10) 1 = On
PHOTO 191 GRN/YEL
GRN/YEL VIEW 36
GRN/YEL GRN/YEL GRN/YEL
C8 K5 Q17
Gauge Driver’s
Assembly Under-dash
PHOTO 87 Fuse/Relay
VIEW 61
A9 Box
PHOTO 85
GRN/YEL VIEW 60
10 C554
PHOTO 150
GRN/YEL
* = ’01-’02 models VIEW 38 GRN/YEL
GRN/YEL
Coupe Sedan 12 C201
PHOTO 120
VIEW 45
GRN/YEL GRN/YEL GRN/YEL GRN/YEL

4
Right
GRN/YEL Taillight 2 6 1
Turn Signal Assembly Right Rear Right Front
Trailer Lighting
Light/ Turn Signal Light Turn Signal/
PHOTO 159 Connector
Taillight VIEW 12 PHOTO 149 Side Marker Light
PHOTO 190 (’ 98-’00)
PHOTO 199 (’01-’02) PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
VIEW 13

15-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit 17
Left Turn Signal
Hazard Combination
0 1 Warning Light Switch
Switch Turn
L R Signal PHOTO 88
2) 0 = Off VIEW 42
1 = On Switch
(*7) PHOTO 191
GRN/BLU VIEW 36
12
GRN/BLU GRN/BLU
GRN/BLU
K3 Q1
A14
Driver’s
Gauge Under-dash
Assembly Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 87 Box
VIEW 61 A8 E7 PHOTO 85
GRN/BLU VIEW 60
* = ’01-’02 models 9 C554
PHOTO 150
GRN/BLU VIEW 38
GRN/BLU
GRN/BLU
Coupe Sedan
GRN/BLU GRN/BLU GRN/BLU

4
Left
GRN/YEL
Taillight 2 1 1
Turn Signal Assembly Left Rear Left Front
Light/ Trailer Lighting
PHOTO 159 Turn Signal Connector Turn Signal/
Taillight VIEW 8 Light PHOTO 149 Side Marker
PHOTO 147 (’98-’00) PHOTO 158 (Coupe) Light
PHOTO 199 (’01-’02) VIEW 13

15-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 173
Left Rear Door
Gauge Left Rear
Assembly Door Courtesy
PHOTO 87 2 Light
VIEW 61
A1 YEL/GRN
GRN/YEL 6 C553
PHOTO 142
YEL/GRN VIEW 32
I15 B4
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
In-Line Driver’s Box
Diode Multiplex PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
1 Control
A17 Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
A10
GRN/YEL
Left Rear
1 Door Switch
1 = Door open
PHOTO 144

15-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 174
Driver’s Door
Gauge Driver’s
PHOTO 87 2 Light
VIEW 61
A2
GRN/ORN YEL/BLU
I14 G10
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
In-Line Driver’s Box
Diode Multiplex PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
2 Control
A16 Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
A3
GRN/ORN
Driver’s
1 Door Switch
1 = Door open
PHOTO 136

15-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 175
Right Rear Door
Gauge Right Rear
PHOTO 87 2 Light
VIEW 61
A8
YEL/WHT
GRN/WHT 6 C581
PHOTO 142
YEL/WHT VIEW 33
I16 A15
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
In-Line Passenger’s PHOTO 91
Diode Multiplex VIEW 67
3 Control Unit
PHOTO 118
A14 VIEW 62
A14
GRN/WHT
Right Rear
1 Door Switch
1 = Door open
PHOTO 144

15-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 176
Front Passenger’s Door
Gauge Front
Assembly Passenger’s
PHOTO 87 2 Door Courtesy
A7
VIEW 61 Light
GRN YEL
I9 F8
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
In-Line Passenger’s PHOTO 91
Diode Multiplex VIEW 67
4 Control Unit
PHOTO 118
A15 VIEW 62
A16
GRN
Front
1 Passenger’s
Door Switch
1 = Door open
PHOTO 136

15-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit 177 (’98-’99 Models)
Seat Belt Buckle
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
C3
RED/BLU
K12
Driver’s
Multiplex Fuse/Relay
Control Box
A18 Unit PHOTO 85
PHOTO 86 VIEW 60
VIEW 59
A7
RED/BLU
All except 8-way 8-way
adjustable seat adjustable seat
RED/BLU
6 C551
RED/BLU PHOTO 128
RED/BLU
VIEW 31
1 2
RED/BLU RED/BLU
Driver’s Seat Driver’s Seat
1 2 Belt Switch 1 2 Belt Switch
1 = Seat belt buckled 1 = Seat belt buckled
2 = Seat belt unbuckled 2 = Seat belt unbuckled
PHOTO 130 PHOTO 128
PHOTO 129 (2-way)

15-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit 177 (’00-’02 Models)
Seat Belt Buckle
Gauge SRS Unit
Assembly PHOTO 186 (’00 Sedan)
PHOTO 171 (’00-’02 Coupe, ’01-’02 Sedan)
PHOTO 87
VIEW 64
VIEW 61
C3 C4
RED/BLU
RED/BLU 7 or GRN
C503
RED/BLU PHOTO 172
VIEW 73 ’00-’02 Coupe
K12
Driver’s
Control Box
A18 Unit PHOTO 85
PHOTO 86 VIEW 60
VIEW 59
A7
RED/BLU
All except 8-way 8-way
adjustable seat adjustable seat
RED/BLU
RED/BLU 6 C551
RED/BLU PHOTO 128
VIEW 31
2 2
RED/BLU RED/BLU
Driver’s Seat Driver’s Seat
1 2 Belt Switch 1 2 Belt Switch
1 = Seat belt unbuckled 1 = Seat belt unbuckled
2 = Seat belt buckled 2 = Seat belt buckled
PHOTO 130 PHOTO 128
PHOTO 129 (2-way)

15-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit 178
Trunk Lid
DX, LX Gauge Trunk
Assembly Light
Security System PHOTO 87 PHOTO 188
Connector VIEW 61
PHOTO 104 A9 2
2 C504 ORN
ORN
ORN
ORN
17) C501
(*18) PHOTO 95
VIEW 48
ORN
ORN
*= ’01-’02 Sedan
3 C554 with seat heater
PHOTO 150
ORN VIEW 38
DX, LX EX
ORN
ORN 1
BRN
2 Trunk
Trunk Latch Lid Latch
1 Latch Switch 1 Switch PHOTO 155
1 = Trunk open 1 = Trunk VIEW 14
PHOTO 153 open

15-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 207 (Canada)
Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level
L4 V6
Driver’s
Driver’s Under- ABS ABS ABS/TCS
Multiplex dash Control Control Control
Control Fuse/ Unit Unit Unit
Unit PHOTO 92 PHOTO 122 PHOTO 195
B15 PHOTO 86
Relay A4 VIEW 56 A4 VIEW 56 B14 VIEW 76
VIEW 59 Box 5) C302
PHOTO 85 (V6 3) PHOTO 98
VIEW 60 VIEW 46
GRN/RED GRN/RED
GRN/WHT GRN/ GRN/RED GRN/RED
RED
GRN/RED ’01-’02 V6
11 C301 Gauge
GRN/RED PHOTO 98 Assembly
VIEW 51 PHOTO 87
13 VIEW 61
DRL C14 GRN/RED
Parking
brake switch Control 10 C204
Unit GRN/
input RED PHOTO 91
VIEW 44 VIEW 52
GRN/RED
6
GRN/WHT GRN/RED
3 C401
GRN/WHT PHOTO 99
VIEW 53
A
GRN/WHT
GRN/RED
Parking Brake Fluid
1 Brake Switch 1 Level Switch
1 = Parking brake 1 = Low fluid level
applied PHOTO 8
PHOTO 112

15-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit 207 (USA)
Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level
L4 V6
Driver’s
ABS Gauge ABS ABS/TCS Driver’s Under-
Control Assembly Control Control Multiplex dash
Unit PHOTO 87 Unit Unit Control Fuse/
PHOTO 92 VIEW 61 PHOTO 122 PHOTO 195 Unit
A4 VIEW 56 C14 A4 VIEW 56 B14 VIEW 76 B15 PHOTO 86
Relay
VIEW 59 Box
GRN/RED GRN/RED PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
GRN/RED GRN/RED
All except ’01-’02 V6 GRN/RED
’01-’02 V6
GRN/RED
10 C204
PHOTO 91
GRN/RED
VIEW 52
GRN/RED
5) C302
(V6 3) PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
GRN/RED GRN/RED
GRN/RED
A
GRN/RED
Brake Fluid Parking

1 Level Switch 1 Brake Switch
1 = Low fluid level 1 = Parking
PHOTO 8 brake applied
PHOTO 112

15-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit 408
Ground for Climate Control Unit Sensors
Mode Air Mix Evaporator Outside Air Sunlight In-car
Control Control Temperature Temperature Sensor Temperature
Motor Motor Sensor Sensor PHOTO 80 Sensor
PHOTO 106 PHOTO 113 PHOTO 117 PHOTO 4 PHOTO 82
7 VIEW 21 5 VIEW 19 GRY 2 2 1
1
YEL/GRN YEL/GRN
YEL/GRN
YEL/GRN
YEL/GRN YEL/GRN YEL/GRN C7 I7

Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
K5 PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
YEL/GRN
YEL/GRN
A11
Climate
Common Control
Unit
PHOTO 83
VIEW 57

15-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit D04 (L4)
Power Source for PCM/ECM
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
6 PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
YEL/BLK
YEL/BLK
14 C201
1 PHOTO 120
VIEW 45
Immobilizer YEL/BLK
Receiver
Unit 4 C101
PHOTO 89 PHOTO 34
VIEW 29
YEL/BLK
C103
(Terminals 1-7)
YEL/BLK PHOTO 69
VIEW 39
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
B1 B9 2 2 2 2 2
PCM IAC 1 2 3 4
or ECM Valve
PHOTO 114 PHOTO 15
VIEW 66
Fuel Injectors
PHOTO 10

15-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit D04 (’98-’99 V6)
Power Source for PCM
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
6 PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
YEL/BLK
YEL/BLK
9 C301
1 PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
Immobilizer YEL/BLK
Receiver
Unit 7 C104
PHOTO 89 PHOTO 63
VIEW 30
YEL/BLK
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
C106
(Terminals 1-8)
PHOTO 48
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK VIEW 25
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B1 B9
IAC 1 2 3 4 5 6 PCM
Valve PHOTO 114
PHOTO 44 VIEW 66
Fuel Injectors
PHOTO 41

15-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit D04 (’00-’02 V6)
Power Source for PCM
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
6 PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
9 C301
1 PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
Immobilizer YEL/BLK
Receiver
Unit 7 C104
PHOTO 89 PHOTO 63
YEL/BLK VIEW 30
C105
(Terminals
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK 17-20)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
C106
(Terminals 1-8)
PHOTO 48
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK VIEW 25
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B1 B9
IAC 1 2 3 4 5 6 PCM
Valve PHOTO 114
PHOTO 44 VIEW 66
Fuel Injectors
PHOTO 41

15-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit D46 (L4)
Reference Voltage for PCM/ECM Sensors
PCM or ECM
Reference PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
voltage
(VCC2)
C28
YEL/BLU
YEL/BLU
1 C101
PHOTO 34
VIEW 29
YEL/BLU
15 C204
YEL/BLU YEL/BLU PHOTO 91
YEL/BLU VIEW 52
I17
Driver’s
Under-dash
E4 Fuse/Relay
B1 Box
(Not PHOTO 85
YEL/BLU
Used) VIEW 60
3 3 1
EGR Valve and TP Fuel Tank
EGR Valve Sensor Pressure
Position Sensor PHOTO 16 Sensor
PHOTO 17 PHOTO 73
VIEW 3

15-10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit D46 (V6)
Reference Voltage for PCM Sensors
PCM
Reference PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
voltage
(VCC2)
C28
YEL/BLU
C105 (’98-’99)
(Terminals 1-4)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
or
C108 (’00-’02)
YEL/BLU (Terminals 7-10)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 71
3 C104
YEL/BLU YEL/BLU YEL/BLU PHOTO 63
VIEW 30
E4
Driver’s
Under-dash
I17 Fuse/Relay
B1 Box
(Not PHOTO 85
Used) VIEW 60
YEL/BLU
3 3 1
EGR Valve and TP Fuel Tank
EGR Valve Sensor Pressure
Position Sensor PHOTO 44 Sensor
PHOTO 43 PHOTO 73
VIEW 3

15-10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit E03
Alternator Charging Signal (L)
Gauge Driver’s Driver’s
Assembly Multiplex Under-dash
PHOTO 87 Control Fuse/Relay
VIEW 61 Unit Box
B8 B5 PHOTO 86
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
VIEW 59
WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
WHT/BLU
L4 V6
1 C204 12 C302
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 98
VIEW 52 VIEW 46
WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
7 C101 14 C103
PHOTO 34 PHOTO 63
WHT/BLU VIEW 29 WHT/BLU VIEW 41
WHT/BLU
3
Alternator
Charging PHOTO 12
output PHOTO 55 (V6)

15-10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit E90 (’98-’99)
ECT Sensor Signal Climate Control
PCM Climate
PHOTO 114 Control
VIEW 66
Unit
PHOTO 83
C26 B3 VIEW 57
RED/WHT
10 C301
PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
RED/WHT RED/WHT
4 C104
PHOTO 63
VIEW 30
RED/WHT
RED/WHT
2
ECT
Sensor
PHOTO 21
PHOTO 43 (V6)

15-11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit E90 (’00-’02 V6)
ECT Sensor Signal Climate Control
PCM Climate
PHOTO 114 Control
VIEW 66
Unit
PHOTO 83
C26 B3 VIEW 57
RED/WHT
10 C301
PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
RED/WHT RED/WHT
4 C104
PHOTO 63
VIEW 30
RED/WHT
C108
(Terminals 14-16)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 71
RED/WHT
2
ECT
Sensor
PHOTO 43

15-11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit E93 (A/T)
Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal
Driver’s
Driver’s Under-dash Gauge Cruise
Multiplex Fuse/Relay Assembly Control
Control Unit Box PHOTO 87 Unit
B14 VIEW 59 PHOTO 85 B2 12 VIEW 43
VIEW 60
BLU/WHT
BLU/ (Not (Not

WHT
Used) Used)
J13 C12 Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
I1 PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
A9
(VSSOUT)
PCM
PHOTO 114
Vehicle VIEW 66
speed
output

15-11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit E93 (M/T)
Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal
Driver’s
Driver’s Under-dash Gauge Cruise ECM
Multiplex Assembly Control PHOTO 114
Fuse/Relay VIEW 66
Control Box PHOTO 87 Unit
Unit VIEW 61 PHOTO 106
B14 PHOTO 85 B2 12 VIEW 43 C23
PHOTO 86 VIEW 60
BLU/ VIEW 59
WHT
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
(Not
I1 Used)
J13 Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 91
C12 VIEW 67
BLU/WHT
1) C102
(ULEV 7) PHOTO 34
VIEW 40
BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
3
Vehicle VSS
PHOTO 37
speed
output

15-11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit F12 (L4)
Fan Controls
Under-hood
Condenser Radiator Fuse/Relay
Fan Fan Box
Relay Relay PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
4 4
D15
D12 (Not Used)
(Not Used)
K14 Passenger’s
GRN
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
C1 I17 Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
GRN
GRN GRN
6 C101
PHOTO 34
VIEW 29
GRN
2 A20
Radiator (FANC) PCM or
Fan Fan ECM
Switch Control PHOTO 114
PHOTO 16 VIEW 66

15-12
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit F12 (V6)
Fan Controls
Under-hood
Radiator Condenser Radiator Fuse/Relay
Fan Control Fan Relay Fan Relay Box
Module PHOTO 9
PHOTO 117 VIEW 68
8 VIEW 28 4 4
GRN D15
D12 (Not Used)
GRN GRN GRN
18 C301
PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
GRN K14 C1
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
4 C103 Box
I17 PHOTO 91
PHOTO 63
VIEW 67
VIEW 41
GRN GRN
2 A20
Radiator (FANC) PCM
Fan Switch A Fan PHOTO 114
PHOTO 45 VIEW 66
Control

15-12
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit F28
Service Check Signal
L4 V6
ABS PCM or SRS Unit SRS ABS ABS/TCS

Control ECM PHOTO 186 (’00 Sedan) Unit Control Control
PHOTO 114 PHOTO 171 (’00 Coupe, PHOTO
Unit (SCS)
’01-’02 Models) Unit Unit
PHOTO 92 VIEW 66 109 PHOTO 122 PHOTO 195
A14 A10 C6 VIEW 64 9 VIEW 64
VIEW 56 A14 VIEW 56 A6 VIEW 76
BRN BRN
BRN BRN BRN or GRN GRN
5 C503 2 C503 All except ’01-’02 V6

’00 ’01-’02 V6
PHOTO 172 PHOTO 106
Coupe VIEW 73 BRN
7 C204
PHOTO 91
BRN VIEW 52
’00-’02 ’98-’99
BRN
BRN
E2 K14
Driver’s
Under-dash *= Non-SAE terminal number
Fuse/Relay used in Service Manual.
Q9 Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
BRN
9)
(*1)
DLC
PHOTO 95
VIEW 47

15-12
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit F29
DLC Input/Output
L4 V6
ABS SRS Unit SRS Unit ABS ABS/TCS

Control PHOTO 186 (’00 Sedan) PHOTO 109 Control Control
PHOTO 171 (’00 Coupe, VIEW 64
Unit ’01-’02 Models) Unit Unit
PHOTO 92 VIEW 64 PHOTO 122 PHOTO 195
A22 VIEW 56 C2 15 A22 VIEW 56 A26 VIEW 76
LT BLU or GRN
GRN
LT BLU LT BLU
’00 4 C503 3 C503

PHOTO 172 PHOTO 106
Coupe VIEW 73
LT BLU
’00-’02 ’98-’99 All except ’01-’02 V6

LT BLU ’01-’02 V6
E3 I9
Driver’s LT BLU
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay 11 C201
Q3 Box PHOTO 120
PHOTO 85 VIEW 45
VIEW 60 LT BLU
LT BLU
* = Non-SAE terminal number LT BLU

used in Service Manual. 14)
(*6)
DLC
PHOTO 95
VIEW 47

15-13
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit F44 (’01-’02 V6)
NEP (Engine Speed Pulse)
Gauge ABS/TCS ABS/TCS PCM

Assembly Control Unit Control Unit PHOTO 114
PHOTO 87 PHOTO 195 PHOTO 195 VIEW 68
B1 B1 B11 A19
BLU
BLU
BLU
C12 (Not Used) BLU
Passenger’s 2 C201
J13 PHOTO 120
Under-dash BLU VIEW 45
Fuse/Relay
Box 18 C401
I1 PHOTO 91 PHOTO 99
VIEW 67 VIEW 53
BLU BLU
Coupe Sedan
BLU
BLU
13 C302
PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
BLU
2
Test Tachometer
Connector
PHOTO 36

15-13
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M06 (A/T)
Back-up Lights
Driver’s
Reverse Under-dash
Relay Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 85
2 VIEW 60
K2
(Not Used) A6
GRN/BLK
2 C554
PHOTO 150
VIEW 38
GRN/BLK
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
3) 3)
(Coupe 2) (Coupe 2) 5
Left Right Trailer Lighting
Back-up Back-up Connector
Light Light PHOTO 149
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
PHOTO 154 (’98-’00 Sedan) PHOTO 154 (’98-’00 Sedan) VIEW 13
PHOTO 200 (’01-’02 Sedan) PHOTO 200 (’01-’02 Sedan)
PHOTO 161 (’01-’02 Coupe) PHOTO 161 (’01-’02 Coupe)

15-14
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M06 (M/T)
Back-up Lights
Back-up
1 Light Switch
1 = Transmission
in reverse
LT GRN/BLK PHOTO 20
B
GRN/BLK
6) C102
(ULEV 10) PHOTO 34
VIEW 40
GRN/BLK
17 C204
GRN/BLK PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
K2
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
A6 Box
PHOTO 85
GRN/BLK VIEW 60
2 C554
PHOTO 150
GRN/BLK VIEW 38
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK

3) 3)
(Coupe 2) (Coupe 2) 5
Left Right
Back-up Back-up Trailer Lighting
Connector
Light Light PHOTO 149
PHOTO 154 (’98-’00 Sedan) PHOTO 154 (’98-’00 Sedan) PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
PHOTO 200 (’01-’02 Sedan) PHOTO 200 (’01-’02 Sedan) VIEW 13
PHOTO 161 (’01-’02 Coupe) PHOTO 161 (’01-’02 Coupe)

15-14
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M28 (All except ’00-’02 V6)
A/T Position 1
PCM Gauge
PHOTO 114 Assembly
VIEW 66
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
D15 C5
BRN
L4 V6
6 C204 8 C302
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 98
BRN BRN VIEW 52 BRN VIEW 46
11 C102 13 C103
PHOTO 34 PHOTO 63
VIEW 40 VIEW 41
BRN
BRN
4
BRN
Transmission
Position Range Switch
1 output
PHOTO 19
PHOTO 49 (V6)
VIEW 34

15-14
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M28 (’00-’02 V6)
A/T Position 1
PCM Gauge
PHOTO 114 Assembly
VIEW 66
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
D15 C5
BRN
8 C302
PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
BRN
BRN
13 C103
PHOTO 63
VIEW 41
BRN
C105
(Terminals 11-13)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
BRN
4
BRN
Transmission
1 output
PHOTO 49
VIEW 34

15-14
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
A/T Position 2
PCM Gauge
PHOTO 114 Assembly
VIEW 66
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
D14 C7
BLU
L4 V6
7 C204 9 C302
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 98
BLU BLU VIEW 52 BLU VIEW 46
10 C102 12 C103
PHOTO 34 PHOTO 63
VIEW 40 VIEW 41
BLU
BLU
5
BLU
Transmission
2 output
PHOTO 19
PHOTO 49 (V6)
VIEW 34

15-15
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit M29 (’00-’02 V6)
A/T Position 2
PCM Gauge
PHOTO 114 Assembly
VIEW 66
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
D14 C7
BLU
9 C302
PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
BLU BLU
12 C103
PHOTO 63
VIEW 41
BLU
C105
(Terminals 1-3)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
BLU
5
BLU
Transmission
2 output
PHOTO 49
VIEW 34

15-15
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
A/T Position D3
PCM Gauge
PHOTO 114 Assembly
VIEW 66
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
D8 C6
PNK
L4 V6
9 C204 10 C302
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 98
PNK PNK VIEW 52 PNK VIEW 46
9 C102 11 C103
PHOTO 34 PHOTO 63
VIEW 40 VIEW 41
PNK
PNK
6
GRN
Position Transmission
D3 output Range Switch
PHOTO 19
PHOTO 49 (V6)
VIEW 34

15-15
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit M31 (’00-’02 V6)
A/T Position D3
PCM Gauge
PHOTO 114 Assembly
VIEW 66
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
D8 C6
PNK
10 C302
PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
PNK
PNK
11 C103
PHOTO 63
VIEW 41
PNK
C105
(Terminals 14-16)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
PNK
6
GRN
Transmission
D3 output
PHOTO 49
VIEW 34

15-15
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M35 (L4)
A/T Park Position
Gauge Driver’s
Assembly Driver’s Multiplex Under-dash
PHOTO 87 Control Unit Fuse/Relay
VIEW 61 PHOTO 86 Box
C15 VIEW 59 PHOTO 85
A3 VIEW 60
E17
BLK/BLU
K10 (Not Used)
BLK/BLU
BLK/BLU
18 C204
PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
BLK/BLU
5 C102
PHOTO 34
VIEW 40
BLK/BLU
10
BLK/BLU
Transmission
Park Range Switch
output PHOTO 19
VIEW 34

15-16
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M35 (V6)
A/T Park Position
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
C15
BLK/BLU
K10
Driver’s
Control Unit Box
PHOTO 86 PHOTO 85
A3 VIEW 59 VIEW 60
E17
BLK/BLU
8 C103
PHOTO 63
BLK/BLU VIEW 41
10
BLK/BLU
Transmission
Park Range Switch
output PHOTO 49
VIEW 34

15-16
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M34 (L4)
A/T Reverse Position
Gauge Driver’s
Assembly Reverse Under-dash
PHOTO 87 Relay Fuse/Relay
VIEW 61 Box
C4 PHOTO 85
3 VIEW 60
E10
WHT
K11 (Not Used)
WHT
WHT
17 C204
PHOTO 91 PCM
VIEW 52 PHOTO 114
WHT
VIEW 66
6 C102 D6
PHOTO 34
VIEW 40 WHT
WHT
WHT
9
WHT
Transmission
Reverse
Range Switch
output
PHOTO 19
VIEW 34

15-16
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M34 (’98-’99 V6)
Gauge PCM
Assembly PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
C4 D6
WHT
K11
Driver’s
A/T Under-dash
Reverse Fuse/Relay
Relay Box
PHOTO 85
3 VIEW 60
E10
WHT WHT
9 C103
PHOTO 63
VIEW 41
WHT
WHT
9
WHT
Transmission
Reverse
Range Switch
output
PHOTO 49
VIEW 34

15-16
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit M34 (’00-’02 V6)
Gauge PCM
Assembly PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
C4 D6
WHT
K11
Driver’s
A/T Under-dash
Reverse Fuse/Relay
Relay Box
PHOTO 85
3 VIEW 60
E10
WHT WHT
9 C103
PHOTO 63
WHT VIEW 41
C108
(Terminals
11-13)
WHT PHOTO 115
VIEW 71
9
WHT
Transmission
Reverse
Range Switch
output
PHOTO 49
VIEW 34

15-17
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit M36 (L4)
A/T Park/Neutral Position
Driver’s
PCM Driver’s Starter Under-dash
PHOTO 114
VIEW 66 (Not Multiplex Cut Fuse/Relay
used) Control Relay Box
D13 Unit 4 PHOTO 85
A4 PHOTO 86 VIEW 60
VIEW 59
E12
O12 (Not
Used)
BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT 13 C201
PHOTO 120
BLU/WHT VIEW 45
14 C102
PHOTO 34
VIEW 40
BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
1
GRY
Park/ Transmission
neutral Range Switch
PHOTO 19
output VIEW 34

15-17
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit M36 (’98-’99 V6)
Driver’s
PCM Driver’s Starter Under-dash
PHOTO 114
D13 Unit 4 PHOTO 85
A4 PHOTO 86 VIEW 60
VIEW 59
O12
E12 (Not
Used)
BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
7 C103
PHOTO 63
VIEW 41
BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
1
GRY
Park/ Transmission
PHOTO 49
output VIEW 34

15-17
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M36 (’00-’02 V6)
PCM Driver’s
PHOTO 114 Driver’s Starter Under-dash
B14 Unit PHOTO 85
PHOTO 86 4
A4 VIEW 60
VIEW 59
O12
E12 (Not
Used)
BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
7 C103
PHOTO 63
VIEW 41
BLU/WHT
C108
(Terminals 1-3)
PHOTO 115
VIEW 71
BLU/WHT
1
GRY
Park/ Transmission
PHOTO 49
output VIEW 34

15-18
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit M37
Clutch Pedal Position
Cruise
Control
Unit
PHOTO 106
14 VIEW 43
LT BLU
L4 V6
Passenger’s
LT BLU Under-dash LT BLU
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 91
I15 VIEW 67
K11 C9 5 C302
PHOTO 98
LT BLU LT BLU LT BLU VIEW 46
13 C102 6 C103
1 C404 PHOTO 34 PHOTO 63
LT BLU PHOTO 166 * LT BLU VIEW 40 LT BLU VIEW 41
VIEW 69
2 2
2 PNK PNK
Clutch Pedal Transmission Transmission
0 1 Position Switch Disen- Disen-
gage Range Switch gage Range Switch
1 = Pedal pressed PHOTO 19 PHOTO 49
PHOTO 103
output VIEW 34
output VIEW 34
* = All except
M/T A/T ’98 models

15-18
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Circuit Z28 (L4)
Ground for PCM/ECM Sensors
All except ULEV
TP ECT IAT Primary Secondary Fuel Tank
Sensor Sensor Sensor HO2S HO2S Pressure
PHOTO 16 PHOTO 21 PHOTO 14 PHOTO 11 PHOTO 72 Sensor
PHOTO 73
1 1 1 LT GRN GRN 2
1 1 GRN/BLK
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
(Not
B3 Used)
E14
GRN/
BLK
GRN/BLK
I8 Driver’s
GRN/BLK Under-dash
GRN/ GRN/BLK Fuse/Relay
BLK Box
EGR Valve
and EGR PHOTO 85
C103 VIEW 60
Valve 11 C204
(Terminals Position GRN/BLK PHOTO 91
12-14) 2 VIEW 52
Sensor
PHOTO 69 PHOTO 17 GRN/BLK
VIEW 39 VIEW 3
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK (*3) C102
2) PHOTO 34
VIEW 40
GRN/BLK
GRN/BLK
C18
PCM or ECM *= M/T except ULEV
(SG2)
PHOTO 114
Sensor VIEW 66
ground

15-18
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit Z28 (’98-’99 V6)
Ground for PCM Sensors
Fuel Tank Secondary ECT IAT EGR Valve TP Primary
Pressure HO2S Sensor Sensor and EGR Sensor HO2S
Sensor PHOTO 72 PHOTO 43 PHOTO 52 Valve PHOTO 44 PHOTO 53
PHOTO 73 Position
2 LT GRN 1 1 2 1 WHT
Sensor
1 PHOTO 43 2
VIEW 3
GRN/ GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
BLK
11 C204
PHOTO 91
GRN/BLK VIEW 52
B3 I8
Driver’s GRN/BLK
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
E14 Box
PHOTO 85
GRN/BLK VIEW 60
1 C104
PHOTO 63
GRN/BLK
VIEW 30
GRN/BLK
C105
(Terminals 8-10)
GRN/BLK PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
C18
(SG2) PCM
PHOTO 114
Sensor VIEW 66
ground

15-19
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Circuit Z28 (’00-’02 V6)
Ground for PCM Sensors
Fuel Tank Secondary ECT IAT EGR Valve TP Primary
Pressure HO2S Sensor Sensor and EGR Sensor HO2S
Sensor PHOTO 72 PHOTO 43 PHOTO 52 Valve PHOTO 44 PHOTO 53
PHOTO 73 Position
2 LT GRN 1 1 2 1 LT GRN or WHT
Sensor
1 PHOTO 43
VIEW 3 2
GRN/ GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
BLK
11 C204
PHOTO 91
GRN/BLK VIEW 52
B3 I8
Driver’s GRN/BLK
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
E14 Box
PHOTO 85
GRN/BLK VIEW 60
1 C104
PHOTO 63
GRN/BLK
VIEW 30
GRN/BLK
C108
(Terminals 4-6)
PHOTO 115
GRN/BLK
VIEW 71
C18
(SG2) PCM
PHOTO 114
Sensor VIEW 66
ground

15-19
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ignition System
L4
HOT IN ON OR START NOTE: See section 24 for inputs that affect ignition control.
Driver’s
See page 10-8. Under-dash PCM or ECM
Fuse/Relay Ignition PHOTO 114
Fuse 11 Box output Sensor VIEW 66
15A PHOTO 85 signal input
VIEW 60 (ICM) (CYPP)
E11
P7 (Not Used) B13 C29
BLK/YEL
10 C201
PHOTO 120
BLK/YEL VIEW 45
BRN/BLK
10 C101
PHOTO 34 YEL/GRN YEL
BLK/YEL
VIEW 29 See page 14.
1) 2) 3)
(*3) (*1) (*2) BLK
Distributor G101
PHOTO 18
PHOTO 14
Ignition
Coil CYP
Secondary Primary Sensor
4
ICM BLK
C30
(CYPM) PCM or ECM
Sensor PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
ground
*= USA: DX
Spark Plugs Canada: DX, LX

20
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Ignition System
’98-’99 V6
HOT IN ON OR START NOTE: See section 24 for inputs that affect ignition control.
Driver’s
See page 10-8. Under-dash
Fuse/Relay PCM
Fuse 11 Ignition PHOTO 114
Box output VIEW 66
15A PHOTO 85
VIEW 60 signal
P7 (ICM)
E11 (Not Used) B13
BLK/YEL
10 C104
BLK/YEL PHOTO 63
VIEW 30
2
Ignition YEL/GRN
Coil
PHOTO 49
Secondary Primary
1 3
COIL
BLK/YEL BLU
WIRE
2 3 1
Distributor
PHOTO 52
ICM
Spark Plugs

20
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ignition System
’00-’02 V6
NOTE: See section 24 for inputs that affect ignition control.
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
See page Under-dash
10-8. Fuse/Relay
Fuse 11 Box
15A PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
P7
E11 (Not used)
BLK/
YEL
10 C104
PHOTO 63
VIEW 30
BLK/
YEL
PCM
PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
Ignition coil control
(IGPLS1) (IGPLS2) (IGPLS3) (IGPLS4) (IGPLS5) (IGPLS6)
C4 C14 C3 C13 C12 C23
YEL/GRN BLU/RED WHT/BLU BRN BLK/RED BRN/WHT
C107
(Terminals
1-7)
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL PHOTO 180
VIEW 72
3 1 3 1 3 1
Ignition Ignition Ignition
ICM Coil ICM Coil ICM Coil
No. 2 No. 4 No. 6
2 2 2
3 1 3 1 3 1
Ignition Ignition Ignition
ICM Coil ICM Coil ICM Coil
No. 1 No. 3 No. 5
2 2 2
BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK
BLK BLK
BLK C107
(Terminals
BLK 8-14)
PHOTO 180
VIEW 72
See page See page
14-5. 14-5.
BLK BLK
G102 G101
PHOTO 181 PHOTO 45

20-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Starting System
L4
C2 WHT
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Fuse 42 Box
50A PHOTO 9
See page 10-3.
VIEW 68
See page 10. WHT
ELD Ignition Switch

Unit See page 0 = Lock
10-3. I = Acc
II = On
0 III
III = Start
PHOTO 88
I II
Fuse 41
100A
See page 10. BLK/WHT
T1 M6
Driver’s
Under-
dash
1 3 Fuse/
Starter Relay
Cut Relay Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
2 4
Fuse 13 See Circuit M36,

7.5A page 15-17.
C5
P1 (Not O12
See page 10-3. Used)
BLK/WHT BLU/WHT
5 C202 A/T M/T

PHOTO 120
VIEW 17
BLK BLU/WHT BLU/WHT All except
BLK/WHT
’98 model
See Circuit M36,
page 15-17. 4 C404
PHOTO 166
9 C101 VIEW 69
PHOTO 34 BLU/WHT
BLK/YEL VIEW 29
BLK/WHT
Starter 1 BLU/WHT
PHOTO 22 GRY 2
+ Battery Trans- Clutch
T2 N
D4
D3 mission 1 Interlock
Starter R 2 Range Switch
Solenoid Switch 1 1 = Clutch pedal
P 1 PHOTO 19 pressed
– 1 = Pull-in VIEW 34
1 2 PHOTO 103
coil
2 = Hold-in RED/WHT
BLK coil 3
M/T BLK BLK
See page
14-13. See page 14-1. See page 14-8.
Starter
M Motor
BLK BLK BLK
G1 G101 G401

21
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Starting System
V6
C2 WHT
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Fuse 42 Box See page 10-3.
50A PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
See page 10. WHT
ELD Ignition Switch

Unit See page 0 = Lock
10-3. I = Acc
II = On
III = Start
0 III PHOTO 88
I II
Fuse 41
100A
See page 10. BLK/WHT
T1 M6
Driver’s
Under-
dash
1 3 Fuse/
Starter Relay
Cut Relay Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
2 4
See Circuit M36,
Fuse 13 page 15-17,
7.5A (’98-’99 V6)
or page 15-18
(’00-’02 V6)
P1
C5 (Not E12
See page 10-3. Used)
BLU/WHT
BLK BLK/WHT
See Circuit M36,
page 15-17, (’98-’99 V6)
or page 15-18 (’00-’02 V6)
BLU/WHT
9 C104
PHOTO 63
BLK/YEL VIEW 30
BLK/WHT 1
GRY
+ Battery Starter Transmission
T2 PHOTO 50 D4
PHOTO 50 N D3 Range Switch
Starter R 2 PHOTO 49
Solenoid VIEW 34
P
1
– 1 = Pull-in coil
1 2
2 = Hold-in coil
RED/WHT
BLK 3
Starter BLK
M Motor
See page See page 14-3 (’98-’99)
14-13. or 14-5 (’00-’02).
BLK BLK
G1 G101
PHOTO 58 PHOTO 45

21-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Charging System
L4
HOT IN ON OR START
Under-hood Driver’s
T1
See page 10. Fuse/Relay Fuse 6 Under-dash
Box 15A See page Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 9 10-6. Box
PHOTO 85
Fuse 41 VIEW 60
See page 10. 100A I12
BLK/YEL
BLK
+ Battery See page 10-6.
BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
– Gauge
1 Assembly
BLK ELD PHOTO 87
Unit B9 VIEW 61
See page 14-13. Charging

System
2 3 Indicator
BLK – +
See page 10.
G1 Indicators
PHOTO 40
T101 B8
GRN/RED
22 C204
PHOTO 91
BLK BLK GRN/RED VIEW 52 WHT/BLU
or
WHT
A30
(EL) PCM or
ELD unit input ECM
PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
See See Circuit E03,
page 14-6. Alternator Alternator page 15-10.
control FR
signal signal
(ALTC) (ALTF)
C2 C5
BLK WHT/GRN WHT/RED BLK/YEL WHT/BLU
G202
PHOTO 35
T102 2 4 1 3
B C FR IG L Alternator
Rectifier PHOTO 12
Field
Winding
Voltage Regulator
Stator

22
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Charging System
’98-’99 V6
HOT IN ON OR START
Under- Driver’s
T1
See page 10. hood Fuse 6 Under-dash
Fuse/ See page 15A Fuse/Relay
Relay 10-7. Box
Box PHOTO 85
Fuse 41 PHOTO 9 VIEW 60
100A
E13 I12
See page 10.
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
BLK
See page
+ Battery 10-7.
Gauge
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
Assembly
PHOTO 87
– B9 VIEW 61
1
BLK ELD
Unit
See page 14-13.

Charging
2 3 System
BLK
See page 10. Indicator
– +
G1
PHOTO 58
T101
GRN/RED Filter Circuit
22 C204
PHOTO 91 Indicators
BLK BLK GRN/RED VIEW 52
or
WHT B8
A30
(ELD) PCM
PHOTO 114
ELD unit input VIEW 66 WHT/BLU
Alternator Alternator
See control FR See Circuit E03,
page 14-6. signal signal page 15-10.
(ALTC) (ALTF)
C2 C5
G202
PHOTO 65
T102 2 4 1 3
PHOTO 55
Rectifier
Voltage Regulator
Field Winding

22-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Charging System
’00-’02 V6
HOT IN ON OR START
Under- Driver’s
T1
See page 10. hood Fuse 6 Under-dash
Fuse/ See page 15A Fuse/Relay
Relay 10-7. Box
Box PHOTO 85
Fuse 41 PHOTO 9 VIEW 60
100A E13 I12
See page 10.
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
BLK
See page
+ Battery 10-7.
Gauge
Assembly
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
PHOTO 87
– B9 VIEW 61
1
BLK ELD
Unit
See page 14-13.

Charging
2 3 System
BLK
See page 10. Indicator
– +
G1
PHOTO 58
T101
GRN/RED Filter Circuit
22 C204
PHOTO 91 Indicators
BLK BLK GRN/RED VIEW 52
A30 B8
(ELD) PCM
PHOTO 114
ELD unit input VIEW 66 WHT/BLU
Alternator Alternator
See control FR See Circuit E03,
page 14-6. signal signal page 15-10.
(ALTC) (ALTF)
C2 C5
G202
PHOTO 65
T102 2 4 1 3
PHOTO 55
Rectifier
Voltage Regulator
Field Winding

22-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Fuel and Emissions (L4)

ECM/PCM Power and Ground
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START HOT WITH ENGINE CRANKING
Passenger’s Under- Driver’s

Fuse 13 Under-dash Fuse 46 hood Fuse 1 Fuse 13 Under-
7.5A Fuse/Relay 15A Fuse/ 15A 7.5A dash
Box Relay Fuse/
See page PHOTO 91 Box See page 10-4. See page 10-3. Relay
10-12. VIEW 67 PHOTO 9 Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
C15 A17 O1 Q10 VIEW 60
WHT/ WHT/GRN RED/WHT BLU/ORN

YEL
5 C101
PHOTO 34 See page 10.
VIEW 29
WHT/ WHT/GRN
YEL
7 5 2
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
3 6 1 4
BLK YEL/BLK
GRN/YEL BLK/YEL
See page See Circuit D04 ,
14-1. page 15-8.
BLK YEL/BLK
Fuel Supply System
G101
PHOTO 14
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
B21 B1 B9
(VBU) (IGP1) (IGP2) PCM or ECM
Battery Power Power PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
input input input
Ground Ground Ground Ground

(LG1) (LG2) (PG2) (PG1)
B20 B22 B10 B2

BRN/BLK BRN/BLK BLK BLK
See page 14. See page 14-1.
BRN/BLK BRN/BLK
BLK BLK
C103
(Terminals 8-11)
BLK BLK PHOTO 69
VIEW 39
G101
PHOTO 14
23
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

DLC and MIL Circuits
* = Non-SAE terminal number
used in Service Manual. Under-hood Driver’s
Fuse 46 Fuse/Relay Fuse 9 Under-dash
15A Box 7.5A Fuse/Relay
See Circuit F29, PHOTO 9 See page Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
page 15-13. A17 10-9.
VIEW 60
WHT/GRN
I4
See page 10. YEL
LT BLU
WHT/GRN See page 10-9.
(*6) (*8)
14) 16)
YEL
DLC
Power for PGM tester PHOTO 95
(B+, 4 amps max) VIEW 47
Signal ground for
communication Ground K line for B11
network for PGM off-board comm Gauge
Gauges and Assembly
5) 4) 7) 9) Indicators PHOTO 87
(*13) (*12) (*15) (*1) MIL VIEW 61
BRN/BLK BLK GRY BRN
See page See page 9 C401 See Circuit F28,

PHOTO 99
14. 14-8. VIEW 53 page 15-12. B6
BLK BLK GRY BRN GRN/ORN

A21 A10 A18
(K-LINE) (SCS) (MIL) PCM or ECM
MIL control PHOTO 114
Scan tool Service VIEW 66
input/output check input
G101 G401
PHOTO 14 PHOTO 96

23-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

PGM-FI System (All models)
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START HOT WITH ENGINE CRANKING
Fuse 46 Fuse/Relay Fuse 1 Fuse 13 Under-dash
15A
Box 15A 7.5A
Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 9 Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
See page 10-4. See page 10-3. VIEW 60
A17 O1 Q10
WHT/GRN
See page 10. RED/WHT BLU/ORN
WHT/GRN
7 5 2
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
3 6 1 4
BLK YEL/BLK
GRN/YEL BLK/YEL
See page See Circuit D04,

14-1. page 15-8.
Fuel Supply System

BLK YEL/BLK
G101
PHOTO 14
C103
(Terminals 1-7)
PHOTO 69
VIEW 39
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK

See Circuit D04,
page 15-8.
2 2 2 2
1 2 3 4 Fuel
Injectors
PHOTO 10
1 1 1 1
BRN RED BLU YEL
B11 B3 B4 B5
PCM or ECM
(INJ1) (INJ2) (INJ3) (INJ4) PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
Fuel injector control

23-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

HOT IN ON OR START
PCM or ECM Driver’s

PHOTO 114 Under-dash
VIEW 66 Fuse 6
15A
Fuse/Relay
Reference Sensor See page Box
PHOTO 85
voltage input 10-6. VIEW 60
(VCC1) (MAP)
C19 C17 I12

BLK/YEL
See page 10-6.
BLK/YEL
YEL/RED RED/GRN
Under-hood
See page 10. Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 9
1
1 3 ELD
MAP Unit
Sensor
PHOTO 16
3 2
2 See page 10.
BLK
GRN/WHT GRN/RED
See page 14-6.
22 C204
PHOTO 91 BLK
GRN/RED
VIEW 52 G202
C7 A30 PHOTO 35
(SG1) (EL)
PCM or ECM
Barometric PHOTO 114
Sensor Pressure ELD unit VIEW 66
ground Sensor input
Reference Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor

voltage input input input input input input
(VCC2) (TPS) (ECT) (IAT) (CYPP) (TDCP) (CKPP)
C28 C27 C26 C25 C29 C20 C8
YEL/BLU RED/BLK RED/WHT RED/YEL
See
Circuit 2 2
D46, ECT IAT
page Sensor Sensor
PHOTO 21 PHOTO 14
15-10.
1 1 YEL GRN BLU BRN/BLK
3
YEL/BLU GRN/BLK GRN/BLK 3) 1
Distributor
(DX 2) PHOTO 18 LT GRN LT BLU
3 2
TP CKP/TDC
Sensor Sensor
PHOTO 16 CYP PHOTO 13
Sensor
1
RED WHT
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
See page 14.
C103 2 4
(Terminals 12-14)
PHOTO 69 4
GRN/BLK
VIEW 39
BLK RED WHT BLK
See Circuit Z28,
page 15-18.
G101
GRN/BLK PHOTO 14
C18 C30 C21 C9
(SG2) (CYPM) (TDCM) (CKPM) PCM or
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor ECM
ground ground ground ground PHOTO 114
VIEW 66

23-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

PCM or ECM
PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
Sensor Vehicle
input speed input Ground
(KS) (VSS) (LG1)
C3 C23 B20
RED/BLU BLU/WHT BRN/BLK
See Circuit E93,

page 15-11.
BRN/BLK BLU/WHT
See page 14. See page 14.

3
VSS
BLK Knock PHOTO 37 BRN/BLK
Sensor
PHOTO 69
G101
PHOTO 14
G101
LX, EX, SE M/T PHOTO 14

23-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

(All except ULEV)
HOT IN ON OR START
PCM or ECM Driver’s

Sensor Sensor PHOTO 114 Fuse 6 Under-dash
input input
VIEW 66 15A Fuse/Relay
See page Box
(PHO2S) (SHO2S) 10-6. PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
C16 A23
I12
WHT WHT/RED BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
BRN/BLK
12 C204
PHOTO 91
VIEW 52 See page
See page 14.
BLK/YEL 10-6.
BRN/BLK
BRN/BLK WHT/RED BLK/YEL
See page 14.
BLK
G101
PHOTO 14
4 2 2 4
BLK WHT WHT BLK
Primary Secondary
HO2S HO2S
PHOTO 11 PHOTO 72
BLK LT GRN LT GRN BLK

1 3
3 1
BLK/WHT GRN/BLK GRN/BLK BLK/WHT
13 C204
PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
See Circuit Z28,
page 15-18. BLK/WHT
GRN/BLK
C1 C18 A8
(PO2SHTC) (SG2) (SO2SHTC) PCM or ECM
PHOTO 114
Heater Sensor Heater VIEW 66
control ground control

23-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

PGM-FI System (ULEV)
Passenger’s Driver’s
Fuse 6 Under-dash Fuse 6 Under-dash
20A
Fuse/Relay 15A
Fuse/Relay
From B Box See page Box
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 85
on this VIEW 67 10-6. VIEW 60
page. H8
B J1 (Not Used) I12
RED/BLU PCM BLK/YEL

Sensor Sensor PHOTO 114
input input VIEW 66
(PHO2S+) (SHO2S)
4 C203
PHOTO 120 C14 A23
BLK/ RED/BLU RED WHT/RED

YEL See page
10-6.
5 1 BLK/YEL
Primary 12 C204
HO2S Relay PHOTO 91
VIEW 52 BLK/YEL To B
(’98-’00 models) See B on this
3 A/F Sensor Heated page 14. page.
2 Control Relay
GRN/
RED WHT (’01-’02 models)
PHOTO 123
4 12) C102
PHOTO 34
(M/T 8) VIEW 40 RED BRN/BLK WHT/RED BLK/YEL
See
WHT page 14.
BLK
G101
PHOTO 14
WHT
4 2 2 4
BLK WHT WHT BLK
Primary HO2S Secondary
(’98-’00 models) HO2S
A/F Sensor PHOTO 72
(’01-’02 models)
PHOTO 11
BLK LT GRN GRN BLK
1 3
3 1
GRN/ WHT BLK/WHT BLU GRN/BLK BLK/WHT

RED
See Circuit Z28,

page 15-18. 13 C204
PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
GRN/BLK BLK/WHT
B16 C13 B19 C15 C18 A8

(PO2SHTCR) (PO2SHTC+) (PO2SHTC) (PHO2S–) (SG2) (SO2SHTC)
PCM
PHOTO 114
Relay Heater control Heater Sensor Sensor Heater VIEW 66
control voltage input control input ground control

23-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

Idle Control System
15A
Box 15A 7.5A
Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 9 Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
See page 10-4. VIEW 60
A17 O1 Q10 K18
WHT/GRN
See page 10. RED/WHT BLU/ORN BLU/ORN
WHT/GRN
7 5 2
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
3 6 1 4
BLK YEL/BLK
GRN/YEL BLK/YEL
See page See Circuit D04,

14-1. page 15-8.
Fuel Supply System

BLK YEL/BLK
G101
PHOTO 14
2
IAC
Valve
PHOTO 15
3 1
BLK
See page 14-1.
BLK/BLU BLU/ORN
BLK
G101
PHOTO 14
B23 A24
(IACV) (STS) PCM or ECM
Valve Start PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
control input

23-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Idle Control System
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
A/C Fuse 47 Box
Compressor 20A PHOTO 9
Clutch Relay VIEW 68
3 See page 10-2.
D11 B5
WHT/YEL
RED See page 10-2.
WHT/YEL
2)
(DX 1)
Brake Pedal
21 C204 0 1 Position Switch
PHOTO 91 1 = Brake pedal
VIEW 52 pressed
(DX 2)
PHOTO 98
3)
WHT/BLK
RED
See Circuit 13,
page 15-3.
WHT/BLK
A17 A32
(ACC) (BKSW) PCM or ECM
Relay Switch PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
control input
A/C ON Alternator Switch

input FR signal input Ground
(ACS) (ALTF) (PSPSW) (LG1)
A27 C5 A26 B20
GRN
BLU/RED WHT/RED 7 C302 BRN/BLK

PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
GRN
H17 4 1
Passenger’s FR Alternator PSP
Under-dash PHOTO 12 Switch
Fuse/Relay Voltage PHOTO 70
Box Regulator 2
C6 PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
BLK
BLU/RED
See page 14-7. See page 14.

2
A/C
Pressure BLK BRN/BLK
Switch
PHOTO 6
G302 G101
PHOTO 32 PHOTO 14

23-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

Fuel Supply System
15A Box 15A 7.5A Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 9 Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
A17 O1 Q10
WHT/GRN
WHT/GRN
7 5 2
PGM-FI
Main Relay
PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
3 6 1 4
BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK BLK/YEL

See Circuit D04,
page 15-8.
See page
14-1.
GRN/YEL O7
14 C201 Driver’s
PHOTO 120
BLK
YEL/BLK VIEW 45 Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
G101 PHOTO 85
4 C101 A4 VIEW 60
PHOTO 14 PHOTO 34
VIEW 29
YEL/BLK
BLK/YEL
C103 21 C401
(Terminals 1-7) PHOTO 99
PHOTO 69 VIEW 53 5
YEL/BLK VIEW 39 Fuel
Tank
Fuel Unit
M Pump PHOTO 146
GRN/YEL
See Circuit D04,
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK page 15-8. 4
B1 B9 A15 BLK
(IGP1) (IGP2) (IMO FLR) PCM or
Power Power Fuel ECM
input input pump PHOTO 114
Ground Ground VIEW 66
control
(LG1) (PG1)
B20 B2
BRN/BLK BLK
See page 14. See page 14-1. See page

14-13.
BLK BLK BLK
G101 G552
PHOTO 14 PHOTO 145

23-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

EGR System
PCM or ECM
PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
Reference Sensor Valve
voltage input control
(VCC2) (EGRL) (E-EGR)
C28 C6 B7
YEL/BLU
See Circuit D46, WHT/BLK PNK

page 15-10.
YEL/BLU
3 1 4
EGR Valve and
EGR Valve Position
Sensor
PHOTO 17
2 6 VIEW 3
GRN/BLK BLK
See Circuit Z28,

See page 14-1.
page 15-18.
GRN/BLK BLK
C18
(SG2) PCM or ECM
Sensor PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
ground G101
PHOTO 14

23-10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

Evaporative Emission Control System
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 6 Under-dash
15A
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 85
B8 I12
BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
See page 10-6.
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL

1
1 1 EVAP Canister
EVAP EVAP Purge Valve
Canister Vent Bypass PHOTO 14
Shut Valve Solenoid 2
PHOTO 73 Valve
2 2 PHOTO 73 RED/YEL
LT GRN/WHT BLU 8 C101

PHOTO 34
5 RED/YEL VIEW 29
4 C501
PHOTO 95 20 C204
LT GRN/WHT BLU VIEW 48 PHOTO 91
RED/YEL VIEW 52
A4 A3 A6
(VSV) (2WBS) (PCS) PCM or ECM
PHOTO 114
Valve Valve Valve VIEW 66
control control control
Reference
voltage
(VCC2)
C28
YEL/BLU
See Circuit D46,
page 15-10.
YEL/BLU
1 C101
PHOTO 34
YEL/BLU VIEW 29
15 C204
PHOTO 91
YEL/BLU VIEW 52
I17
Driver’s
Under-dash
E4 Fuse/Relay
B1 Box
(Not Used) PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
YEL/BLU
1
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor
PHOTO 73
3 2
LT GRN GRN/BLK
See Circuit Z28,

6 C501 page 15-18.
PHOTO 95
VIEW 48
LT GRN GRN/BLK
A29 C18
(PTANK) (SG2) PCM or ECM
VIEW 66
input ground

23-11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Fuel and Emissions (V6)

PCM Power and Ground
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START HOT WITH ENGINE CRANKING
Passenger’s Under- Driver’s

Fuse 13 Under-dash Fuse 46 hood Fuse 1 Fuse 13 Under-
7.5A Fuse/Relay 15A Fuse/ 15A 7.5A dash
Box Relay Fuse/
See page PHOTO 91 Box See page 10-4. See page 10-3. Relay
10-12. VIEW 67 PHOTO 9 Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
J12 A17 O1 Q10 VIEW 60
WHT/ WHT/GRN RED/WHT BLU/ORN

YEL
WHT/ WHT/GRN
YEL
7 5 2
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
3 6 1 4
BLK YEL/BLK
See page 14-3 (’98-’99) See Circuit D04, page 15-9. GRN/YEL BLK/YEL
or 14-5 (’00-’02). (’98-’99) or (’00-’02).
BLK YEL/BLK
Fuel Supply System

G101
PHOTO 45
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
B21 B1 B9
(VBU) (IGP1) (IGP2) PCM
Battery Power Power PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
input input input
Ground Ground Ground Ground

(LG1) (LG2) (PG2) (PG1)
B20 B22 B10 B2

BRN/BLK BLK (’98-’99) BLK BLK
BRN/BLK (’00-’02)
See page See page

14-2 (’98-’99) 14-3 (’98-’99)
or 14-4 (’00-’02). or 14-5 (’00-’02).
BLK (’98-’99) BLK (’98-’99)

BLK BLK
BRN/BLK BRN/BLK (’00-’02)
(’00-’02)
G101
PHOTO 45

24
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

DLC and MIL Circuits
* = Non-SAE terminal number
used in Service Manual. Under-hood Driver’s
See Circuit F29, PHOTO 9 See page Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
page 15-13. A17 10-9.
VIEW 60
WHT/GRN
I4
See page 10.
YEL
LT BLU
WHT/GRN
(*6) (*8) See page 10-9.
14) 16)
DLC
Power for PGM tester PHOTO 95 YEL
(B+, 4 amps max) VIEW 47
Signal ground for
communication Ground K line for B11
network for PGM off-board comm Gauge
Gauges and Assembly
5) 4) 7) 9) Indicators PHOTO 87
(*13) (*12) (*15) (*1) MIL VIEW 61
BRN/BLK BLK GRY BRN
See page 14-2 See page 9 C401 See Circuit F28,

PHOTO 99
(’98-’99) 14-8. VIEW 53 page 15-12. B6
or 14-4 (’00-’02).
GRN/ORN
BLK BLK GRY BRN
A21 A10 A18
(K-LINE) (SCS) (MIL) PCM
MIL control PHOTO 114
Scan tool Service VIEW 66
input/output check input
G101 G401
PHOTO 45 PHOTO 96

24-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

PGM-FI System
15A
Box 15A 7.5A
Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 9 Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
A17 O1 Q10
WHT/GRN
WHT/GRN
7 5 2
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
3 6 1 4
BLK YEL/BLK
GRN/YEL BLK/YEL
See page 14-3 See Circuit D04,

(’98-’99) page 15-9 (’98-’99)
or page 14-5 or (’00-’02).
(’00-’02).
Fuel Supply System
BLK YEL/BLK
G101
PHOTO 45
C106
(Terminals
YEL/BLK 1-8)
PHOTO 48
VIEW 25
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
See Circuit D04,
page 15-9
(’98-’99) or
(’00-’02).
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 Fuel
Injectors
PHOTO 41
1 1 1 1 1 1
BRN RED BLU YEL BLK/RED WHT/BLU
B11 B5 B15 B4 B3 B6
PCM
(INJ1) (INJ2) (INJ3) (INJ4) (INJ5) (INJ6) PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
Fuel injector control

24-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

PGM-FI System
HOT IN ON OR START
PCM Driver’s
VIEW 66 Fuse 6
15A
Fuse/Relay
Reference Sensor See page Box
PHOTO 85
voltage input 10-7. VIEW 60
(VCC1) (MAP)
C19 C17 I12

BLK/YEL
See page 10-7.
BLK/YEL
YEL/RED RED/GRN
Under-hood
See page 10. Fuse/Relay
Box
1 PHOTO 9
1 3 ELD
MAP Unit
Sensor
PHOTO 42
3 2
2 See page 10.
GRN/RED BLK
GRN/WHT 22 C204 See page 14-6.

PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
GRN/RED BLK
G202
C7 A30 PHOTO 65
(SG1) (ELD)
PCM
Barometric PHOTO 114
Sensor Pressure ELD unit VIEW 66
ground Sensor input
Reference Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor

voltage input input input input input input
(VCC2) (TPS) (ECT) (IAT) (CKPP) (TDC1P) (TDC2P)
C28 C27 C26 C25 C8 C20 C29
YEL/BLU RED/BLK RED/WHT RED/YEL
See Circuit
See Circuit E90, page
D46, page 15-11
15-10. (’98-’99) or
(’00-’02). BLU GRN YEL BRN/BLK
YEL/BLU RED/WHT 3
1 1
BLU GRN YEL
3 2 2 2
TP ECT IAT CKP TDC
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor 1 2 Sensor
PHOTO 44 PHOTO 43 PHOTO 52 PHOTO 76 (1 and 2)
PHOTO 54
1 1 1
WHT RED BLK
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK See page 14-2
2 2 4 (’98-’99) or
14-4 (’00-’02).
See Circuit Z28, page 15-19 BLK

(’98-’99) or (’00-’02). WHT RED BLK
G101
PHOTO 45
GRN/BLK
C18 C9 C21 C30

(SG2) (CKPM) (TDC1M) (TDC2M) PCM
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
ground ground ground ground

24-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

PGM-FI System
HOT IN ON OR START
PCM Driver’s
See
input input VIEW 66 Fuse 6 Under-
15A page dash
(PHO2S) (SHO2S)
10-7. Fuse/
C16 A23 Relay
WHT WHT/RED E13 I12 Box
PHOTO 85
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL VIEW 60
From B on See page 10-7.
same page.
12 C204
B PHOTO 91 BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
BRN/BLK VIEW 52
B
BLK/YEL
To B on
1 same page.
4 BRN/BLK WHT/RED
BLK LT GRN or WHT

2 4
See page 14-2 WHT BLK
Primary (’98-’99) or Secondary
HO2S 14-4 (’00-’02). HO2S
PHOTO 53 PHOTO 72
BLK
BLK
BLK WHT or LT GRN G101 LT GRN
PHOTO 45 3
1
3
2 GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
BLK/WHT BLK/WHT
See Circuit Z28, page 15-19
(’98-’99) or (’00-’02). 13 C204
PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
BLK/WHT
GRN/BLK
C1 C18 A8
(PO2SHTC) (SG2) (SO2SHTC)
PCM
PHOTO 114
Heater Sensor Heater VIEW 66
control ground control

24-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

Idle Control System
15A
Box 15A 7.5A
Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 9 Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
A17 O1 Q10 K18
WHT/GRN
See page 10. RED/WHT BLU/ORN BLU/ORN
WHT/GRN
7 5 2
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
3 6 1 4
BLK YEL/BLK GRN/YEL BLK/YEL
See page 14-3 See Circuit D04,

(’98-’99) or page 15-9 (’98-’99)
14-5 (’00-’02). or (’00-’02). Fuel Supply System
BLK YEL/BLK
G101
PHOTO 45
2
IAC
Valve
PHOTO 44
3 1
BLK
See page 14-3 (’98-’99)

or 14-5 (’00-’02).
BLK/BLU BLU/ORN
BLK
G101
PHOTO 45
B23 A24
(IACV) (STS) PCM
Valve Start PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
control input

24-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Idle Control System
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
A/C Fuse 47 Box
Compressor 20A PHOTO 9
Clutch Relay VIEW 68
3 See page 10-2.
D11 B5
WHT/YEL
RED See page 10-2.
WHT/YEL
2
Brake Pedal
21 C204 0 1 Position Switch
PHOTO 91 1 = Brake pedal
VIEW 52 pressed
3
PHOTO 98
WHT/BLK
RED
See Circuit 13,
page 15-3.
WHT/BLK
A17 A32
(ACC) (BKSW) PCM
Relay Switch PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
control input
A/C ON Alternator Switch

input FR signal input Ground
(ACS) (ALTF) (PSPSW) (LG1)
A27 C5 A26 B20
GRN
BLU/RED WHT/RED 20 C204 BRN/BLK

PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
GRN
H17 4 1
Passenger’s FR Alternator PSP
Under-dash PHOTO 55 Switch
Fuse/Relay Voltage PHOTO 79
Box Regulator 2
C6 PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
BLK
BLU/RED
See page 14-6. See page 14-2 (’98-’99)

2 or 14-4 (’00-’02).
A/C
Pressure BLK BRN/BLK
Switch
PHOTO 6
G202 G101
PHOTO 65 PHOTO 45

24-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

Fuel Supply System
15A Box 15A 7.5A Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 9 Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
A17 O1 Q10
WHT/GRN
WHT/GRN
7 5 2
PGM-FI
Main
Relay
PHOTO 99
VIEW 22
3 6 1 4
BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK See Circuit D04, page 15-9 BLK/YEL

See page 14-3 (’98-’99) or (’00-’02).
(’98-’99) or
14-5 (’00-’02). GRN/YEL O7
9 C301 Driver’s
PHOTO 98
BLK
YEL/BLK VIEW 51 Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
G101 PHOTO 85
7 C104 A4 VIEW 60
PHOTO 45 PHOTO 63
YEL/BLK VIEW 30
BLK/YEL
21 C401
PHOTO 99
VIEW 53 5
Fuel
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK Tank
Fuel Unit
M Pump PHOTO 146
GRN/YEL
See Circuit D04, page 15-9
(’98-’99) or (’00-’02). 4
B1 B9 A15
(IGP1) (IGP2) (IMO FLR) PCM
PHOTO 114
Power Power Fuel VIEW 66
input input pump
Ground control
(PG1)
B2
BLK BLK
See page 14-3 (’98-’99) See page 14-13.

or 14-5 (’00-’02).
BLK BLK
G101 G552
PHOTO 45 PHOTO 145

24-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

EGR System
PCM
PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
Reference Sensor Valve
voltage input control
(VCC2) (EGRL) (E-EGR)
C28 C6 B7
YEL/BLU
See Circuit D46, WHT/BLK PNK

page 15-10.
YEL/BLU
3 1 4
EGR Valve and
EGR Valve Position
Sensor
PHOTO 43
2 6 VIEW 3
GRN/BLK BLK
See Circuit Z28, page See page 14-3 (’98-’99)

15-19 (’98-’99) or (’00-’02). or 14-5 (’00-’02).
GRN/BLK BLK
C18
(SG2) PCM
Sensor PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
ground G101
PHOTO 45

24-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

Evaporative Emission Control System
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 6 Under-dash
15A
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 85
B8 E13
BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
See page 10-7.
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
1 1 2
EVAP EVAP EVAP Canister
Canister Vent Bypass Purge Valve
Shut Valve Solenoid PHOTO 62
PHOTO 73 Valve
2 2 PHOTO 73
1
LT GRN/WHT BLU RED/YEL
5
4 C501 4 C302
PHOTO 95 PHOTO 98
LT GRN/WHT BLU VIEW 48 RED/YEL VIEW 46
A4 A3 A6
(VSV) (2WBS) (PCS) PCM
PHOTO 114
Valve Valve Valve VIEW 66
control control control
Reference
voltage
(VCC2)
C28
YEL/BLU
C105 (’98-’99)
(Terminals 1-4)
YEL/BLU PHOTO 115
VIEW 49
3 C104 C108 (’00-’02)
PHOTO 63 (Terminals 7-10)
YEL/BLU VIEW 30 PHOTO 115
VIEW 71
E4
Driver’s See Circuit D46,
Under-dash page 15-10.
I17 Fuse/Relay
B1 Box
(Not Used) PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
YEL/BLU
1
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor
PHOTO 73
3 2
GRN/BLK
LT GRN
See Circuit Z28, page 15-19

6 C501 (’98-’99) or (’00-’02) .
PHOTO 95
LT GRN VIEW 48
GRN/BLK
A29 C18
(PTANK) (SG2) PCM
VIEW 66
input ground

24-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Engine Mount Control System

L4
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 6 Under-dash
15A
Fuse/Relay
Box
See page 10-6. PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
I12
BLK/YEL
See page 10-6.
BLK/YEL
2
Engine
Mount Control
Solenoid Valve
PHOTO 33
1
GRN/WHT
14 C204
PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
GRN/WHT
A2
(MCS) PCM
PHOTO 114
Valve VIEW 66
control

30
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Engine Mount Control System

V6
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 6 Under-dash
15A
Fuse/Relay
Box
VIEW 60
I12
BLK/YEL
See page 10-7.
BLK/YEL
2
Engine
Mount Control
Solenoid Valve
PHOTO 62
1
GRN/WHT
1 C302
PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
GRN/WHT
A2
(MCS) PCM
PHOTO 114
Valve VIEW 66
control

30
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
VTEC Control System

L4 LX, EX, SE
PCM or ECM
PHOTO 114
Switch Valve VIEW 66
input control
(VTM) (VTS)
C10 B12
BLU/BLK GRN/YEL
2
VTEC
Oil Pressure
Switch
PHOTO 18
1
BRN/BLK
See page 14.
LT GRN/WHT
BLK
VTEC
Solenoid
Valve
G101 PHOTO 17
PHOTO 14

31
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
VTEC Control System

V6
PCM
PHOTO 114
Switch Valve VIEW 66
input control
(VTM) (VTS)
C10 B12
BLU/BLK GRN/YEL
1
VTEC
Oil Pressure
Switch
PHOTO 75
2
BRN/BLK
See page 14-2 (’98-’99)

or 14-4 (’00-’02).
LT GRN/WHT
VTEC
Solenoid
Valve
G101 PHOTO 76
PHOTO 45

31
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index How the Circuit Works
Cruise Control
HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES
Driver’s
Fuse 6 Under- Fuse 47
15A See page dash 20A
10-6 (L4) or Fuse/ See page 10-2.
10-7 (V6). Relay
Box Horn
PHOTO 85
I12 VIEW 60 Relay
BLK/YEL
See page 10-6 (L4) Under-hood

B5 A11
or 10-7 (V6). Fuse/Relay Box
See Dash LT GRN/BLU
and Console PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
Lights See Circuit 60,
page 15-3.
RED/ BLK/YEL WHT/YEL
BLK LT GRN/BLU
(*1) (*5) 2
C410
4) 3) LT GRN/BLU PHOTO 193
Cruise ’01-’02 LT GRN/BLU
ABS/TCS Control Main See Circuit 60,
models page 15-3.
0 1 Switch LT GRN/BLU
(All except
Cruise ’01-’02 V6)
Control or Cruise B2)
Switch “ON” Control/TCS (’98-’00 2)
Light or Indicator Switch Cable
Cruise (’01-’02 V6) Reel
Control/ See PHOTO 189
0 = Off
TCS Circuit 60, (’98-’00)
1 = On
Switch (*) PHOTO 192 (*) page 15-3. PHOTO 194
(’01-’02)
Light VIEW 78
’98-’00
5) 2) 1)
(*2) (*4) (*7) BLK
RED LT GRN BLK Steering

1
Wheel
See page Cruise
See page 14-10. Control
10-2. Set Cancel Resume
Switch Switch Switch Set/
See Dash Resume/
and Console BLK
G501 Cancel
Lights Switch
PHOTO 108
PHOTO 183
3 2
LT GRN
WHT/YEL BLK BLK
LT GRN 11 C401
PHOTO 99 Cable
LT GRN VIEW 53 Reel
PHOTO 189 (’98-’00)
PHOTO 194 (’01-’02)
1 2
* = ’01-’02 Models Brake
Pedal (’98-’00 4) (’98-’00 5)
1 1 Position B5) B4)
Switch
4 3 1 = Brake LT GRN/ LT GRN/BLK
pedal RED ’01-’02
pressed Models
PHOTO 98 4 C410
GRY WHT/BLK 3 PHOTO 193
7 C401 See Circuit 13,

LT GRN/RED LT GRN/BLK
PHOTO 99
VIEW 53 page 15-3. 20
19 C401
PHOTO 99
GRY WHT/BLK LT GRN/RED LT GRN/BLK VIEW 53
13 2 5 6 7
Cruise
Power Set/cancel Resume/ Control
input Brake switch input signal input cancel Unit
signal input PHOTO 106
VIEW 43

34
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Cruise Control
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 9 Under-dash
7.5A Fuse/Relay
See page 10-9. Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
I4
A/T
YEL
See page 10-9.

PCM
YEL PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
B11
Gauge Cruise control
Indicators Assembly signal input
PHOTO 87 (CRS)
Cruise Control VIEW 61
Indicator A5
CRUISE
CONTROL
A6 BLU/GRN
BLU/BLK
10 8
“Cruise control” Cruise control Cruise
indicator light signal output Control
control Unit
PHOTO 106
Cruise control Vehicle VIEW 43
actuator control Disengage speed
Ground input input
11 1 9 3 14 12
BLUWHT
BRN/BLK BRN BRNWHT BLK LT BLU

See Circuit E93,
page 15-11,
(A/T) or (M/T).
(V6 18) (V6 17) (V6 19) C302
4) PHOTO 98
1) 3) VIEW 46 BLUWHT
C204 (V6) A/T M/T A/T M/T
BRN/BLK BRN BRN/WHT PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
4 3
2
BLU WHT BRN
See Circuit M37, A9 3
Cruise page 15-18.
Control (VSSOUT) Vehicle
Actuator Vehicle speed
1 2 3 1 = Vacuum LT BLU LT BLU speed output
solenoid output
2 = Safety 2
PNK PCM VSS
solenoid PHOTO 114 PHOTO 37
3 = Vent Transmission VIEW 66
D4
solenoid N D3
Range Switch
BLK PHOTO 31 PHOTO 19
PHOTO 66 (V6) R 2
1
PHOTO 49 (V6) 2
P 1 VIEW 34
Clutch Pedal
0 1 Position Switch
RED/WHT 1 = Clutch pedal
BLK
3 3 pressed
PHOTO 103
BLK BLK
See page 14-7 (L4) See page See page 14-1 (L4) See page
or 14-6 (V6). 14-10. or 14-3 (’98-’99 V6) 14-8.
or 14-5 (’00-’02 V6).
BLK G302 BLK BLK BLK

PHOTO 32
G202 (V6) G501 G101 G401
PHOTO 65 PHOTO 108 PHOTO 14 PHOTO 96
PHOTO 45 (V6) 2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
34-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
A/T Controls
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES
Under- Driver’s Passen-

hood Fuse 1 Under- Fuse 13 ger’s
Fuse 47 Fuse 46 15A 7.5A
20A 15A Fuse/ dash Under-
Relay See Fuse/ See dash
Box page Relay page Fuse/
See page 10-2. PHOTO 9 10-4. Box Relay
VIEW 68 10-12.
PHOTO 85 Box
VIEW 60 PHOTO 91
B5 A17 O1 C15) VIEW 67
WHT/YEL WHT/GRN (V6 J12)
WHT/YEL
WHT/YEL WHT/GRN RED/WHT
7 5 See page 10-12.

2)
(DX 1) PGM-FI
Brake Pedal Main
0 1 Position Switch Relay
PHOTO 99
1 = Brake VIEW 22
pedal PGM-FI
(DX 2) pressed
3) PHOTO 98 3 6
BLK YEL/BLK
WHT/BLK
WHT/YEL
See Circuit D04,
See page 14-1 (L4) page 15-8 (L4) or
See Circuit 13, or 14-3 (’98-’99 V6) 15-9 (’98-’99 V6) or
page 15-3. or 14-5 (’00-’02 V6). 15-9 (’00-’02 V6).
YEL/BLK
BLK
WHT/BLK
G101 YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
PHOTO 14
A32 PHOTO 45 (V6) B1 B9 B21
(BKSW) (IGP1) (IGP2) (VBU)
PCM
PHOTO 114
Switch Power Power Battery VIEW 66
input input input input
Reference Sensor Sensor Service
Ground Ground Ground Ground voltage input input check input
(LG1) (LG2) (PG1) (PG2) (VCC2) (TPS) (ECT) (SCS)
B20 B22 B2 B10 C28 C27 C26 A10

BRN/ (’98-’99 V6 BLK) BLK BLK YEL/BLU RED/BLK RED/WHT BRN
BLK BRN/BLK
See Circuit D46 See Circuit E90, See Circuit
(L4) or (V6), page 15-11 (All F28,
page 15-10. except ’00-’02 V6) page 15-12.
or (’00-’02 V6).
YEL/BLU BRN
3 2 RED/WHT 9)
2 (*1)
TP
Sensor ECT DLC
PHOTO 95
PHOTO 16 Sensor VIEW 47
1 PHOTO 43 (V6)
1
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK * = Non-SAE terminal number
used in Service Manual.
See Circuit Z28,

page 15-18 (L4) or
See pages 14 and 14-1 (L4) 15-19 (’98-’99 V6) or
or 14-2 and 14-3 (’98-’99 V6) 15-19 (’00-’02 V6).
or 14-4 and 14-5 (’00-’02 V6).
GRN/BLK
BLK
C18
BLK BLK BLK
(’00 -’02 V6 (SG2) PCM
BRN/BLK) Sensor PHOTO 114
G101 VIEW 66
PHOTO 14 ground
PHOTO 45 (V6)

39
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
A/T Controls
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s Gauge
Cruise Under-dash Speedometer Assembly
Cruise Control Fuse 6
Fuse/Relay Drive Circuit PHOTO 87
control Unit 15A VIEW 61
PHOTO 106
See page 10-6 (L4) Box
signal or 10-7 (V6). PHOTO 85
VIEW 43
output VIEW 60
8 (V6 E13) B2
I12) BLU/WHT
BLU/GRN BLK/YEL
See page 10-6 (L4) See Circuit E93,

or 10-7 (V6). page 15-11.
BLK/YEL BLU/WHT
A5 D5 A9
(CRS) (VBSOL) (VSSOUT) PCM
Cruise control Power source of Vehicle PHOTO 114
VIEW 66
signal input solenoid valve speed output
Park/ D4 Indicator Drive inputs
neutral input control
(ATPPN) (D4IND) (ATPR) (ATPD4) (ATPD3) (ATP2) (ATP1)
D13) A14 D6 D9 D8 D14 D15

(’00-’02 GRN/BLK WHT YEL PNK BLU BRN
V6 B14) C12
Gauge See See See Circuit M28,
Assembly Circuit Circuit page 15-14,
Transmission PHOTO 87 M34, M31, (All except ’00-’02 V6)
BLU/ Range Indicator VIEW 61
page page or (’00-’02 V6).
WHT
15-16 15-15
(L4) or (’00-’02
C15 C16 (’98-’99 V6).
BLK/BLU RED/BLK V6),
or page
See See Circuit M35, 15-17
Circuit page 15-16 (’00-’02
M36, (L4) or (V6). V6). Cruise
page Control
15-17 L4 V6 Disengage Unit
(L4) or input PHOTO
106
(’98-’99 VIEW 43
V6) or 8 C204 11 C302 See Circuit 14
page PHOTO 91 PHOTO 98 M29, LT BLU
VIEW 52 VIEW 46 page 15-15,
15-18
(’00-’02 RED/BLK RED/BLK (All except
V6). ’00-’02 V6) See Circuit
8 C102 10 C103 (’00-’02 V6). M37,
PHOTO 34 PHOTO 63
VIEW 40 VIEW 41 page 15-18.
BLU/
WHT BLK/BLU RED/BLK WHT PNK BLU BRN LT BLU
1 10 8 9 7 6 5 4 2
GRY BLK/BLU RED WHT YEL GRN BLU BRN PNK
D4 D4 D4
N D3 N D3
N D3
R 2 R 2
P R 2
1 P 1
P 1
RED/WHT Transmission
3 Range Switch
PHOTO 19
BLK PHOTO 49 (V6)
VIEW 34
See page 14-1 (L4) or 14-3
(’98-’99 V6) or 14-5 (’00-’01 V6).
BLK
G101
PHOTO 14
PHOTO 45 (V6)

39-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
A/T Controls
PCM
PHOTO 114
Valve controls VIEW 66
(LSA+) (LSA–) (LSB+) (LSB–) (LC) (SHA) (SHB) (SHC)
B17 B8 B25 B18 D1 D7 D2 D3
GRN/WHT GRN
2 2
Shift Shift
Control Control
RED WHT ORN GRN YEL BLU/YEL Solenoid Solenoid
1 Valve B 1 Valve C
PHOTO 25 PHOTO 25
PHOTO 77 (V6) PHOTO 77 (V6)
BLK BLK
(V6 1)
(V6 3) 2)
1)
(V6 BLU/YEL) (V6 GRN/WHT) BLK
1 2 1 2 YEL) LT GRN/BLK)
Torque Shift See page 14-1 (L4)
Converter Control or 14-3 (’98-’99 V6)
Clutch Solenoid or 14-5 (’00-’02 V6).
A/T Clutch A/T Clutch Solenoid Valve A
Pressure Control Pressure Control Valve PHOTO 26
PHOTO 26 PHOTO 46 (V6) BLK
Solenoid Valve A Solenoid Valve B
PHOTO 46 (V6)
PHOTO 24 PHOTO 24 G101
PHOTO 47 (V6) PHOTO 47 (V6) PHOTO 14
PHOTO 45 (V6)
PCM
Interlock PHOTO 114
Sensor Sensor Switch Switch control VIEW 66
input input input input output
(NM) (NC) (OP2SW) (OP3SW) (ILU)
D11 D10 (’00-’02 V6 B24 A28

D13)
B14)
BLU/BLK BLU/WHT WHT/RED
See page 14 (L4) See page 14 (L4)

or 14-2 (’98-’99 V6) or 14-2 (’98-’99 V6)
or 14-4 (’00-’02 V6). or 14-4 (’00-’02 V6).
B12
Driver’s
RED BLK BLK
Multiplex
G101 BLU G101 Control
PHOTO 14 PHOTO 14 Unit
PHOTO 45 (V6) PHOTO 45 (V6) PHOTO 86
1 1 VIEW 59
Mainshaft Countershaft
Speed Sensor Speed Sensor Driver’s
PHOTO 68 PHOTO 19 Under-dash
PHOTO 78 (V6) PHOTO 48 (V6) Fuse/Relay
2 2 Box
2nd Clutch 3rd Clutch PHOTO 85
WHT GRN
Pressure Pressure VIEW 60
D12 D16 Switch Switch
PHOTO 18 (L4) PHOTO 68
(NMSG) (NCSG)
PCM PHOTO 78 (V6)
PHOTO 114 PHOTO 51 (V6)
Sensor Sensor VIEW 66
ground ground

39-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Horns
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Under-hood
Fuse 47 Fuse/Relay
20A Box
PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
See page 10-2.
Horn
Relay
A11 A8 A9
LT GRN/BLU
C14
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
A9 Box
Passenger’s PHOTO 91
(EX) Multiplex VIEW 67
Control Unit
PHOTO 118
VIEW 62
J6
LT GRN/BLU BLU/RED BLU/RED
except ’02
DX, LX Sedan
LT GRN/BLU LT GRN/BLU LT GRN/BLU

C402 1
2) PHOTO 104
(Canada 3) VIEW 26 (Canada) Combination
(Not Light Switch
Security System Used)
Connector PHOTO 88
VIEW 42
(Option)
2 C410
LT GRN/BLU PHOTO 193
LT GRN/BLU See Circuit 60,
’01-’02
models page 15-3.
LT GRN/BLU
B3)
(’98-’00 2)
Cable Reel
PHOTO 189 (’98-’00)
PHOTO 194
See Circuit 60,
’98-’00 page 15-3.
GRY or BLU
Steering
Wheel
RED
Horn
Switch Low High
Horn Horn
PHOTO 163 PHOTO 163

40
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)

HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON HOT IN ON OR START
20A Box 7.5A 7.5A Fuse/Relay
See page PHOTO 9 Box
10-2. VIEW 68 See page 10-4. See page 10-9. PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
B5 (V6 O15) I4
E16) YEL
WHT/YEL YEL/BLK
See page 10-9.
10 C201
See page 10-2. PHOTO 120 V6 YEL
VIEW 45
B11
Gauge
WHT/YEL YEL/BLK Assembly
Indicators PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
2 ABS
Brake Pedal Indicator
0 1 Position Switch
1 = Brake pedal ABS Indicator Circuit
3 pressed (USA)
PHOTO 98 ABS
Indicators
WHT/BLK (Canada)
B16 C10
See Circuit 13, BLK BLU/WHT
page 15-3.
See page 14-10. 8 C302
PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
WHT/BLK BLK BLU/WHT C204 (V6)
G501 PHOTO 91
PHOTO 108 VIEW 52
A10 A11 B1
(STOP) (IG2) (WALP) ABS
Brake Ignition ABS indicator Control
switch input light control Unit
DLC PHOTO 92
input Parking brake Service input/ PHOTO 122 (V6)
Ground Ground Ground Ground switch input check input output VIEW 56
(GND1) (GND2) (GND3) (GND4) (PARK) (SCS) (DLC)
B2 B7 A1 A12 A4 A14 A22

GRN/RED BRN LT BLU
See Circuit 207, See Circuit F28, See Circuit F29,

page 15-7 page 15-12. page 15-13.
(Canada) or (USA).
BRN LT BLU
GRN/RED 9) 14)
(*1) (*6)
DLC
GRN/RED GRN/RED PHOTO 95
VIEW 47
A * = Non-SAE
13
GRN/RED terminal number
BLK BLK BLK BLK DRL
Brake Fluid Control used in Service
0 1 Level Switch Unit Manual.
1 = Low fluid VIEW 44
level 6
BLK PHOTO 8
GRN/WHT
B
BLK See Circuit 207,
page 15-7 Canada
See page (Canada) or (USA).
14-7.
(Canada GRN/WHT)
BLK GRN/RED
G305 G304 Parking Brake Switch
G205 (V6) G204 (V6)
0 1 1 = Parking brake applied
PHOTO 32 PHOTO 112
PHOTO 123 PHOTO 123 PHOTO 64 (V6)

44
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
HOT AT ALL TIMES
ABS Under-hood
ABS Control Fuse/Relay
fail-safe Fuse 48
Unit Box
relay control PHOTO 92 20A PHOTO 9
(FSR) PHOTO 122 (V6) VIEW 68
VIEW 56
A21 A6
YEL/GRN
1 C301
PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
YEL/GRN WHT/GRN
L4
5 C201
PHOTO 120
VIEW 45
YEL/GRN
4 1
ABS
Fail-safe
Relay
3 PHOTO 9
2
BRN/BLK
BLK BRN/BLK
A To A on
page 44-2.
See page 14-6.
2 C202
BLK PHOTO 120
BRN/BLK VIEW 17
L4
G202 2 C301
PHOTO 35 PHOTO 98
PHOTO 65 (V6) VIEW 51
ABS Modulator Unit

BRN/BLK PHOTO 29
PHOTO 67 (V6)
10 VIEW 35
Left Left Right Right Left Left Right Right

Front Front Front Front Rear Rear Rear Rear
ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS
Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid
(Out) (In) (Out) (In) (Out) (In) (Out) (In)
8 4 5 1 6 2 7 3
YEL/ RED/BLU YEL/BLK RED/BLK YEL/GRN RED/GRN YEL/WHT RED/WHT

BLU
B4 B9 B6 B11 B5 B10 B3 B8
(FL-OUT) (FL-IN) (FR-OUT) (FR-IN) (RL-OUT) (RL-IN) (RR-OUT) (RR-IN) ABS
Control
Unit
Left front Right front Left rear Right rear PHOTO 92
solenoid solenoid solenoid solenoid PHOTO
122 (V6)
control control control control VIEW 56

44-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

HOT AT ALL TIMES
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Fuse 50
Box
30A PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
From A on B1
page 44-1.
A
WHT
BRN/BLK
2 4
ABS Pump
Motor Relay
PHOTO 9
1 3
WHT/BLU
YEL/RED WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
8 C201 C4 7 C202
PHOTO 120 Passenger’s PHOTO 120
VIEW 45 Under-dash VIEW 17
Fuse 14
Fuse/Relay
YEL/RED 7.5A WHT/BLU
L4 Box L4
PHOTO 91
H18 VIEW 67
7 C301 J5 (Not Used) 14 C301
PHOTO 98 PHOTO 98
VIEW 51 VIEW 51
GRN
YEL/RED 8 C301 WHT/BLU

PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
GRN
C201 (V6)
PHOTO 120 1
VIEW 45
ABS
B12 A16 M Pump
Motor
(PMR) (MCK) ABS PHOTO 29
ABS pump ABS pump Control 2 PHOTO 67 (V6)
motor relay motor check Unit
PHOTO 92
control PHOTO 122 (V6)
VIEW 56
BLK
G303
PHOTO 29
G203 (V6)
PHOTO 67

44-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
L4
ABS
Control
Speed sensor inputs Unit
PHOTO 92
VIEW 56
(FLW(–)) (FLW(+)) (FRW(–)) (FRW(+)) (RLW(–)) (RLW(+)) (RRW(–)) (RRW(+))
A6 A7 A8 A9 A18 A17 A20 A19

BLU/YEL GRN/YEL
GRY LT BLU
3 4 C301
PHOTO 98
E9 E8 BLU/YEL GRN/YEL VIEW 51
GRN GRN/BLK Driver’s
Under-
O10 O2 dash
(Not B14 B13 (Not Fuse/
Used) Used) Relay Box
BRN GRN/BLU PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
6
5 C301 K10 K2
PHOTO 98
VIEW 51 Passenger’s
GRN GRN/BLK GRY LT BLU Under-dash
C11 C16 Fuse/Relay
6 C201 (Not A17 A18 (Not Box
7 PHOTO 120 Used) Used)
PHOTO 91
VIEW 45 VIEW 67
GRN GRN/BLK
BLU/YEL GRN/YEL
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
BLK WHT BLK WHT WHT BLK WHT BLK
Left Right Left Right
Front Front Rear Rear
Wheel Wheel Wheel Wheel
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor

44-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
’98-’00 V6
ABS
Control
Speed sensor inputs Unit
PHOTO 122
VIEW 56
A6 A7 A8 A9 A18 A17 A20 A19
GRY LT BLU BLU/YEL GRN/YEL

BRN GRN/BLU
7 C202 C11 C16

7 PHOTO 120
6 C201 VIEW 17 Passenger’s
PHOTO 120 GRY
5 C201 Under-dash
VIEW 45
PHOTO
K10 K2 Fuse/Relay
120 (Not A17 A18 (Not Box
BRN GRN/BLU GRN GRN/BLK LT BLU VIEW PHOTO 91
45 Used) Used) VIEW 67
BLU/YEL GRN/YEL
O10 O2
5 C301 Driver’s
6 PHOTO 98 Under-
VIEW 51 E9 E8 dash
(Not B14 B13 (Not Fuse/
BRN GRN/BLU
Used) Used) Relay
Box
GRY LT BLU PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
BLK WHT BLK WHT WHT BLK or WHT BLK or
WHT WHT
Speed Speed Speed Speed

44-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
ABS/TCS (Anti-lock Brake/Traction Control System)

’01-’02 V6
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON HOT IN ON OR START
20A Box 7.5A 7.5A Fuse/Relay
See page PHOTO 9 Box
10-2. VIEW 68 See page 10-4. See page 10-9. PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
B5 O15) I4
YEL
WHT/YEL YEL/BLK
See page 10-9.
10 C201
See page 10-2. PHOTO 120 YEL
VIEW 45
B11
Gauge
WHT/YEL YEL/BLK Brake Assembly
ABS PHOTO 87
System VIEW 63
Indicator Indicator
2 ABS Indicator
Brake Pedal Circuit
0 1 Position Switch (USA) (USA)
1 = Brake pedal Gauges
pressed and
ABS !
3
PHOTO 98 Indicators (Canada) (Canada)
WHT/BLK
B16 C10 C14
BLK BLU/ GRN/RED
WHT GRN/RED
See Circuit 13, See page
page 15-3. 14-10. GRN/RED
8 10 C204 3 C302
BLK PHOTO 91 PHOTO 98
WHT/BLK BLU/ GRN/ VIEW 52 VIEW 46
G501 WHT RED
PHOTO 108 GRN/RED
A12 A13 A4 B14
(STOP) (IG2) (ABS) (PARK) ABS/TCS
Brake Ignition Indicator Parking Control
switch input input light brake Unit
Scan control switch PHOTO 195
tool input
VIEW 76
Service input/ See Circuit 207,
check input output Ground Ground Ground Ground page 15-7
(SCS) (DLC) (LG) (GND3) (GND1) (GND2)
(Canada) or (USA).
A6 A26 C2 C7 A1 C12
GRN/RED
BLK
See page GRN/RED

14-13. GRN/ Canada
RED
11 C301
BRN LT BLU BRN/BLK BLK PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
G203 A
PHOTO 67 GRN/RED
GRN/
RED
13
See page 14-4. DRL
Brake Fluid Control
BRN/BLK 0 1 Level Switch Unit
1 = Low fluid VIEW 44
G101 BLK BLK level 6
PHOTO 45 PHOTO 8
BLK GRN/WHT
See Circuit See Circuit B

F28, page F29, page See Circuit 207,
15-12. 15-13. BLK page 15-7
(Canada) or (USA).
BRN LT BLU
(Canada GRN/
9) 14) See page WHT)
(*1) (*6) 14-7. GRN/RED
DLC Parking
PHOTO 95
VIEW 47
BLK 0 1 Brake
Switch
1 = Parking brake
*
= Non-SAE terminal number G204 G302 applied
used in Service Manual. PHOTO 64 PHOTO 112
PHOTO 123
44-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
’01-’02 V6
HOT AT ALL TIMES
ABS/TCS Under-hood
ABS Control Fuse/Relay
fail-safe Fuse 48
Unit Box
relay control PHOTO 195 20A PHOTO 9
(FSR) VIEW 76 VIEW 68
A25 A6
YEL/GRN WHT/GRN
4 1
ABS
Fail-safe
Relay
PHOTO 9
3 2
BLK BRN/BLK
See page 14-6.
BRN/BLK BRN/BLK
BLK
A B
G202 To page To page

PHOTO 65
44-6. 44-7.
BRN/BLK
ABS/TCS
Modulator Unit
PHOTO 67
2 VIEW 77
Left Left Right Right Left Left Right Right

Front Front Front Front Rear Rear Rear Rear
Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid
(Out) (In) (Out) (In) (Out) (In) (Out) (In)
22 14 19 11 20 12 21 13
YEL/ RED/BLU YEL/BLK RED/BLK YEL/GRN RED/GRN YEL/WHT RED/WHT

BLU
C4 C9 C6 C11 C5 C10 C3 C8
(FL-OUT) (FL-IN) (FR-OUT) (FR-IN) (RL-OUT) (RL-IN) (RR-OUT) (RR-IN) ABS-
TCS
Control
Left front Right front Left rear Right rear
Unit
solenoid solenoid solenoid solenoid PHOTO
control control control control 195
VIEW 76

44-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

’01-’02 V6
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Fuse 50
Box
30A PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
From B1
page 44-5.
A
WHT
BRN/BLK
3 5
ABS Pump
Motor Relay
PHOTO 9
1 4
WHT/BLU
YEL/RED WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
C4 1
Passenger’s ABS/TCS
Fuse 14 Under-dash Modulator
ABS
Fuse/Relay Unit
7.5A M Pump
Box PHOTO 67
PHOTO 91 Motor VIEW 77
H18 VIEW 67
J5 (Not Used) 16
GRN
8 C201 BLK
PHOTO 120
VIEW 45
GRN
B15 A20
(PMR) (MCK) ABS/TCS
ABS pump ABS pump Control
motor relay motor check Unit
PHOTO 195
control VIEW 76
G203
PHOTO 67

44-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
’01-’02 V6
HOT AT ALL TIMES
From page Under-hood

44-5. Fuse/Relay
Fuse 52
Box
B 20A PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
B3
BRN/BLK BLU
3 1
TCS
Relay
PHOTO 9
5 2
RED/BLU
17
ABS/TCS
Modulator
Unit
Left Right PHOTO 67
VIEW 77
GRN/YEL TCS TCS
Solenoids Solenoids
7 8 5 6
YEL/GRN GRY LTBLU RED/GRN
B13 A2 A3 A16 A15

(TCSR) (NCL) (NOL) (NOR) (NCR) ABS/TCS
TCS relay Control
control Unit
Left TCS solenoid control Right TCS solenoid control PHOTO 195
VIEW 76
Speed sensor inputs
A8 A9 A10 A11 A22 A21 A24 A23

BRN GRN/BLU GRY LT BLU BLU/YEL GRN/YEL
5 C201
PHOTO 120
VIEW 45 C11 C16
7 Passenger’s
6 C201 7 C202
PHOTO 120 PHOTO 120 Under-dash
VIEW 45 VIEW 17 K10 K2 Fuse/Relay
(Not A17 A18 (Not Box
BRN GRN/BLU GRN GRN/BLK GRY LT BLU PHOTO 91
Used) Used) VIEW 67
BLU/YEL GRN/YEL
O10 O2
5 C301 Driver’s
6 PHOTO 98 Under-dash
VIEW 51 E9 E8 Fuse/Relay
(Not B14 B13 (Not Box
BRN GRN/BLU PHOTO 85
Used) Used) VIEW 60
GRY LT BLU
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
GRY WHT GRY WHT WHT GRY WHT GRY

Speed Speed Speed Speed

44-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

’01-’02 V6
HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 9 Fuse 6 Under-dash
7.5A 15A Fuse/Relay
See page Box
10-9. See page 10-7. PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
I4 I12
YEL BLK/YEL
See page 10-9. See page 10-7.
YEL BLK/YEL
B11 5
Gauge Cruise
Gauges Assembly Cruise Control/TCS
and PHOTO 87 Control Switch
Indicators VIEW 61
0 1 0 = Off
TCS
TCS Switch 1 = On
PHOTO 192
Indicator VIEW 78
6
B18
RED/WHT
I15
Passenger’s PCM
PHOTO 114
Under-dash VIEW 66
Fuse Relay
Box Engine A/T gear TCS
PHOTO 91 retard position Throttle operation
C9 VIEW 67 request Reference output position permission RPM
input voltage signal output output output
(FPTDR) (VREF) (ATSFTP) (THLOUT) (PFINH) (NEP)
A22 A7 A11 A31 A13 A19
ORN/WHT PNK WHT/RED LT GRN RED/BLU BLU BLU

RED/WHT
4 6 16 15 14 1 C204
PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
See Circuit F44,

page 15-13.
RED/WHT RED/WHT ORN/WHT PNK WHT/RED LT GRN RED/BLU BLU BLU
A18 B16 B4 B1 B2 B7 B9 B10 B11

(TCS1) (TCS2) (TCS SW) (FPTDR) (VREF) (ATSFTP) (THLOUT) (PFINH) (NEP)
ABS/TCS
TCS Engine Reference A/T gear Throttle TCS RPM Control
switch retard voltage position position operation input Unit
TCS indicator light control PHOTO 195
input request input input permission VIEW 76
output input

44-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

’98-’99 Models
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s WARNING
Under-dash
Fuse 1 Fuse 2 Fuse 9 Fuse/Relay To avoid accidental deployment and
15A 10A 7.5A Box possible injury, always disconnect the
See page See page PHOTO 85 driver’s airbag and front passenger’s
VIEW 60
10-4. 10-9. airbag connectors (which automatically
shorts them) before working near any
N1 N2 I4 SRS wiring.
CAUTION: Whenever the ignition switch
YEL
is ON (II), or has been turned OFF for
less than three minutes, be careful not to
See page 10-9. bump the SRS unit; the airbags could
accidentally deploy and cause damage
YEL or injuries.
B11
Gauge
Assembly
Indicators PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
SRS Indicator Circuit

RED/BLU BLK/WHT
or or
GRN GRN
SRS
Indicator
SRS
Indicators
C9 B16
BLU BLK
1 C503 See page 14-10.

PHOTO 106
BLU
or BLK
GRN
G501
7 3 6 PHOTO 108
SRS
Ignition Ignition SRS indicator Unit
input input control PHOTO 109
(VA) (VB) MES VIEW 64
Airbag Airbag DLC Service connector
control control input/ check input Ground
output input
1 13 10 14 15 9 8 18 17 16
BRN GRN YEL BLU/YEL LT GRN/RED RED LT GRN/BLK BLK BLK BLK
or or or or or or or or or
GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN
2
2 1 A 3 C503
PHOTO 106
LT BLU BRN
Cable
Reel
PHOTO
193 See Circuit F29, See Circuit F28,
page 15-13. page 15-12.
LT BLU BRN
2 1 ** 1 2 ** 14) 9)
RED RED
(*6) (*1) 2
1
DLC MES Connector
PHOTO 95 PHOTO 104
VIEW 47
Driver’s Airbag Front
Passenger’s
Airbag *= Non-SAE terminal number
Steering Wheel used in Service Manual G801
PHOTO 108 PHOTO 109
** = Has built-in short contact
47
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

’00 Sedan
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s WARNING
Under-dash
See page See page PHOTO 85 driver’s airbag, front passenger’s airbag,
VIEW 60
10-4. 10-9. and side airbag connectors (which
automatically shorts them) before
N1 N2 I4 working near any SRS wiring.
YEL
YEL or injuries.
B11
Gauge
Assembly
Indicators PHOTO 87
VIEW 61

RED/WHT PNK
or or
GRN GRN
SRS
Indicator
SRS
Indicators
C9 B16
BLK
See page 14-10.

BLU
BLK
G501
A3 A4 C5 PHOTO 108
SRS
(VA) (VB) VIEW 64
Airbag Airbag DLC Service MES
control control input/ check connector Ground
output input input
A16 A7 A6 A15 A5 A14 C2 C6 C1 A12 A13
GRN/ BLK BLK
BLK GRN BLU/YEL YEL WHT RED/ LT BLU BRN LT GRN/BLK or or
or or or or YEL GRN GRN
GRN GRN GRN GRN or
GRN See Circuit F29, See Circuit F28, 2 C503
2 1 A page 15-13. page 15-12. PHOTO 172
Cable LT GRN/BLK
or
Reel LT BLU BRN GRN
PHOTO
193 1
MES Connector
2 3 4 PHOTO 104
1 **14)
2 ** 9) 2
1 YEL YEL RED RED (*6) (*1)
DLC BLK
PHOTO 95 or
VIEW 47 GRN
Front Front
Driver’s Passenger’s Passenger’s
Airbag *= Non-SAE terminal number G801
Airbag First Airbag Second PHOTO 186
Inflator Inflator used in Service Manual
Steering Wheel PHOTO 108 PHOTO 108 ** = Has built-in short contact
47-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

’00 Sedan
* = Has built-in short contact
With Side SRS
Driver’s Side Front Passenger’s Driver’s Side Front Passenger’s
Impact Sensor Side Impact Sensor Airbag Inflator Side Airbag Inflator
1 2 1 2 BLK RED BLK RED

1 * 1 2 *
2
GRN/WHT LT GRN RED/WHT PNK GRN/YEL GRN RED/YEL RED

or GRN or GRN or GRN or GRN or or or
GRN GRN GRN
B6 B11 B7 B12 B4 B13 B5 B14

SDV SDO SPV SPO SSDC SSDN SSPC SSPN SRS
Unit
PHOTO 186
VIEW 64
BSDL BSDH BSPC BSPH
C4 C8 C3 C7
BLU YEL/BLU
RED/BLU BLU/RED
6
2 C505
See Circuit 177 PHOTO 186 With side SRS
(’00-’02 models), VIEW 70
page 15-6.
BLU YEL/BLU
1) C501
(w/ heated seat 9) PHOTO 95
VIEW 48
15 16 C401
PHOTO 99
RED/BLU BLU/RED YEL/BLU VIEW 53
BLU
J8 J11 L4 without
side SRS
1 Passenger’s
6 C551
PHOTO 128 with 8-way Under-dash
VIEW 31 Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 91
G3 G2 VIEW 67
RED/BLU BLU/RED
BLU YEL/BLU
3 3
2 2
RED/BLU BLU/RED RED/BLU BLU/RED
Driver’s Seat Front
1 2 Belt Switch 1 2 Passenger’s
1 = Seat belt unbuckled Seat Belt Switch
2 = Seat belt buckled 1 = Seat belt unbuckled
BLK PHOTO 130 BLK 2 = Seat belt buckled
PHOTO 129 (2-way) PHOTO 187
1 PHOTO 128 (8-way) 1
BLK BLK
G551 G501
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 108
47-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

With Side SRS Only
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse 7 Fuse 9 Fuse/Relay
7.5A 7.5A
Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
I5 I4
YEL
See page 10-9.
YEL
B11
Gauge SRS
Indicators Assembly Unit
PHOTO 87 PHOTO 186
Side Airbag VIEW 61 VIEW 64
Indicator B1
SIDE AIRBAG
B17
YEL/GRN GRN
BLU
4 or
3 C505
PHOTO 186 GRN
VIEW 70
GRN GRN
3 4
1 C851
PHOTO 187
WHT/RED GRN BLU
D4 D3 D7
POW WRN ODUS
OPDS
Unit
PHOTO 174
VIEW 75
SS1L SS1S SB3L SB3S SB4L SB4S SB5L SB5S SB6L SB6S SB1L SB1S SB2L SB2S
GND
A2 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 D8
BLK
2 C851
PHOTO 187
GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRN See page
14-10.
1 C505
PHOTO 186
VIEW 70
BLK BLK
G501
PHOTO 108
OPDS
Sensor
Side Element
(right side of seat) Lower Element Upper Element
(seat back) (seat back)

47-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

’00 Coupe
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s WARNING
Under-dash
See page See page PHOTO 85 driver’s airbag, front passenger’s airbag,
VIEW 60
10-4. 10-9. and side airbag connectors (which
automatically shorts them) before
N1 N2 I4 working near any SRS wiring.
YEL
YEL or injuries.
B11
Gauge
Assembly
Indicators PHOTO 87
VIEW 61

RED/BLU BLK/WHT
or or
GRN GRN
SRS
Indicator
SRS
Indicators
C9 B16
BLU BLK
6 C503 See page 14-10.

PHOTO 172
BLU VIEW 73
or BLK
GRN
G501
A3 A4 C5 PHOTO 108
SRS
(VA) (VB) VIEW 64
Airbag Airbag DLC Service MES
control control input/ check connector Ground
output input input
A16 A7 A6 A15 A5 A14 C2 C6 C1 A12 A13
BRN GRN BLU/YEL YEL RED/ WHT LT BLU BRN LT GRN/BLK BLK BLK
or or or YEL or or or or or or
GRN GRN GRN or GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN
GRN
5
4 C503
2 1 A PHOTO 172
LT BLU BRN VIEW 73
Cable See Circuit F29, See Circuit F28,

Reel page 15-13. page 15-12.
PHOTO
193
LT BLU BRN 1
2 3 4 MES Connector
1 **14) PHOTO 104
2 ** 9)
1 YEL YEL RED RED (*6) (*1) 2
DLC BLK
PHOTO 95 or
VIEW 47 GRN
Front Front
Airbag Airbag First Airbag Second *= Non-SAE terminal number
Inflator Inflator used in Service Manual G801
Steering Wheel PHOTO 108 PHOTO 108 ** = Has built-in short contact PHOTO 171

47-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

’00 Coupe
* = Has built-in short contact
With Side SRS
Driver’s Side Front Passengers Driver’s Side Front Passenger’s

Impact Sensor Side Impact Sensor Airbag Inflator Side Airbag Inflator
1 2 * 1 2 *
GRN/WHT GRN/ORN RED/WHT RED/BLU
or or or or
GRN GRN GRN GRN RED/YEL RED BLU/YEL YEL
or or or or
GRN GRN GRN GRN
2 1 C556 3 3 4 C556 2 C584

4 C583 1
GRN/WHT GRN/ORN RED/WHT RED/BLU RED/YEL RED BLU/YEL YEL

or or or or or or or or
GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN
B6 B11 B7 B12 B4 B13 B5 B14

Unit
PHOTO 171
VIEW 64
BSDL BSDH BSPC BSPH
C4 C8 C3 C7
RED/BLU BLU/RED BLU/GRN BLU/WHT
or or or or
GRN GRN GRN GRN
8 2 3
7 C503
PHOTO 172
RED/BLU BLU/RED BLU/GRN BLU/WHT VIEW 73
See Circuit 177

(’00-’02 models), 8 C501 11 C582
page 15-6. PHOTO 95 10 PHOTO 91
VIEW 48 VIEW 74
RED/BLU BLU/RED BLU/GRN BLU/WHT
6 1 C551 with 8-way

PHOTO 128
VIEW 31
RED/BLU BLU/RED
3 3
2 2
2 = Seat belt buckled 1 = Seat belt unbuckled
BLK PHOTO 130 BLK
2 = Seat belt buckled
1 PHOTO 129 (2-way) 1 PHOTO 187
PHOTO 128 (8-way)
BLK
See page
See page 14-12.
14-11.
BLK
BLK
G551 G581
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 125

47-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

’00 Coupe With Side SRS Only
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Under-dash
7.5A 7.5A Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
I5 I4
YEL
See page 10-9.
YEL
B11
Gauge SRS
Indicators Assembly Unit
PHOTO 87 PHOTO 171
Side Airbag VIEW 61 VIEW 64
Indicator B1
SIDE AIRBAG BLU
or
GRN
B17
3 C584
YEL/GRN GRN PHOTO 171
BLU
9 13 C582
PHOTO 91
VIEW 74
1 C585
PHOTO 201
YEL/GRN GRN
BLU
3 4 C851
1
PHOTO 187
WHT/RED GRN BLU
D4 D3 D7
POW WRN ODUS
OPDS
Unit
PHOTO 174
VIEW 75
GND
A2 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 D8
BLK
2 C851
PHOTO 187
See page
14-12.
GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY BLK
G581
PHOTO 125
OPDS
Sensor
Side Element

47-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

’01-’02 Models
HOT IN ON OR START WARNING
Driver’s To avoid accidental deployment and possible injury,

Under-dash always disconnect the driver’s airbag, front
Fuse 1 Fuse 2 Fuse 9 Fuse/Relay passenger’s airbag, and side airbag connectors
15A See 10A 7.5A See Box (which automatically shorts them) before working
PHOTO 85
page page VIEW 60 near any SRS wiring.
10-4. 10-9.
CAUTION: Whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or
N1 N2 has been turned OFF for less than three minutes, be
I4 careful not to bump the SRS unit; the airbags could
YEL
accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries.
See page 10-9.
Driver’s Seat Front Passenger’s
YEL Belt Tensioner Seat Belt Tensioner
Gauge Assembly PHOTO 196 PHOTO 196
PHOTO 87
B11 VIEW 61
Indicators
RED BLK RED BLK
SRS Indicator Circuit 1 1

2 2
SRS RED/WHT RED/BLU RED/YEL RED/BLK
or GRN or GRN or GRN or GRN
Indicator
RED/ PNK Light
WHT or
or GRN
4 C583
SRS Coupe 3 PHOTO 171
GRN
Indicators
RED/YEL RED/BLK
C9 B16 4 C557 or GRN or GRN
BLK 3 PHOTO
171 2
1 C584
See page 14-10. Sedan PHOTO 171
BLU
BLK RED/WHT RED/BLU RED/YEL RED/BLK

G501 or GRN or GRN or GRN or GRN
PHOTO 108
A3 A4 C5 A8 A17 A9 A18
JPLC JPLH JPRC JPRH SRS
Ignition Ignition SRS Unit
input input indicator PHOTO 171
(VA) (VB) control VIEW 64
DLC Service MES
Airbag control Airbag control input/ check connector Ground
output input input
A16 A7 A2 A11 A6 A15 A5 A14 C2 C6 C1 A12 A13
GRN/ GRN GRN/ GRN/ BLU/ YEL WHT RED/ LT BLU BRN LT GRN/ BLK BLK
BLK WHT YEL YEL or or YEL BLK or or
or or or or GRN GRN or GRN GRN
GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN
See
Circuit 1
2 3 4 F29,
1 ** MES Connector
page PHOTO 104
3 4 2 1 A YEL YEL RED RED 15-13.
2
Cable BLK
Reel See or
LT BLU
PHOTO Circuit GRN
193 F28,
BLU BLU BLU BLU page Sedan Coupe
15-12.
BLK
1 3 4 Front Front or
2 ** Passenger’s Passenger’s BRN GRN
YEL YEL RED RED Airbag First Airbag Second
Inflator Inflator See
PHOTO 108 PHOTO 108 14) 9) page
(*6) (*1) 14-13.
Driver’s Driver’s *= Non-SAE terminal
Airbag Airbag number used in BLK
First Inflator Second Inflator Service Manual or G801
GRN PHOTO 171
** = Has built-in short DLC
Steering Wheel contact PHOTO 95 G503
VIEW 47 PHOTO 85
47-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

’01-’02 Models
With Side SRS
Driver’s Side Front Passenger’s
Impact Sensor Side Impact Sensor Driver’s Side Front Passenger’s
PHOTO 173 PHOTO 173 Airbag Inflator Side Airbag Inflator
PHOTO 124 (Sedan) PHOTO 125 (Sedan) PHOTO 185 PHOTO 185

1 2 * 1 2 *
GRN/WHT LT GRN RED/WHT PNK GRN/YEL GRN RED/YEL RED
or GRN or GRN or GRN or GRN or GRN or or
GRN GRN
2 1 C557
Coupe PHOTO 171
2 1 C556 4 3 C584 2 C583

PHOTO 171 PHOTO 171
1 PHOTO 171
GRN/YEL GRN
or GRN
3 4 C556
GRN/WHT LT GRN RED/WHT PNK
or GRN or GRN or GRN or GRN Sedan PHOTO 171
GRN/YEL GRN RED/YEL RED

or GRN or GRN or GRN
B6 B11 B7 B12 B4 B13 B5 B14

Unit
PHOTO 171
VIEW 64
BSDL BSDH BSPC BSPH
C4 C8 C3 C7
RED/BLU BLU/RED BLU YEL/BLU
See Circuit 177,

(’00-’02 models),
page 15-6.
8) C501 4 C582
(**1) PHOTO 95 3 PHOTO 91
VIEW 48 VIEW 74
(***9)
6 1 C551 5 C701
with 8-way 1 PHOTO 198 with 4-way
PHOTO 128
VIEW 31 VIEW 79

3 3
2 2

BLK
2 = Seat belt buckled BLK
1 = Seat belt unbuckled
PHOTO 130 2 = Seat belt buckled
1 PHOTO 129 (2-way) 1 PHOTO 187
PHOTO 128 (8-way)
BLK
See page
See page 14-12.
14-11. *= Has built-in short contact
BLK
** = Sedan BLK
*** = Sedan w/heated seat
G551 G581
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 125

47-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

With Side SRS Only
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Under-dash
7.5A 7.5A Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
I5 I4
YEL
See page 10-9.
YEL
B11
Gauge
Indicators Assembly
PHOTO 87
SRS
Side Airbag VIEW 61 Unit
Indicator PHOTO 171
VIEW 64
SIDE AIRBAG B1
BLU or GRN
B17 3 C583
PHOTO 171
BLU or GRN Sedan
YEL/GRN GRN
2 C584
PHOTO 171
6 C582 BLU or GRN Coupe
5 PHOTO 91
VIEW 74
1 C585
PHOTO 201
YEL/GRN GRN
GRN
3 4 C851
1
PHOTO 187
WHT/RED GRN BLU
D4 D3 D7
POW WRN ODUS
OPDS
Unit
PHOTO 174
VIEW 75
GND
A2 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 D8
BLK
2 C851 See page

PHOTO 187
14-12.
GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY BLK
G581
PHOTO 125
OPDS
Sensor
Side Element

47-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Multiplex Control System

From B on
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES
this page.
B
Driver’s
Fuse 47 Fuse 9 Under-dash Fuse 13
20A Fuse/Relay
7.5A 7.5A
Door Multiplex See page 10-2. Box
WHT/YEL PHOTO 85
Control Unit VIEW 60 J12
PHOTO 137 B5 Under-hood
PHOTO 164 (Coupe) WHT/YEL Fuse/Relay
A1 VIEW 58
Box
Battery See page 10-2. PHOTO 9 WHT/
VIEW 68 YEL
input
WHT/YEL
See page
Commu- 10-12.
nication 7 A
line Ground Ground Steering
Interlock System Lock To A on
A15 A12 A19 PHOTO 89 this page.
Ignition VIEW 24
BRN BLK BLK Key
Light
I4
See
page
14-11. 6 To B on From A on YEL
this page. this page.
See WHT/BLK A
page B See page See
14-9. 10-9. page
WHT/ WHT/
YEL YEL 10-9.
BLK
BLK See page
G551 10-12.
PHOTO 124 YEL
WHT/ WHT/
G401 YEL YEL (Not
G14 PHOTO 96 O8 G7 O19 H7 used)
Passenger’s
A13 Multiplex
See page Control Unit
10-12. PHOTO 118
A2 A1 A12 A24 A22 A24 VIEW 62
Driver’s
Commu- Buzzer Ignition key Battery Ignition Multiplex Ignition Battery
nication light control input input Control input input
line Unit
Check Key in Commu- Commu-
connector ignition nication PHOTO 86 nication
VIEW 59
Ground Ground input input line line Ground Ground
B11 A14 A15 A13 B1 B9 B22 A8
See page 14-9. See
page
14-12.
J1 J3
Q15 O6 Multiplex O9 PNK A3 Passenger’s
Control BLU/WHT
Under-dash
Inspection Fuse/Relay
Connector BLU/WHT 2 Security System Box
Connector PHOTO 91
Canada VIEW 67
BLK BLK BLK C402 (Option) US: DX and LX
PHOTO 104
VIEW 26
BLU/WHT
BLK BLK
1
Steering
See page Ignition Lock
14-13. 1 Key Switch PHOTO 89
1 = Key in VIEW 24
ignition
3
BLK BLK
See page See page
14-13. 14-12.
See page 14-9.
BLK BLK
BLK BLK BLK
G503 G401 G504 G581
50
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
HVAC
Manual A/C – Blower Controls
HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
Driver’s Under-hood
Under-dash Fuse/Relay
Fuse 3 Fuse 56
Fuse/Relay Box
7.5A 40A PHOTO 9
See page 10-5. Box
PHOTO 85 VIEW 68
VIEW 60
O13
BLK/YEL
See page
10-5.
BLK/YEL
D1
A/C Compressor Controls

1 4
Blower
Motor
Relay
2 3
D14 C1
BLK YEL/BLK
See page 3 C202

14-6. PHOTO 120
YEL/BLK VIEW 17
BLK 1
Blower
G202
PHOTO 35
M Motor
2
BLU/RED
BLU/RED
1
Blower Heater
Resistor Control
PHOTO 116 Panel
PHOTO 170
21 VIEW 54
BLU/RED GRN
5 4 2
BLU BLU/YEL BLU/BLK
4 5 6 3 2
Heater
2 3
4
Fan
1 Switch
Off PHOTO 170
VIEW 20
1
BLK
See page
14-8.
BLK
G401
PHOTO 96

60
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
HVAC
Manual A/C – Air Delivery
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON
7.5A Fuse/Relay 7.5A Fuse/Relay
Box Box
See page 10-12. PHOTO 91 See page 10-5. PHOTO 85
VIEW 67 VIEW 60
J12 Q5
WHT/YEL BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
1
IG2 Recirculation
Control
Motor
PHOTO 119
See page FRS REC
VIEW 23
10-12.
5 7
See Dash and
Console Lights
WHT/YEL RED/BLK RED BLK/YEL GRN/RED GRN/WHT
3 10 22 2 11 1
Heater
Control
Panel
PHOTO 170
VIEW 54
16 19 13 12 14 15 18 8 7 6 17 20 9
BLK
See page
14-8.
LT GRN/
GRY PNK/BLK RED/WHT RED/YEL BLU/WHT BLU/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/YEL BLU/GRN YEL/GRN BRN BLK
BLK
G401
2 PHOTO 96
7 3 1 2 2 1 6 5 4 3 GRY
S5V AMD-P M-COOL M-HOT M-VENT M-DEF MODE1 MODE2 MODE3 MODE4
Evaporator
Temperature
Sensor
PHOTO 117
S-COM S-COM GRY
5 Air Mix 7 Mode 1

Control Control
Motor Motor
PHOTO 113 PHOTO 106
VIEW 19 VIEW 21
YEL/GRN YEL/GRN YEL/GRN

60-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
HVAC
Manual A/C – Compressor Controls
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
Fuse 13 Fuse 3 Under-dash Fuse 58 Fuse/Relay
7.5A 7.5A Fuse/Relay 20A Box
Box PHOTO 9
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
J12 Passenger’s Q5 O13
WHT/YEL Under-dash BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
Fuse/Relay
See page Box See page See
10-12. PHOTO 91 10-5. page 10.
VIEW 67
BLK/YEL
D1
Blower controls
4 1
A/C
Compressor
Clutch Relay
3 2
D11 D7
RED RED
21 C204
RED PHOTO 91 LT BLU
VIEW 52
A17 A/C
LT BLU
(ACC) PCM or ECM Compressor
Relay control PHOTO 114 A/C PHOTO 28
VIEW 66 Compressor PHOTO 56 (V6)
A/C ON input Clutch
(ACS)
LT BLU
A27
WHT/YEL BLK/YEL
BLU/RED
H17
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
C6 PHOTO 91
BLU/RED VIEW 67
2
A/C
See Dash and 1 2 Pressure
Console Lights Switch
1 = Low
1 2 = High
YEL/GRN PHOTO 6
RED/BLK RED 1 C201
YEL/GRN PHOTO 120
VIEW 45
3 10 22 2 5
Heater
Control
Panel
PHOTO 170
VIEW 54
9 17 20 21
BRN GRN
2 2
BLK YEL/GRN GRY Heater
2 3
4 Fan
Evaporator 1 Switch
Temperature OFF PHOTO 170
Sensor VIEW 20
PHOTO 117
GRY 1
1 BLK
See page YEL/GRN
14-8. Air See page 14-8.
Delivery
BLK BLK
G401 G401
PHOTO 96 PHOTO 96
60-2
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
HVAC
Climate Control
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON
7.5A
Fuse/Relay 7.5A
Fuse/Relay
Box Box
See page 10-12. PHOTO 91 See page 10-5. PHOTO 85
VIEW 67 VIEW 60
J12 O13
WHT/YEL BLK/YEL
See Rear See Dash and

See page 10-12. See page 10-5. Window Defogger Console Lights
WHT/YEL BLK/YEL BRN/YEL RED/BLK
B2 B1 B7 A8
Climate
Control
Unit
PHOTO 83
VIEW 57
B8 A10
BLK RED
See page
14-8. See Dash and
Console Lights
BLK
G401
PHOTO 96
PCM Driver’s Under-

A/C ON PHOTO 114 Fuse 3 Under-dash Fuse 58 hood
Climate input VIEW 66
7.5A Fuse/Relay Fuse/
20A
Control (ACS) See page Box Relay
Unit 10-5. PHOTO 85 Box
A14 VIEW 57 A27 VIEW 68
BLU/RED O13
BRN
H17 BLK/YEL
Passenger’s See page 10-5. See

Under-dash page 10.
Fuse/Relay BLK/YEL
C6 Box
PHOTO 91 D1
2 BLU/RED VIEW 67
GRY 2 4 Blower Controls 1
Evaporator A/C A/C
Temperature 1 2 Pressure Compressor
Sensor Switch Clutch Relay
PHOTO 117 1 = Low
GRY
2 = High 3 2
1 1
PHOTO 6
YEL/GRN YEL/GRN
D11 D7
RED
RED
See Circuit 408, 1 C201
page 15-8. PHOTO 120 21 C204 LT BLU
VIEW 45 PHOTO 91
YEL/GRN YEL/GRN RED VIEW 52
LT BLU
A/C
Compressor
A11 A2 A17 A/C PHOTO 56
Climate PCM Compressor
(ACC)
Control PHOTO 114 Clutch
Relay VIEW 66
Unit control LT BLU
PHOTO 83
VIEW 57
60-4
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
HVAC
Climate Control
Fuse 3 Under-dash Fuse 56 Fuse/Relay
7.5A
Fuse/Relay 40A
Box
Box PHOTO 9
PHOTO 85 VIEW 68
VIEW 60
Q5 O13
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
See page
10-5.
BLK/YEL
D1
A/C Compressor Controls

1 4
Blower
Motor
BLK/YEL
Relay
2 3
D14 C1
BLK
YEL/BLK
See page
14-6. 3 C202
PHOTO 120
YEL/BLK VIEW 17
BLK
1
G202
PHOTO 65 Blower
M Motor
PHOTO 115
2
BLU/RED
BLU/RED
BLK/YEL BLU/RED
4 1 4
Climate Blower Blower
Control Power Motor
Unit Transistor High
PHOTO 83 PHOTO 115 Relay
VIEW 57 PHOTO 119
B3 B4 B5 B6 1 3 5 3 5
RED/WHT
See Circuit E90,

page 15-11, BLU/RED
(’98-’99) or
(’00-’02 V6).
ORN/BLK
RED/WHT
2 BLK BLK
ECT BLU/ORN
Sensor
PHOTO 21
PHOTO 43 V6
1
GRN/BLK
See Circuit Z28, BLK

page 15-18 (L4), 15-19
(’98-’99 V6) or (’00-’02 V6)
See page
GRN/BLK 14-8.
C18
(SG2) PCM
Sensor PHOTO 114 BLK
VIEW 66
ground G401
PHOTO 96
60-5
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
HVAC
Climate Control
HOT IN ON
Driver’s
Fuse 3 Under-dash
7.5A Fuse/Relay
Box
VIEW 60
Q5
BLK/YEL
See page
10-5.
BLK/YEL
1
IG2 Recirculation
Control
Motor
PHOTO 119
FRS REC
VIEW 23
5 7
GRN/RED GRN/WHT
A3 A4
Climate
Control
Unit
PHOTO 83
VIEW 57
A13 A1 A9 A7 A6 A5 A20 A19 A18 A17 A11
GRY PNK/BLK RED/WHT RED/YEL BLU/WHT BLU/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/YEL LT GRN/ BLU/GRN YEL/GRN
BLK
7 3 1 2 2 1 6 5 4 3
S5V AMD-P M-COOL M-HOT M-VENT M-DEF MODE1 MODE2 MODE3 MODE4
S-COM S-COM
5 Air Mix 7 Mode See Circuit 408,

Control Control page 15-8.
Motor Motor
PHOTO 113 PHOTO 106
VIEW 19 VIEW 21

60-6
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
HVAC
Climate Control
Climate
Control
Unit
PHOTO 83
VIEW 57
A15 A12 A16 A11
BRN/WHT WHT/RED YEL/RED
1
16 C201 8 C401
PHOTO 120 PHOTO 99
VIEW 45 VIEW 53
BRN/WHT WHT/RED YEL/RED YEL/GRN
1 1 2
Outside Air Sunlight In-Car
Temperature Sensor Temperature
Sensor PHOTO 80 Sensor
PHOTO 4 PHOTO 82
2 1 See Circuit 408,
2 page 15-8.

60-7
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Radiator and Condenser Fans

L4
Driver’s Under-
Fuse 3 Under-dash hood
7.5A
Fuse/Relay Fuse/
Box Fuse 57 Fuse 58 Relay
See page 10-5. PHOTO 85 20A 20A Box
VIEW 60 PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
O13
BLK/YEL
See page 10-5.

See
page 10.
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
D8 (Not Used) D16

D9
3 1 3 1
Radiator Condenser
Fan Relay Fan Relay
4 2 4 2
D15
D12 (Not Used) D3 D4
GRN
BLU/BLK BLU/YEL
Passenger’s
GRN Under-dash 2 2
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 91 BLU or BLU/BLK
C1 VIEW 67 BLU/BLK
Radiator A/C
M Fan Motor M Condenser
PHOTO 27 Fan Motor
PHOTO 27
BLK BLK
1 1
GRN
K14 BLK BLK
(Not I17 H17 C6

Used)
GRN BLU/RED BLU/RED
6 C101 A20 A27 2

PHOTO 34 A/C
VIEW 29 (FANC) (ACS)
Fan A/C ON 1 2 Pressure
GRN Switch
control input
1 = Low
2 PCM or ECM 1 2 = High
PHOTO 6
Radiator PHOTO 114
YEL/GRN
VIEW 66
1 Fan Switch
1 = Above 199 F (93 C) 1 C201
PHOTO 16 PHOTO 120
YEL/GRN
1 VIEW 45
5
BLK
Heater
A/C
Control
See page 14-1. on See page 14-6.
Panel
output PHOTO 170
VIEW 54
BLK BLK BLK
G101 G201
PHOTO 14 PHOTO 38

63
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –

V6
HOT IN ON HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES
Driver’s Under-
Fuse 3 Fuse 6 Under-dash hood
7.5A 15A Fuse/Relay Fuse/
Box Fuse 58 Fuse 57 Relay
See page 10-5. See page 10-7. PHOTO 85 20A 20A Box
VIEW 60 D10 PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
O13 O14 See page 10.
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL WHT
See page 10-5. 5 C203

PHOTO 120
WHT
BLK/YEL
2 7 6
Radiator
Fan
Control
Module
PHOTO 117
5 4 8 3 1 VIEW 28
YEL/WHT YEL
WHT/GRN BLK GRN 13 14 C201

PHOTO 120
YEL/WHT YEL VIEW 45
See page D16 D8 (Not Used)
14-8.
D9
3 1 3 1
Condenser Radiator
BLK Fan Fan
Relay Relay
4 2 4 2
G401
PHOTO 96 D15
(Not D12 D4 D3
BLU/YEL
Used) BLU/BLK
2 2
BLU/BLK BLU
A/C
M Condenser Radiator
GRN
Fan Motor M Fan
BLK PHOTO 57 Motor
BLK PHOTO 57
1
1
BLK BLK
GRN GRN
K14 C1
BLK
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay See page 14-6.
19 18 C301 I17 H17 C6 Box
PHOTO 98 PHOTO 91
WHT/GRN GRN VIEW 51 GRN BLU/RED BLU/RED VIEW 67 BLK
A20 A27 2 G201

3 4 C103 PHOTO 67
WHT/GRN PHOTO 63 (FANC) (ACS)
PCM A/C Pressure
GRN VIEW 41 PHOTO 114 1 2 Switch
Fan A/C ON VIEW 66
1 1 = Low
GRY 2 control input
2 = High
Radiator Radiator 1 PHOTO 6
1 Fan 1 Fan YEL/GRN
Switch B Switch A
(See S/M 1 = Above 1 C201
GRY 1 PHOTO 120
2 page 10-14) 199 F YEL/GRN VIEW 45
1 = Above (93 C)
BLK 225 F BLK PHOTO 45 Manual A/C Auto A/C
(107 C)
BLK YEL/GRN YEL/GRN
See page 14-3 (’98-’99) 5 A2

or 14-5 (’00-’02). Heater Climate
A/C A/C
Control Control Unit
on on PHOTO 83
BLK Panel
output PHOTO 170 output VIEW 57
G101 VIEW 54
PHOTO 45
63-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

How the Circuit Works
L4
Voltage is provided at all times to the radiator fan

relay contacts through fuse 57 and to the
condenser fan relay contacts through fuse 58. With
the ignition switch ON (II), voltage is provided to
the coils of the relays through fuse 3 (in the
driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box).
The relays are grounded by either the radiator fan
switch or by the PCM or ECM. Grounding the
relays energizes their coils and applies battery
voltage to the radiator and condenser fan motors.
Both fans then run until ground is removed from
the relay coils.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 10,
Cooling System) for specific tests and
troubleshooting procedures.
V6
Voltage is provided at all times to the radiator fan

relay contacts through fuse 57 and to the
condenser fan relay contacts through fuse 58. The
radiator fan control module controls power to the
coils of the relays.
The radiator fan control module is supplied battery
voltage at all times through fuse 58. When the
ignition switch ON (II), voltage is also supplied to
the module through fuses 3 and 6 (in the driver’s
under-dash fuse/relay box).
The relays are grounded by either radiator fan
switch A or the PCM. Grounding the relays
energizes their coils and applies battery voltage
to the radiator and condenser fan motors. Both
fans then run until ground is removed from the
relay coils.
If the engine coolant temperature is more than 107
(225 F) when you turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0), the radiator fan control module will turn on the
radiator fan and let it run for about 15 minutes.
Cooling System) for specific tests and

63-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Rear Window Defogger

Manual A/C
Fuse 3 Under-dash Fuse/Relay
7.5A
Fuse/Relay Fuse 53 Box
Box PHOTO 9
40A VIEW 68
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
Q5 O13 C3
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
See page 10-5.

WHT/GRN
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
K15 D2
Passenger’s
Under-dash
See page 10-5. Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 91
2 3 VIEW 67
Rear Window
Defogger
Relay
4 1
K4
J15 (Not Used) A4
BRN/YEL BLK/GRN
2 4 A
Heater Control Panel Window
Ignition Rear window (Rear window defogger Antenna
input defogger switch, defogger timer Coil
relay control circuit, and ON indicator PHOTO 151
LED are built into the
heater control panel)
PHOTO 170
VIEW 54
Ground
9 B1 B2
BLK/GRN BLK
BLK
A
Rear
Window
See page 14-8. Defogger
B
BLK
G401
PHOTO 96

64
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Rear Window Defogger

Climate Control
7.5A
Fuse/Relay Fuse 53 Box
Box PHOTO 9
40A VIEW 68
VIEW 60
O13 C3
BLK/YEL
See page 10-5.

BLK/YEL WHT/GRN
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
K15 D2
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Box
PHOTO 91
2 3 VIEW 67
Rear Window
Defogger
Relay
4 1
K4
J15 (Not Used) A4
BRN/YEL BLK/GRN
B1 B7 A
Climate Control Unit Window
Ignition Rear window (Rear window defogger Antenna
input defogger switch, defogger timer Coil
relay control circuit, and ON indicator PHOTO 151
LED are built-into
climate control unit)
PHOTO 83
VIEW 57
Ground
B8 B1 B2
BLK BLK/GRN BLK
A
Rear
Window
See page 14-8. Defogger
B
BLK
G401
PHOTO 96

64-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Lights-on, Key-in, and Seat Belt Reminders,

Key Light Timer, and Low Oil Pressure Indicator
HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s Under-hood
Fuse 9 Fuse 13 See Under-dash Fuse 47 Fuse/Relay
7.5A 7.5A page Fuse/Relay 20A Box
10-12. Box PHOTO 9
YEL I4 PHOTO 91 VIEW 68
VIEW 67
J12 B5
WHT/ WHT/YEL
See YEL
See page 10-2.
See page page
10-9. 10-9. See page 10-12. WHT/YEL
7
Gauge Steering
YEL
Alternator Interlock System Lock
Assembly
PHOTO 12 Ignition PHOTO 89
PHOTO 87 VIEW 24
PHOTO 55 (V6) Key
B11 VIEW 61
Light
WHT/
Indicators YEL
Low 3 6 From
WHT/BLU WHT/BLK
Oil page 73-1.
Pressure See Circuit E03, A
Indicator page 15-10.
RED/BLK
WHT/BLU
O19 O8 O3
B7
See Circuit 11,
page 15.
A24 A12 B5 A1 A6
YEL/RED
Driver’s
Buzzer Multiplex
Control
B17 A16 A18 B11 A13 Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
See Circuit 174, See Circuit 177,
page 15-5. (’98-’99) or (’00-’02).
A3 A7 O9 Driver’s Under-dash
YEL/RED
GRN/ RED/BLU Fuse/Relay Box
ORN BLK BLU/WHT PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
6 C551
YEL/RED Driver’s PHOTO 128 8-way G503
Door Switch VIEW 31 Canada:
0 1 PHOTO
1 = Door open DX and LX
L4 V6 85
PHOTO 136
RED/BLU
Security
See SRS System
’98-’99 Models ’00-’02 Models (’00 Sedan) Connector
(’00 Coupe) (Option)
(’01-’02 models)
10 C204 15 C302 2 C402
RED/BLU PHOTO 104
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 98 BLU/
VIEW 26
VIEW 52 VIEW 46 RED/BLU BLU/RED WHT (Canada)
1) 3
YEL/RED YEL/RED (8-way 2) 2
RED/BLU RED/BLU BLU/RED Steering
BLU/WHT Lock
7) C102 1 C103
(M/T 1 VIEW 24
VIEW 40 VIEW 41
except Driver’s Seat Driver’s Seat
ULEV 8) Belt Switch 1 2 Belt Switch Ignition
(M/T 1 2
1 = Seat belt 1 = Seat belt 0 1 Key
ULEV 6) buckled Switch
unbuckled
BLK BLK 1 = Key in
2 = Seat belt 2 = Seat belt
(8-way 1) unbuckled 1 buckled ignition
YEL/RED 2) PHOTO 130 PHOTO 130
PHOTO 129 (2-way) PHOTO 129 (2-way) 3
BLK PHOTO 128 (8-way) BLK PHOTO 128 (8-way) BLK
Oil Pressure Switch
1 2 1 = Low oil pressure See page 14-11. See page 14-11. See page 14-9.
2 = Normal oil pressure
PHOTO 69
BLK BLK BLK
PHOTO 75 (V6) G551 G551 G401
73
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Lights-on, Key-in, and Seat Belt Reminders,
Key Light Timer, and Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Driver’s HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES
Driver’s Under-dash Passenger’s Passenger’s
Multiplex Fuse/Relay Fuse 10 Under-dash Fuse 10 Under-dash
Control Unit Box 10A (Sedan) Fuse/Relay Box 10A (Sedan) Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 86 PHOTO 85 15A (Coupe) 15A (Coupe)
B16 VIEW 59 VIEW 60
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 91
VIEW 67 VIEW 67
J9 J9
RED/GRN
RED/GRN
RED/GRN
9 C201 See page 10-11.
3 C204 PHOTO 120
RED/GRN PHOTO 91 RED/GRN VIEW 45
VIEW 52 RED/GRN
5 2 6
Taillight Combination
Relay Headlight Light Switch
PHOTO 123 Switch PHOTO 88
2
3 1 0 = Off VIEW 42
0
RED/YEL
1 1=
See Circuit 14, page 15-3. 2=
RED/BLK
RED/YEL 7
6
Combination RED/BLK
Switch PHOTO 88
2 EX DX, LX
0 = Off VIEW 42
0 RED/BLK
1 1=
2= See Circuit 11, page 15.
7 RED/BLK
BLK
A
See page 14-8.
BLK To page 73.

G401
PHOTO 96

73-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Gauges and Indicators (L4)
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Under-dash
15A 7.5A
Box
PHOTO 85
I12 I4
BLK/YEL YEL
BLK/YEL YEL
B9 B11
Gauge
To A on To D on page 80-4 Assembly
page 80-1. A D
(’98-99) or 80-5 (’00-’02). PHOTO 87
’00-’02 Models VIEW 61
To B on B C
To C on
page 80-2. page 80-3.
Charging Brake MIL Cruise

System System Indicator Control
Indicator Indicator Indicator
Safety
– + CRUISE
Indicator CONTROL
Circuit (USA)
!
(Canada)
B8 C14 B6 A6
WHT/BLU GRN/RED GRN/ORN BLU/BLK
See See Circuit 207,

Circuit E03, page 15-7
page 15-10. (USA) or (Canada).
WHT/BLU GRN/RED
3 A18 10
Alternator (MIL) PCM Cruise
PHOTO 12 or ECM Control
MIL
PHOTO 114 Unit
control VIEW 66 PHOTO 106
VIEW 43
GRN/RED GRN/RED
A 13
GRN/RED
DRL
Brake Fluid Control
0 1 Level Switch Unit Canada
1 = Low fluid level VIEW 44
PHOTO 8 6
BLK
GRN/WHT
B
See Circuit 207,

BLK page 15-7
(USA) or (Canada).
See page 14-7. GRN/RED

(Canada GRN/WHT)
Parking Brake Switch

BLK 1 = Park brake applied
0 1
G302 PHOTO 112
PHOTO 32

80
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
From A on
page 80. A
Low Oil Side Seat Belt

Pressure Airbag Reminder
SIDE
AIRBAG
B7 B17 C3
RED/BLU
YEL/RED GRN See Circuit 177,

page 15-6
(USA) or (Canada).
’00 Sedan ’00 Coupe ’98-’99 Models ’00-’02 Models
4 C505 13 C582
PHOTO 186 PHOTO 91
VIEW 70 VIEW 74
YEL/
RED YEL/RED GRN ’01-’02
Models
B17 5 C582 See SRS
Driver’s PHOTO 91
(’00 Sedan)
Multiplex GRN VIEW 74
(’00 Coupe)
Control (’01-’02 models)
Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
3 C851
PHOTO 187 RED/BLU RED/BLU BLU/
Driver’s RED
Under-dash 10 C204 GRN 3
Fuse/Relay PHOTO 91 1) 2
Box VIEW 52 (8-way 2) RED/BLU
BLU/
PHOTO 85 D3 RED
VIEW 60 Driver’s Seat Driver’s Seat
YEL/RED 1 2 Belt Switch Belt Switch
1 2
buckled unbuckled
OPDS Unit 2 = Seat belt BLK
2 = Seat belt
7) C102 PHOTO 174
VIEW 75 (8-way 1) unbuckled 1 buckled
(**6) PHOTO 34
2) PHOTO 130 PHOTO 130
VIEW 40
(*8) With
PHOTO 129 (2-way) PHOTO 129 (2-way)
Side SRS BLK BLK
YEL/RED
*= M/T except ’00-’01 ULEV

** = ’00-’02 ULEV with M/T See page 14-11. See page 14-11.
Oil Pressure Switch

1 = Low oil pressure BLK BLK
1 2
2 = Normal oil pressure G551 G551

80-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t

SRS SRS SRS
Unit Unit Unit
6 C5 C5
BLU BLU
or or
GRN GRN
BLU
1 C503 6 C503
PHOTO 106 PHOTO 172 ’00 Model only
BLU BLU VIEW 73
Gauge
’98-’99 Models ’00-’02 Sedan ’00-’02 Coupe Assembly
BLU
PHOTO 87
C9 VIEW 61
From B on
page 80
B
SRS ABS
Low Fuel Indicator Indicator
E F C H
Indicator Circuit
ABS
Fuel Engine Coolant SRS Indicator (USA)
Gauge Temperature Indicator Circuit ABS
Gauge SRS
(Canada)
To E on page 80-4
(’98-’99) or 80-5 (’00-’02).
C1 C11 C2 C10
YEL/GRN BLU/WHT
LT GRN/ YEL/BLU
RED
16 C204 8 C302
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 98
16) 15) C501 VIEW 52 VIEW 46
(*17) (*16)
PHOTO 95
VIEW 48
YEL/GRN BLU/WHT
LT GRN/ YEL/BLU
RED
2 C101
3 2 PHOTO 34
Fuel Tank VIEW 29
Unit
Low Fuel PHOTO 146 ’98-’99
Fuel Gauge Models
Sensor Sending
Unit YEL/GRN
1
BLK
B1
See pages 14-10 (’00-’02 Coupe) or
14-13 (All except ’00-’02 Coupe). Coolant ABS
Temperature Control Unit
Gauge Sending PHOTO 92
VIEW 56
BLK Unit
PHOTO 21
G501 (’00-’02 Coupe)
PHOTO 108
G552 (All except ’00-’02 Coupe)
PHOTO 145 *= ’00 Sedan with seat heater
80-2
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START Combination

Taillight Light Switch
Passenger’s Driver’s Relay PHOTO 88
Fuse Under-dash Under-dash PHOTO 123 VIEW 42
Fuse 9
13 See Fuse/Relay See Fuse/Relay
7.5A
7.5A page Box page Box
10-12. PHOTO 91 10-9. PHOTO 85
VIEW 67 VIEW 60
1 7
H15 I4
WHT/ RED/BLK RED/BLK
YEL
YEL

EX DX, LX
RED/BLK
See Headlights
(Canada) See Turn Signal Lights
(Coupe) or (Sedan) See Circuit 11,
WHT/ (USA w/auto off) YEL page 15.
YEL
(USA w/o auto off)
(Canada RED/WHT) GRN/ RED/BLK

Gauge
GRN/YEL
RED/YEL) BLU Assembly
PHOTO 87
B20 A13 A4 A14 C8 B22 VIEW 61
From C on
page 80
C
Stabilizing A/T Gear

Power Position
Circuit Indicator
Immobilizer High DRL Left Turn Right Turn LCD Gauge

System Beam Indicator Signal Signal Back Lights
Indicator Indicator DRL Indicator Indicator Light (X6)
Dash Lights
F
Brightness Controller
To F on
page 80-4 (’98-’99)
or 80-5 (’00-’02).
B19 A12 A5 B5 B4 B10

RED
ORN/WHT
BLU/
WHT See
WHT/RED RED/WHT Circuit 12,
PNK See Headlights 4 C401 page 15-2.
(Canada) PHOTO 99
RED
(USA w/auto off) BLU/ VIEW 53
(USA w/o auto off) WHT I6
A12 9
PCM or ECM DRL B4 B3 A20
(IMOLMP)
PHOTO 114 Control
Immobilizer VIEW 66
enable Unit
VIEW 44
signal
Driver’s Multiplex Control Unit
PHOTO 86
Canada VIEW 59

PHOTO 85
VIEW 60

80-3
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t

’98-’99 Models
HOT AT ALL TIMES
PCM Passenger’s
Test
RPM or ECM Fuse 13 Under-dash
PHOTO 114 Tachometer
output Fuse/Relay
VIEW 66 Connector 7.5A
(NEP)
PHOTO 36 Box
A19 2 VIEW 67
BLU
H15
BLU 19 C204
PHOTO 91
VIEW 52 WHT/YEL
BLU
See page 10-12.

Gauge
BLU WHT/YEL Assembly
PHOTO 87
B1 B21 VIEW 61
From D
on page D
80.
Tachometer Speedometer Maintenance Washer

Odo/Trip Trip/Maintenance Required Level
Display Reset Switch Indicator Indicator
MAINT
REQ’D
Tachometer Speedometer Odometer/Trip/Maintenance/Washer Circuit

Drive Circuit Drive Circuit
E
From E on
page 80-2.
From F on F
page 80-3.
B3
B2 B16 Check B12
HOT IN ON OR START BLU/WHT
Driver’s
Fuse 6 Under-dash
BLK PNK
15A
Fuse/Relay
Box
See page PHOTO 85
10-6. VIEW 60
2 C302
PHOTO 98
I12 M/T A/T VIEW 46
BLK/YEL BLU/WHT BLU/WHT

PNK
See Circuit E93, See Circuit E93,

See page 10-6.
page 15-11 (M/T). page 15-11 (A/T).
2
Washer
BLK/YEL BLU/WHT BLU/WHT Fluid
2 3 A9 Level
1 Sensor
VSS (VSSOUT)
PCM
PHOTO 37 PHOTO 114
Vehicle VIEW 66 BLK
speed
1 output
See page
BLK 14-7.
See page 14-10.
See page 14-1.
BLK BLK G301

PHOTO 29
G101 G501 Canada

PHOTO 14 PHOTO 108

80-4
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –

’00-’02 Models
PCM
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Test RPM or ECM
Tachometer output PHOTO 114 Passenger’s
(NEP) VIEW 66
Connector Under-dash
PHOTO 36 Fuse 13
A19 7.5A
Fuse/Relay
2 Box
PHOTO 91
BLU
19 C204 H15
PHOTO 91 BLU WHT/YEL
VIEW 52
BLU
See page 10-12.
Gauge
BLU WHT/YEL Assembly
PHOTO 87
B1 B21 VIEW 61
From D on D
page 80.
Engine Coolant Odo/Trip Display

Temperature
Gauge Tachometer Speedometer Maintenance Washer
Trip/ Required Level
Maintenance Indicator Indicator
Reset Switch MAINT
REQ’D
Engine Coolant
Tachometer Speedometer
Temperature Odometer/Trip/Maintenance/Washer Circuit
Drive Circuit Drive Circuit
Gauge Drive Circuit
From F
on page F
80-3. From E
E on page
80-2.
A3
C2 B2 (Not used) B16 B12
HOT IN ON OR START BLU/WHT
YEL/GRN
Driver’s
Fuse 6 Under-dash
BLK PNK
16 C204 15A
Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 91 Box
See page PHOTO 85
VIEW 52
10-6. VIEW 60
2 C302
YEL/GRN I12 M/T A/T PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
BLK/YEL BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
PNK
2 C101 See page 10-6. See Circuit E93,
PHOTO 34 page 15-11 (M/T).
VIEW 29
YEL/GRN 2
Washer
BLK/YEL BLU/WHT
See Circuit E93, Fluid
page 15-11 (A/T). Level
C24 2 3 Sensor
1
(MTRTW) PCM or VSS
Engine ECM PHOTO 37 BLK
coolant PHOTO
114 BLU/WHT
temperature VIEW 66 1 See page
signal A9 14-7.
BLK
(VSSOUT)
PCM
PHOTO 114 See page
See page 14-1. Vehicle VIEW 66 14-10.
speed
output BLK
G301
BLK PHOTO 29
G101 G501
PHOTO 14 PHOTO 108 Canada
80-5
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

How the Circuit Works
The indicator lights are controlled by different The fuel gauge sending unit’s resistance varies
conditions in their associated systems. Refer to from about 3-5 ohms at full to about 106 ohms at
each associated system to see its entire schematic. empty. When you turn the ignition switch to
LOCK (0), the gauge remains at the last reading
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (’98-’99) until you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or
START (III) again.
The engine coolant temperature gauge has two
intersecting coils wound around a permanent magnet Refer to the Service Manual (Section 11,
rotor. Voltage applied to the coils, through fuse 9 (in Fuel Supply System) for specific tests or
driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box), generates a troubleshooting procedures.
magnetic field. The magnetic field, controlled by the
coolant temperature sending unit, causes the rotor to Low Fuel Indicator Light
rotate and the gauge needle to move. As the
resistance in the sending unit varies, current through WARNING
the gauge coils changes, moving the gauge needle
toward the coil with the strongest magnetic field. Do not smoke while working on the fuel system.
Keep open flame away from the work area.
The coolant temperature sending unit’s resistance Drain fuel only into an approved container.
varies from about 137 ohms at low engine coolant
temperature to between 30-46 ohms at high A thermistor is mounted in the fuel tank unit. When
temperature (radiator fan running). the thermistor is cool, its resistance is very high.
When the thermistor’s temperature increases, its
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 10, resistance decreases. Fuel in the fuel tank
Cooling System) for specific tests or transfers heat away from the thermistor fast
troubleshooting procedures. enough to keep it cool so the thermistor’s
resistance stays high and the low fuel indicator
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (’00-’02) light does not come on. When the fuel level drops
below the thermistor, the thermistor’s temperature
The engine coolant temperature gauge has two
increases. With less and less fuel to cool it, the
intersecting coils wound around a permanent
thermistor’s resistance decreases, eventually
magnet rotor. Voltage applied to the coils, through
allowing current to flow through the low fuel
fuse 9 (in driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box),
indicator light and the thermistor to ground, which
generates a magnetic field. The magnetic field,
turns on the low fuel indicator light.
controlled by the ECM or PCM causes the rotor to
rotate and the gauge needle to move. As the ECM Refer to the Service Manual (Section 11,
or PCM varies the current, current through the Fuel Supply System) for specific tests and
gauge coils changes, moving the gauge needle troubleshooting procedures.
toward the coil with the strongest magnetic field.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 10, Speedometer and Odometer
Cooling System) for specific tests or The odometer and speedometer drive circuits
troubleshooting procedures. receive pulses from the vehicle speed sensor
(M/T) or PCM (A/T). The pulse rate increases as
Fuel Gauge the car accelerates. The frequency and duration of
these input pulses are measured and displayed by
The fuel gauge has two intersecting coils wound
the speedometer, odometer, and tripmeter.
around a permanent magnet rotor. Voltage applied
to the coils, through fuse 9 (in driver’s under-dash
fuse/relay box), generates a magnetic field. The Tachometer
magnetic field, controlled by the fuel gauge The tachometer drive circuit receives pulses from
sending unit, causes the rotor to rotate and the the PCM or ECM. The solid-state tachometer then
gauge needle to move. As the resistance in the displays these pulses as engine speed. For each
sending unit varies, current through the gauge 200 pulses per minute from the PCM or ECM the
coils changes, moving the gauge needle toward tachometer displays 100 RPM.
the coil with the strongest magnetic field.

80-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Vehicle Speed Sensor (M/T only)
With the ignition switch in ON (II) or START (III),

battery voltage is supplied through fuse 6 (in
driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box) and the
BLK/YEL wire to the vehicle speed sensor. The
sensor is grounded at G101. The speedometer
and other control units in the circuit supply 5 volts
or more to the BLU/WHT wire. The vehicle speed
sensor intermittently grounds the BLU/WHT wire
which generates a pulsed signal in it. The number
of pulses per minute increases/decreases with the
speed of the car.
Body Electrical) for specific tests and

80-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Gauges and Indicators (V6)
7.5A Fuse/Relay 15A
Fuse/Relay
Box Box
See page PHOTO 91 See page PHOTO 85
10-12. VIEW 67 10-7. VIEW 60
See Headlights
(Canada) H15 I12
(USA w/auto off) BLK/YEL
From
(USA w/o auto off)
WHT/YEL page 80-9.
WHT/YEL
G To page See page 10-7. H
(Canada)
80-9.
RED/WHT) WHT/YEL YEL
BLK/YEL
RED/YEL)
A13 B20 B9 A4
Gauge
From page 80-9. Assembly
I
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
High Immobilizer Charging

Beam System System
Brake DRL
– + System Indicator
Indicator
DRL
Safety
Filter Circuit
indicator Circuit (USA)
!
(Canada)
A12 B19 B8 C14 A5

WHT/BLU GRN/RED BLU/
ORN/WHT PNK WHT
See See Circuit 207,
Circuit E03, page 15-7 4 C401
See Headlights page 15-10. (USA) or PHOTO 99
(Canada). BLU/ VIEW 53
(Canada) WHT
(USA w/auto off) WHT/BLU
(USA w/o auto off) A12 3 9
(IMOLMP)
PCM Alternator DRL
PHOTO 114 PHOTO 55 GRN/RED Control
Immobilizer VIEW 66
enable Unit
VIEW 44
signal
Canada
GRN/RED GRN/RED
A
GRN/RED 13
Brake Fluid DRL
0 1 Level Switch Control
1 = Low fluid level Unit Canada
PHOTO 8 VIEW 44
BLK 6
B GRN/WHT
See Circuit 207,

BLK page 15-7
(USA) or (Canada).
GRN/RED
See page 14-7. (Canada GRN/WHT)

BLK
0 1 1 = Park brake applied
PHOTO 112
G302
PHOTO 64

80-8
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s Test PCM

Under-dash RPM PHOTO 114
Fuse 9 Tachometer VIEW 66
Fuse/Relay Connector output
7.5A
Box PHOTO 62 (NEP)
PHOTO 85
See page 10-9. VIEW 60 2 A19
BLU
I4
YEL 13 C302 BLU
Canada PHOTO 98
From page 80-8. BLU
VIEW 46
YEL
To page H G
80-8.
Gauge
WHT/YEL BLU Assembly
YEL
PHOTO 87
B11 B21 B1 VIEW 61
To page Safety Indicator

I
80-8.
K To page 80-11.
L To page 80-12.
Engine Coolant
J Fuel Gauge Temperature Gauge Speedometer Tachometer
To page
80-10.
Low Fuel Fuel Gauge Engine Coolant Speedometer Tachometer

Indicator Drive Circuit Temperature Drive Circuit Drive Circuit
Gauge Drive
Circuit
Micro Controller and Sub System Circuit
B3 B13 B14
C1 C11 C2 B2 SCS RXD TXD
YEL/GRN
LT GRN/ YEL/BLU
RED
14 C302
PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
YEL/GRN
16) 15) C501
(*17) (*16)
PHOTO 95
VIEW 48 ’98-’99 Models ’00-’02 Models
LT GRN/ YEL/BLU
RED
BLU/WHT
3 2
Fuel
Tank
Low Fuel Unit
Fuel Gauge PHOTO 146 See Circuit E93,
Sensor Sending page 15-11 (A/T)
Unit YEL/GRN YEL/GRN
1 2 C103
PHOTO 63
BLK VIEW 41
YEL/GRN BLU/WHT
See pages 14-10 (’00-’02 Coupe) or
14-13 (All except ’00-’02 Coupe).
A1 A9
Coolant (MTRTW) (VSSOUT)
PCM
BLK Temperature PHOTO 114
Engine coolant Vehicle VIEW 66
G501 (’00-’02 Coupe) Gauge temperature speed
PHOTO 108 Sending Unit signal output
G552 (All except ’00-’02 Coupe) PHOTO 43
PHOTO 145
*= ’01-’02 Sedan with Seat Heater
80-9
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Relay Light Switch
PHOTO 123 PHOTO 88
VIEW 42
1 7
RED/BLK RED/BLK
EX LX
RED/BLK
See Circuit 11,

page 15.
Gauge
RED/BLK
Assembly
PHOTO 87
B22 VIEW 61
From page 80-9. J
Stabilizing
Power Circuit
Odo/Trip Trip/Maintenance Maintenance
Required Washer
LCD Display Required Indicator Indicator
Reset Switch Indicator Gauge LCD
MAINT Lights Back
REQ’D (X7) Light
Odo/Trip Maintenance Required Washer

Drive Circuit Drive Circuit Warning
Drive
Circuit
Micro Controller and Sub System Circuit
Dash Lights
A/T Gear Brightness Controller
Position Indicator M
From page
Dimming Circuit 80-11.
B16 B12 B10 B5 B4
RED WHT/RED RED/WHT

PNK
BLK
See
9 C204 Circuit 12,
PHOTO 91 page 15-2.
VIEW 52
PNK RED
2 I6
Washer
Fluid
Level A20 B4 B3
1 Sensor
BLK
14-6. PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
See page 14-10.
BLK G201 Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 67 PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
G501
PHOTO 108
Canada

80-10
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
SRS SRS SRS

Unit Unit Unit
6 C5 C5
BLU
GRN or
GRN
BLU
1 C503 6 C503
PHOTO 106 PHOTO 172 ’00 Model
VIEW 73
BLU
See Turn Signal Lights
(Coupe) or (Sedan)
’98-’99 Models ’00-’02 Sedan ’00-’02 Coupe
GRN/BLU GRN/YEL BLU
A14 C8 C9
Gauge
From page 80-9. Assembly
PHOTO 87
K VIEW 61
SRS ABS
Indicator Indicator
Circuit
ABS
(USA)
Indicator Circuit
ABS
SRS MIL
Left Turn Right Turn
Indicator (Canada) Indicator
Signal Signal
Indicator Indicator SRS
To page 80-10.
C10 B6
BLU/WHT
GRN/ORN
8 C204
PHOTO 91
BLU/WHT
VIEW 52
All except
’01-’02 V6 ’01-’02 V6
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
B1 A4 A18
ABS ABS/TCS (MIL) PCM
Control Unit Control Unit PHOTO 114
MIL VIEW 66
PHOTO 122 PHOTO 195
VIEW 56 VIEW 76 control

80-11
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t

Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
From page L
80-9.
Low Oil Side TCS Seat Belt Cruise

Pressure Airbag Indicator Reminder Control
Indicator Indicator Indicator Indicator
SIDE CRUISE
AIRBAG CONTROL
B7 B17 B18 C3 A6
RED/
YEL/RED GRN WHT RED/ BLU/BLK
BLU
I15
Passenger’s
’00 Sedan ’00 Coupe Under-dash
YEL/ Fuse/Relay
RED YEL/RED Box See Circuit 177,
GRN GRN C9 PHOTO 91 page 15-6
VIEW 67
B17 4 C505 13 C582 (’98-’99) or
Driver’s PHOTO 186 PHOTO 91 RED/ (’00-’02).
Multiplex VIEW 70 VIEW 74 WHT
Control GRN GRN
Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
RED/ RED/ RED/
Driver’s GRN ’01-’02 WHT WHT BLU
Under-dash Models
Fuse/Relay 5 C582 A18 B16 10
Box PHOTO 91
PHOTO 85 GRN VIEW 74 Cruise
VIEW 60 Control
Unit
PHOTO 106
3 C851 ABS/TCS VIEW 43
PHOTO 187
GRN Control Unit See SRS
PHOTO 195
VIEW 76 (’00 Sedan)
D3 (’00 Coupe)
’01-’02 V6 (’01-’02 models)
’98-’99 Models ’00-’02 Models

OPDS Unit
PHOTO 174
VIEW 75 RED/BLU RED/BLU BLU/RED
2 3
with Side SRS 1)
(8-way 2)
15 C302 RED/BLU BLU/RED
PHOTO 98
VIEW 46 Driver’s Seat Driver’s Seat
YEL/RED 1 2 Belt Switch 1 2 Belt Switch
buckled unbuckled
1 C103 BLK
PHOTO 63 unbuckled buckled
VIEW 41
(8-way 1) 1
YEL/RED 2) PHOTO 130 PHOTO 130
BLK PHOTO 128 (8-way) BLK PHOTO 128 (8-way)
Oil Pressure Switch See page 14-11. See page 14-11.

1 2 1 = Low oil pressure
2 = Normal oil pressure
PHOTO 75 BLK BLK
G551 G551
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 124

80-12
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Safety Indicator
L4
DX, LX HOT IN ON OR START
Ceiling Driver’s
Light Fuse 9 Under-dash
PHOTO 175 7.5A
Fuse/Relay
1 Box
PHOTO 85
BLK/ See page 10-9. VIEW 60
WHT
B2 I4
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Passenger’s Fuse/Relay YEL
Multiplex Box
PHOTO 118 VIEW 67
A21 VIEW 62 See page 10-9.
I8 YEL
Gauge
BLK/
WHT
Assembly
PHOTO 87
A10 B11 VIEW 61
Indicators
Safety
Indicator
Circuit
Indicators
Indicators
A2 A7 A1 A8 A9 B8 A11 B16
WHT/BLU BLK
See
Circuit E03, See page
page 15-10. 14-10.
GRN/ORN GRN GRN/YEL GRN/WHT ORN WHT/BLU WHT/GRN BLK
3
Alternator G501
PHOTO 12 PHOTO 108
12) C501
See See See See See (*13) PHOTO 95
VIEW 48
Circuit 174, Circuit 176, Circuit 173, Circuit 175, Circuit 178, WHT/GRN
page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-6.
11 C554
PHOTO 150
VIEW 38
GRN/ORN GRN GRN/YEL GRN/WHT ORN WHT/GRN
To page 4)
84-1. (Coupe 2)
Driver’s Front Left Right Brake Light
0 1 Door 0 1 Passen- 0 1 Rear 0 1 Rear Failure Sensor
Switch ger’s Door Door PHOTO 147
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
1 = Door Door Switch Switch VIEW 1
open Switch 1 = Door 1 = Door
PHOTO 136 1 = Door open open
open PHOTO 144 PHOTO 144 *= ’00-’02 Sedan with Seat Heater
PHOTO 136

84
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Safety Indicator
L4
From
page 84.
A
ORN Driver’s
DX, LX EX Driver’s Under-dash
Control Unit Box
PHOTO 86 PHOTO 85
B8 VIEW 59 VIEW 60
BLU/GRN
10 C501
PHOTO 95
ORN ORN BLU/GRN VIEW 48
12 C554
BLU/GRN PHOTO 150
VIEW 38
1 2
BRN GRN
2 Trunk
Trunk Latch Latch Switch Lid
1 1 = Trunk
0 1 Switch 1 Latch
1 = Trunk open open PHOTO 155
PHOTO 153 VIEW 14
1
BLU
BLK
6
BLK
See page 14-14 (Coupe) See page 14-14 (Coupe)

or 14-15 (Sedan). or 14-15 (Sedan).
BLK BLK
G601 G601
PHOTO 148 PHOTO 148
PHOTO 158 (Coupe) PHOTO 158 (Coupe)

84-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Safety Indicator
V6
LX HOT IN ON OR START
Ceiling Driver’s
Light Fuse 9 Under-dash
PHOTO 175 7.5A
Fuse/Relay
1 Box
PHOTO 85
BLK/ See page 10-9. VIEW 60
WHT
B2 I4
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Passenger’s Fuse/Relay YEL
Multiplex Box
PHOTO 118 VIEW 67
A21 VIEW 62 See page 10-9.
I8 YEL
BLK/
WHT
A10 B11
Indicators
Micro
Controller
and Sub
Driver’s Front Left Right Trunk Brake System
Door Passenger’s Rear Door Rear Door Indicator Indicator Circuit
Indicator Door Indicator Indicator System
Indicator
A2 A7 A1 A8 A9 A11 B8 Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 87
WHT/GRN WHT/BLU VIEW 61
12) C501
(*13) PHOTO 95
VIEW 48
GRN/ORN GRN GRN/YEL GRN/WHT ORN WHT/GRN
11 C554
PHOTO 150
VIEW 38
See See See See See See
Circuit 174, Circuit 176, Circuit 173, Circuit 175, Circuit 178, Circuit E03,
page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-6. page 15-10.
GRN/ORN GRN GRN/YEL GRN/WHT ORN WHT/GRN WHT/BLU
To page 4)
84-3. (Coupe 2) 3
Driver’s Front Left Right Brake Alternator
Door Passen- Rear Rear Light PHOTO 55
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Switch ger’s Door Door Failure
1 = Door Door Switch Switch Sensor
open Switch 1 = Door 1 = Door PHOTO 147
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
PHOTO 136 1 = Door open open VIEW 1
open PHOTO 144 PHOTO 144
PHOTO 136
*= ’00-’02 Sedan with Seat Heater
84-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Safety Indicator
V6
From
page 84-2.
B
ORN Driver’s
LX EX Driver’s Under-dash
Control Unit Box
PHOTO 86 PHOTO 85
B8 VIEW 59 VIEW 60
BLU/GRN
10 C501
PHOTO 95
ORN ORN BLU/GRN VIEW 48
12 C554
BLU/GRN PHOTO 150
VIEW 38
1 2
BRN GRN
2 Trunk
Trunk Latch Latch Switch Lid
1 1 = Trunk
0 1 Switch 1 Latch
1 = Trunk open open PHOTO 155
PHOTO 153 VIEW 14
1
BLU
BLK
6
BLK
See page 14-14 (Coupe) See page 14-14 (Coupe)

or 14-15 (Sedan). or 14-15 (Sedan).
BLK BLK
G601 G601
PHOTO 148 PHOTO 148
PHOTO 158 (Coupe) PHOTO 158 (Coupe)

84-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
A/T Gear Position Indicator
HOT IN ON OR START
PCM
Driver’s PHOTO 114
Fuse 9 Under-dash VIEW 66
7.5A
Fuse/Relay
Box D4
See page 10-9. PHOTO 85 See Dash and indicator
VIEW 60
Console Lights control
(D4IND)
I4
YEL A14
See page 10-9.
RED RED/BLK GRN/BLK
YEL
B11 B10 B22 C12
Indicators Dash and

Console Lights A/T Gear
Position Indicator
Dimming Circuit
P R N D4 D3 2 1
Indicators
C15 C4 C16 C6 C7 C5 B16 Gauge

RED/BLK Assembly
BLK/ WHT PNK BLU BRN BLK
L4 V6 PHOTO 87
BLU
VIEW 61
See See
Circuit M31 Circuit M28
See 8 C204 11 C302 (All except
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 98 (All except
Circuit M35 RED/
VIEW 52
RED/
VIEW 46 ’00-’02 V6) or ’00-’02 V6) or
(L4) or (V6), BLK BLK
(’00-’02 V6), (’00-’02 V6),
page 15-16. 8 C102 10 C103 page 15-15. page 15-14.
PHOTO 34 PHOTO 63
VIEW 40 VIEW 41
See
Circuit M29
See Circuit M34 PCM (All except
(L4) or (’98-’99 V6) D4 PHOTO ’00-’02 V6)
page 15-16 or input 114 or
(ATPD4) VIEW 66 (’00-’02 V6),
(’00-’02 V6),
page 15-17. D9 page 15-15.
BLK/
BLU WHT RED/BLK YEL PNK BLU BRN
10 9 8 7 6 5 4
BLK/
BLU WHT RED YEL GRN BLU BRN
D4 Transmission
N D3 Range
R 2 Switch
P 1 PHOTO 19
PHOTO 49 (V6)
VIEW 34
RED/WHT
3
BLK
See page
See page 14-1 (L4) or 14-3 (’98-’99 V6) 14-10.
or 14-5 (’00-’02 V6).
BLK
BLK G101 G501
PHOTO 14 PHOTO 108
PHOTO 45 (V6)
89
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Wiper/Washer
All L4
HOT IN ON OR START
Fuse 12 Fuse 7
30A 7.5A
See page 10-8.
C2 P4 I5 Driver’s
GRN/BLK Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
GRN/BLK PHOTO 85
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK YEL/GRN VIEW 60
18 C401
PHOTO 99
GRN/BLK VIEW 53 See page 10-8.
GRN/BLK
H6
(Not Passenger’s YEL/GRN
used) Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67 ’01-’02 Coupe All except
4 ’01-’02 Coupe
Windshield
Wiper Motor
1 3 M 4 1 = Park
2 2 = Run
GRN/ 3 = Low
BLK 5 3 2 1 4 = High
BLK BLU BLU/YEL PHOTO 7
See page 15
16 C301
14-7. PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
BLK BLU BLU/YEL YEL/GRN
(’01-’02 Coupe) GRN/BLK
G302
PHOTO 32 3 4 7
BLU/WHT Windshield
Wiper/Washer
Switch
0 = Off
1 = Intermittent
0 4 0 4 0 5
2 = Low
3 = High
0 3 0 3 0 3 4 = Mist
5 = Wash
5 1 2 1 2 1 2 PHOTO 90
VIEW 65
WHT 2 8 1
17 C301 BLK BLK/YEL
PHOTO 98
WHT VIEW 51 See page
3 2 14-8.
Intermittent
Wiper BLK
Relay G401
PHOTO 96
6 1 4 PHOTO 8 GRN
VIEW 16 P5
BLK BLU/WHT Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
See page 14-7. C3 Box
PHOTO 85
GRN/ BLK/YEL VIEW 60
RED BLK BLU/WHT 1
G302 Windshield
PHOTO 32 M Washer
E20 C1 Q18 Motor
PHOTO 71
2
A11 A23 A9 A21 BLK
Control Unit See page 14-7.
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
BLK
G301
PHOTO 29
91
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Wiper/Washer
All L4 except DX
20A
Box 7.5A
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 9 PHOTO 85
VIEW 68 VIEW 60
See page 10-2.
I4
B5
YEL
WHT/YEL
Intermittent
See page 10-2. Dwell Time
See page 10-9.
Controller
WHT/YEL PHOTO 90
2
Brake Pedal See page
0 1 Position Switch 10-9.
1 = Brake pedal pressed
PHOTO 98 WHT BLK
3 1
2
GRN/YEL GRN/WHT YEL
WHT/BLK
14
6 C401
PHOTO 99
O20 VIEW 53
PNK GRN/YEL GRN/WHT
(Not
H7 Used)
See Circuit 13,
page 15-3. A13
A8 A24 B1 B9 B16 B15 A22
Driver’s
Multiplex
Control
A3 B11 B15 B14 Unit B22 Passenger’s
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59 Multiplex Control Unit
PHOTO 118
E17 VIEW 62
K10 (Not Used) Passenger’s

Under-dash
BLK/ BLU/WHT Fuse/Relay Box
BLU PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
GRN/RED) See Circuit E93,
See Circuit M35, (Canada) page 15-11
page 15-16. GRN/WHT) (A/T) or (M/T).
BLK/
BLU M/T A/T
10 BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
BLK/
BLU
BLK 3 A9
Vehicle VSS (VSSOUT) PCM
D4
Transmission PHOTO 37 PHOTO 114
N D3 Range speed Vehicle VIEW 66
R Switch output speed
2
P PHOTO 19 output
1 VIEW 34
RED/WHT
3 See Circuit 207,
page 15-7 BLK
BLK (USA) or (Canada).
See page 14-1. GRN/RED)

(Canada)
GRN/WHT)
BLK
G101 0 1 1 = Parking brake applied
PHOTO 14 G503 G504
PHOTO PHOTO 112 PHOTO 118
A/T 85

91-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Wiper/Washer
V6
HOT IN ON OR START
Fuse 12 Fuse 7
30A 7.5A
See page 10-8.
C2 P4 I5 Driver’s
GRN/BLK Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
GRN/BLK PHOTO 85
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK YEL/GRN VIEW 60
18 C401
PHOTO 99
GRN/BLK VIEW 53 See page 10-8.
GRN/BLK
H6
(Not Passenger’s YEL/GRN
used) Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67 ’01-’02 Coupe All except
4 ’01-’02 Coupe
Windshield
Wiper Motor
1 3 M 4 1 = Park
2 2 = Run
GRN/ 3 = Low
BLK 5 3 2 1 4 = High
BLK BLU BLU/YEL PHOTO 7
See page 15
16 C301
14-7. PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
BLK BLU BLU/YEL YEL/GRN
(’01-’02 Coupe) GRN/BLK
G302
PHOTO 64 3 4 7
BLU/WHT Windshield
Wiper/Washer
Switch
0 = Off
1 = Intermittent
0 4 0 4 0 5
2 = Low
3 = High
0 3 0 3 0 3 4 = Mist
5 = Wash
5 1 2 1 2 1 2 PHOTO 90
VIEW 65
WHT
2 8 1
17 C301 BLK BLK/YEL
PHOTO 98
WHT VIEW 51
3 2 See page
Intermittent 14-8.
Wiper
Relay BLK
PHOTO 8
G401
6 1 4 VIEW 16 PHOTO 96
BLK BLU/WHT
BLK/YEL
See page 14-7. 2 C202

PHOTO 120
GRN/ BLK/YEL VIEW 17
RED BLK BLU/WHT GRN BLK/YEL
1
G302 (Not Windshield
PHOTO 64
E20 C1 Q18 P5 Used) M Washer
Driver’s Motor
C3 Under-dash PHOTO 71
2
A11 A23 A9 A21 Fuse/Relay
Box BLK
Driver’s
PHOTO 85
Multiplex VIEW 60 See page 14-6.
Control Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59 BLK
G201
PHOTO 57
91-2
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Wiper/Washer
V6
20A
Box 7.5A
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 9 PHOTO 85
VIEW 68 VIEW 60
See page 10-2.
I4
B5
YEL
WHT/YEL

Intermittent
Dwell Time
WHT/YEL Controller
PHOTO 90
2
Brake Pedal See page
0 1 Position Switch 10-9.
PHOTO 98
3
WHT BLK
1
2
WHT/BLK
GRN/YEL GRN/WHT YEL
14
6 C401
PNK PHOTO 99
O20 VIEW 53
GRN/YEL GRN/WHT
(Not
H7 Used)
See Circuit 13,
page 15-3. A13
A8 A24 B1 B9 B16 B15 A22
Driver’s
Multiplex
Control
B11 A3 B15 B14 Unit B22 Passenger’s
PHOTO 86
See Circuit M35, VIEW 59 Multiplex Control Unit
page 15-16. PHOTO 118
VIEW 62
E17 Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
BLK/BLU
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
BLK GRN/RED) BLU/WHT BLK
(Canada GRN/WHT)
8 C103
PHOTO 63
VIEW 41
BLK/BLU See Circuit E93,
page 15-11 (A/T).
10
BLK/BLU
BLU/WHT
D4 Transmission
N D3 Range Switch
R 2 PHOTO 49
P VIEW 34 See Circuit 207,
1 page 15-7
(USA) or (Canada).
RED/WHT
GRN/RED)
3 (Canada GRN/WHT) A9
BLK (VSSOUT)
PCM
PHOTO 114
Vehicle VIEW 66
See page 14-3 (’98-’99) speed
or 14-5 (’00-’02). output

BLK 0 1 1 = Parking brake applied
G503 G101 PHOTO 112 G504

91-3
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Brake Lights
Coupe
HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES
Gauge Driver’s Under-hood

Safety Assembly Fuse 9 Under-dash Fuse 47 Fuse/Relay
Indicator PHOTO 87 7.5A Fuse/Relay 20A Box
VIEW 61 See page 10-9. Box See page 10-2. PHOTO 9
PHOTO 85 VIEW 68
VIEW 60
B6 B5
A11
WHT/YEL
See page 10-2.
WHT/YEL
WHT/GRN 2
Brake Pedal
0 1 Position Switch
12 C501 3 PHOTO 98
PHOTO 95 WHT/BLK
VIEW 48
See Circuit 13, page 15-3.
WHT/GRN YEL WHT/BLK
WHT/BLK
4 7
11 C554
PHOTO 150
WHT/BLK VIEW 38
Trailer 4 WHT/BLK
WHT/GRN YEL Lighting
Connector WHT/BLK WHT/BLK
PHOTO 158
VIEW 13
2 6 1
Brake Light
Safety Ignition Brake Failure
indicator input switch Sensor
output input PHOTO 158
VIEW 1
Brake light
Ground input
Without With
5 3 Honda Honda
Accessory Accessory
Rear Spoiler Rear Spoiler
GRN
High Mount
BLK
Left Right 2 Brake Light
Taillight GRN
Taillight Connector
GRN Assembly Assembly WHT/BLK PHOTO 152
PHOTO 159 PHOTO 159 A
2 VIEW 8 2 VIEW 12 WHT/BLK
GRN GRN 2
Outer Outer High High
WHT/ Brake 2 2 WHT/ Brake Mount Mount
BLK Light/ BLK Light/ Brake Brake
GRN GRN
Taillight Taillight 1 Light Light
Left Right BLK
PHOTO PHOTO
Inner Inner 188 B 157
Brake Brake BLK
BLK/ Light/ Light/ BLK/ High Mount
BLK BLK 1 Brake Light
WHT Taillight Taillight WHT
1 PHOTO 161 1 PHOTO 161 Connector
3 3 PHOTO 157
BLK BLK BLK
BLK BLK BLK BLK
See page See page 14-11.

14-14.
BLK BLK BLK BLK
G601 G551
PHOTO 158 PHOTO 124
110
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Brake Lights
Sedan
See page 10-2. PHOTO 9 See page 10-9. Box
VIEW 68 PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
B5 B6
WHT/YEL
See page 10-2.

Gauge
Safety Assembly
WHT/YEL
Indicator PHOTO 87
2) VIEW 61
(DX 1)
Brake Pedal
0 1 Position Switch A11
PHOTO 98 WHT/GRN
(DX 2)
3)
WHT/BLK 12 C501
YEL PHOTO 95
See Circuit 13, VIEW 48
WHT/GRN
page 15-3.
WHT/BLK
WHT/BLK
4 11
7 C554
PHOTO 150
WHT/BLK YEL WHT/GRN VIEW 38
WHT/BLK 4 Trailer
Lighting
WHT/BLK Connector
PHOTO 149
6 VIEW 13 5 4
WHT/BLK Brake Light
Failure
Sensor
PHOTO 147
VIEW 1
2 3
With Without
Honda Honda GRN BLK
Accessory Accessory
Rear Spoiler Rear Spoiler
High Mount
1 Brake Light
Connector
GRN/WHT PHOTO 152 GRN GRN
A
WHT/BLK
1 3 3
High High
Mount Mount Left Right
Brake Brake Brake Light/ Brake Light/
Light 2 Light 2 Outer 2 Outer
BLK
PHOTO PHOTO Taillight Taillight
B 157 188 PHOTO 147 (’98-’00) PHOTO 190 (’98-’00)
PHOTO 199 (’01-’02) PHOTO 199 (’01-’02)
BLK
High Mount
2 Brake Light
Connector
PHOTO 152 BLK BLK
BLK
BLK
See page 14-11. See page

14-15.
BLK BLK BLK

G551 G601
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 148
110-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lights

Coupe
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START From A on
this page.
Under- Driver’s
Fuse 49 hood Fuse 10 Under-dash A
15A Fuse/ 7.5A Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 85 GRN/WHT
Relay
VIEW 60
Box I1
B4 PHOTO 9 I7
Driver’s
VIEW 68 2 Under-
Turn
dash
WHT/GRN Signal/
Fuse/
Hazard
Relay
Relay
2 C204 Box
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 85
VIEW 52 VIEW 60
WHT/GRN YEL/RED 3 1 See

page
14-9.
See Dash and
Console Lights I16 Q21 Q15
BLK
*= ’01-’02 Models GRN/RED GRN/RED See page 14-9.

RED/BLK
(*3) (*1) (*4)
BLK
6 9) 10) 1)
Hazard G401
PHOTO 96
Hazard Warning
Warning Switch 13
Switch 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 = Off Combination
Light 1 = On Turn Light
PHOTO 191 L R Signal
VIEW 36 Switch
7) 5) 2) 3) Switch PHOTO 88
(*5) (*2) (*7) (*10) VIEW 42
RED GRN/WHT
A 12 14
See Dash and To A on GRN/BLU GRN/YEL GRN/BLU GRN/YEL
Console Lights this page.
GRN/YEL GRN/YEL
GRN/ GRN/YEL GRN/BLU GRN/YEL
BLU K5 Q1 Q17
K3
Gauge Driver’s
Assembly Under-
PHOTO 87 dash
A14 C8 VIEW 61
E7 A8 A9 Fuse/
Left Right GRN/BLU GRN/YEL Relay
Turn Turn 10 Box
9 C554 PHOTO 85
Signal Signal VIEW 60
GRN/BLU GRN/YEL PHOTO 150
Indicator Indicator VIEW 38
GRN/BLU GRN/BLU GRN/YEL GRN/YEL

6 12 C201
1 PHOTO 120
VIEW 45
Trailer Lighting Connector
B16 PHOTO 158
4 VIEW 13 4 GRN/YEL
GRN/BLU
Left Right
1 GRN/YEL Taillight GRN/YEL Taillight 1
Left Front Turn Assembly Turn Assembly Right
Turn Signal/ Signal PHOTO 159 Signal PHOTO 159 Front
Side Marker Light/ VIEW 8 Light/ VIEW 12 Turn
Light 2 Tail- Tail- 2 Signal/
BLK light BLK light Side
Marker
6 6 Light
BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK
See page See page See page

See page 14-14.
14-10. 14-7. 14-6.
BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK

G501 G301 G601 G201
PHOTO 108 PHOTO 60 (V6) PHOTO 67 (V6)
110-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lights
Sedan
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START From B on
this page.
Under- Driver’s
Fuse 49 hood Fuse 10 Under-dash B
15A Fuse/ 7.5A Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 85 GRN/WHT
Relay
VIEW 60
Box I1
B4 PHOTO 9 I7
VIEW 68 2 Driver’s
Under-
Turn
dash
WHT/GRN Signal/
Fuse/
Hazard
Relay
Relay
2 C204 Box
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 85
VIEW 52 VIEW 60
WHT/GRN YEL/RED
3 1 See
page
See Dash and 14-9.
Console Lights
I16 Q21 Q15
BLK
RED/BLK *= ’01-’02 Models GRN/RED GRN/RED
See page 14-9.
(*3) (*1) (*4)
6 9) 10) 1)
BLK
Hazard G401
Hazard Warning PHOTO 96
Warning Switch
Switch 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 = Off
1 = On 13
Light
PHOTO 191 Combination
7) 5) 2) 3) VIEW 36 Turn Light
(*5) (*2) (*7) (*10) L R Signal Switch
Switch PHOTO 88
RED GRN/WHT VIEW 42
B
See Dash and 12 14
To B on
Console Lights this page. GRN/BLU GRN/YEL GRN/BLU GRN/YEL
GRN/ GRN/YEL GRN/BLU GRN/YEL GRN/YEL GRN/YEL

BLU
Gauge K3 K5 Q1 Q17
Assembly Driver’s
PHOTO 87 Under-
A14 C8 VIEW 61 dash
E7 A8 A9 Fuse/
Left Right Relay
Turn Turn GRN/BLU GRN/YEL
Box
Signal Signal 10 PHOTO 85
Indicator Indicator 9 C554 VIEW 60
GRN/BLU GRN/YEL PHOTO 150
VIEW 38
12 C201
GRN/BLU GRN/YEL GRN/YEL PHOTO 120
1 6 VIEW 45
B16
GRN/BLU GRN/BLU Trailer Lighting GRN/YEL
Connector
PHOTO 149
BLK VIEW 13
1 2 2 1
Left Front Left Rear Right Rear Right Front
Turn Signal/ Turn Signal Turn Signal Turn Signal/
Side Marker Light Light Side Marker
2 Light 1 PHOTO 147 (’98-’00) 1 PHOTO 190 2 Light
BLK PHOTO 199 (’01-’02) BLK (’98-’00) BLK
PHOTO 199
(’01-’02)
BLK BLK
See page See page See page See page

14-10. 14-7. 14-15. 14-6.
BLK BLK BLK BLK
G501 G301 G601 G201
110-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
License, Front Parking, Side Marker Lights, and Taillights
Passenger’s Passenger’s
Driver’s 10A (Sedan) Fuse/Relay 10A (Sedan) Fuse/Relay
Driver’s Under-dash 15A (Coupe) Box 15A (Coupe) Box
Multiplex Fuse/Relay Box J9 PHOTO 91 J9 PHOTO 91
Control Unit PHOTO 85 VIEW 67 VIEW 67
RED/GRN
PHOTO 86 VIEW 60
B16 VIEW 59
See page 10-11.
RED/GRN RED/GRN
RED/GRN
3 C204 9 C201 6
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 120 Combination
VIEW 52 VIEW 45
RED/GRN RED/GRN Headlight Light
Switch Switch
2 PHOTO 88
5 2 0 0 = Off VIEW 42
Taillight 1 1=
Relay 2=
PHOTO 123
3 1 7
RED/YEL
RED/BLK RED/BLK
See Circuit 14,
page 15-3.
RED/YEL EX DX, LX
6
Combination
Light RED/BLK
Headlight
Switch Switch
2 PHOTO 88
0 0 = Off VIEW 42
1
See Circuit 11,
1= page 15.
2=
7 RED/BLK
BLK
See page 14-8.
BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK
G401 C
PHOTO 96
To C on
page 110-5
(Coupe) or
RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK To C on page
110-5 (Sedan).
2 3 2 3
Left Front Left Front Right Front Right Front
Parking Light Turn Signal/ Parking Light Turn Signal/
Side Marker Side Marker
1 2 Light 1 2 Light
BLK BLK BLK BLK
BLK BLK BLK BLK
G301 G201
PHOTO 29 PHOTO 38
110-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
License, Front Parking, Side Marker Lights,
and Taillights
Coupe: From C RED/BLK
on page C 3 Trailer
RED/BLK
110-4. RED/BLK RED/BLK Lighting
8 Connector
6 C554 PHOTO 158
RED/BLK RED/BLK PHOTO 150
VIEW 13
VIEW 38
RED/BLK RED/BLK
RED/ RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/
BLK 1 1 BLK
Left Right RED/BLK
2 2 RED/BLK 3
Rear 3
Rear
Side Side
RED/
RED/BLK BLK
Marker Marker RED/BLK ’02 ’98-’01
1 Light 1 Light RED/BLK
PHOTO
176 PHOTO
1 176
1 License License
RED/BLK
Left Left Right Plate Plate Right
Taillight BLK Inner
RED/BLK
Taillight Light Light BLK
Inner
RED/ Assembly 1
RED/BLK BLK Brake RED/ Assembly PHOTO 162 PHOTO 162 1 Brake
RED/BLK
1 = Turn Light/
BLK
1 = Turn Light/
Signal ’02 ’98-’01 BLK
BLK 1 Tail- Signal BLK Tail-
Light/ light 1 Light/ light
Taillight PHOTO Taillight BLK BLK PHOTO
2 2 = Outer 161
2 = Outer 161
Brake Brake
BLK
BLK/ Light/ BLK
BLK/ 2 Light/
BLK
WHT Taillight WHT 2 2
Taillight
PHOTO 159 BLK BLK
6 3 VIEW 8 6 3 PHOTO 159
BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK VIEW 12
BLK BLK
See page 14-14.
BLK BLK BLK BLK

G601
PHOTO
158

110-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
License, Front Parking, Side Marker Lights,
and Taillights
Sedan: From C on
page 110-4.
C
RED/BLK
8 C554
RED/BLK PHOTO 150
VIEW 38
3 4 4
2 2 1
Trailer Left Left Right Right License
Lighting Brake Inner Brake Inner Plate
Connector Light/ Taillight Light/ Taillight Light
PHOTO 149 2 Outer 1 PHOTO 154 2 Outer 1 PHOTO 154 2
VIEW 13 Taillight (’98-’00) Taillight (’98-’00)
PHOTO 200 PHOTO 200
PHOTO 147 (’01-’02)
PHOTO 190 (’01-’02)
(’98-’00) (’98-’00)
BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK
PHOTO 199 PHOTO 199
(’01-’02) (’01-’02)
BLK BLK BLK
See page
14-15.
BLK BLK BLK

G601
PHOTO 148

110-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Fog Lights (Honda Accessory)

Canada
HOT WITH HEADLIGHT
NOTE: Wires that look like this SWITCH IN PARK OR HEAD
are part of the Honda Accessory Fog Light
Switch Harness installed between factory Driver’s
harness connectors. See Under-
Circuit 11, dash
page 15. Fuse/
Relay
HOT WITH K16 Box
HEADLIGHTS ON PHOTO 85
RED/BLK RED/BLK
VIEW 60
Under-hood
Fuse 45 Fuse/Relay 2
20A Box Combination
PHOTO 9 RED/BLK
VIEW 68 Headlight Switch Light
2 Switch
A2 0 = Off
0 PHOTO 88
A3 (Not Used) 1 VIEW 42
K16
1=
RED/YEL 2=
RED/BLK
5
YEL
See page
10-14. YEL YEL
4 3
See Circuit 11,
Fog page 15.
RED/YEL Light
Relay 1
2 PHOTO 94
2 1
DRL BRN BLU
Diode RED/BLK
2
1 Fog 6 7
Light Fog Light
Diode 0 1 2
Fog Switch
1 PHOTO 102 Light 0 = Off
ORN/WHT Switch 1 = On
ORN/WHT ORN/WHT Light 2 = ON
See Headlights indicator
5 4 8 VIEW 27
K1 ORN/WHT
K1 GRN BLK RED
K15 See Dash
Driver’s RED RED
and
Headlights Under-dash D G54 Console
BLU Fuse/Relay Box PHOTO 94 Lights
Q12 PHOTO 85 To D on RED
ORN/WHT VIEW 60 page 110-7. K15
See Headlights Driver’s
Under-dash
ORN/WHT Fuse/Relay
1 5 Dash and Box
High Beam Console PHOTO 85
Cut Relay Lights
VIEW 60
PHOTO 123
3 4
BLU/RED
ORN
See Headlights 4 C203
PHOTO 120
ORN
BLU/RED
4 10
Combination
Light Switch
Headlight Flash-to- Dimmer PHOTO 88
Pass Switch Switch VIEW 42
0 2 Switch 1 2
0 = Off 0 1 0 1 0 = Off 1 = Low
1 2 = High
1= 1 = On
2=
3 11
EX
RED/WHT BLK
C401 Driver’s
22 PHOTO 99 Under-dash See page 14-8.
RED/WHT VIEW 53 B13 Driver’s Multiplex Fuse/Relay
Control Unit Box
PHOTO 86 BLK
PHOTO 85
VIEW 59
VIEW 60 G401
PHOTO 96

110-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Canada
From D on Fog Light Harness
page 110-6.
C53
D PHOTO 39
PHOTO 59 (V6)
GRN
BLK
See page 10.
C303 WHT
PHOTO 168
Coupe
ORN
Fog Light + Battery
C304 15A In-line
PHOTO 169 Fuse
(C52 Sedan) PHOTO 39
PHOTO 59 (V6)
WHT –
GRN
4 3
Fog BLK
Light
Relay 2 See page 14-13.
2 PHOTO 39
1 PHOTO 59 (V6)
BLU/RED
BLK
BLU/RED BLU/RED
BLK G1
2 2
BLU/RED PHOTO 40
BLU/RED PHOTO 58 (V6)
Left Right
Fog Fog
Light Light
PHOTO 2 PHOTO 2
BLK BLK
1 1
BLK BLK
BLK
G55
PHOTO 5

110-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

USA
HOT WITH HEADLIGHT
NOTE: Wires that look like this SWITCH IN PARK OR HEAD
are part of the Honda Accessory Fog Light
Switch Harness installed between factory Driver’s
harness connectors. See Under-dash
Circuit 11, Fuse/Relay
page 15. Box
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
K16
RED/BLK RED/BLK
2
Combination
RED/BLK
Switch PHOTO 88
2 VIEW 42
0 = Off K16
0
1 1=
2= RED/BLK
5
YEL
See Circuit 11,
YEL
YEL page 15.
4 3
Fog
Light
Relay 1
2 PHOTO 94
1
BRN BLU RED/BLK
2 6 7
Fog Light Fog Light Switch
Diode 0 1 2 0 = Off
PHOTO 102 Fog Light 1 = On
1 Switch Light 2 = ON indicator
ORN/WHT
ORN/WHT
K1 ORN/WHT See Headlights VIEW 27
(w/auto off) 5 4 8
ORN/WHT (w/o auto off)
GRN BLK RED
K1 RED
K15 RED See Dash
Driver’s E G54 and Console
Under-dash PHOTO 94 Lights
Headlights Fuse/Relay To E on RED
Box page 110-9.
PHOTO 85 K15
Q12 VIEW 60 Driver’s
ORN/WHT Dash and Under-dash
ORN/WHT See Headlights Console
(w/auto off) Fuse/Relay
Lights Box
(w/o auto off) PHOTO 85
ORN/WHT
VIEW 45
10
Combination
Light
Dimmer Flash-to-pass Switch
Switch Switch PHOTO 88
1 2
1 = Low 0 1 0 = Off VIEW 42
2 = High 1 = On
11
BLK
See page 14-8.
BLK
G401
PHOTO 96

110-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
USA
From E on Fog Light Harness
page 110-8.
C53
E PHOTO 39
PHOTO 59 (V6)
GRN
BLK
See page 10.
WHT
C303 Coupe
ORN PHOTO 168
Fog Light + Battery
(C304 15A In-line
PHOTO 169 Fuse
(C52 Sedan) PHOTO 39
PHOTO 59 (V6)
WHT –
GRN
4 3
Fog BLK
Light
Relay 2 See page 14-13.
2 PHOTO 39
1 PHOTO 59 (V6)
BLU/RED
BLK
BLU/RED BLU/RED
BLK
2 2 G1
PHOTO 40
BLU/RED BLU/RED PHOTO 58 (V6)
Left Right
Fog Fog
Light Light
PHOTO 2 PHOTO 2
BLK BLK
1 1
BLK BLK
BLK
G55
PHOTO 5

110-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Headlights, with Auto-off Headlight Function (USA)

EX
Driver’s
Driver’s Multiplex Under-dash
Control Unit Fuse/Relay
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59 Box
A10 PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
E19
Q6 (Not Used)
BLU/WHT
15 C201
BLU/WHT PHOTO 120
HOT AT ALL TIMES VIEW 45
A7
Headlight Headlight
Relay 2 Relay 1
See page
10-1.
Fuse 45 Fuse 43 Fuse

20A 20A 44
A2 A1
(Not A3 A5 A4 (Not A13 Under-hood
Used) RED/YEL Used) Fuse/Relay Box
3 C201 PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
PHOTO 120
RED/YEL VIEW 45
RED/GRN RED/GRN BLU/RED
13 C301 Passenger’s
PHOTO 98
RED/YEL Under-dash
VIEW 51
RED/YEL Fuse/Relay Box
RED/ PHOTO 91
YEL RED/YEL 6) C302 C13 VIEW 67
(V6 2) PHOTO 98 Gauge
A2 B2 VIEW 46 Assembly A2 B2
RED/YEL Passenger’s
Left PHOTO 87 Right Multiplex
Headlight A13 VIEW 61 Headlight Control Unit
1 2 1 2 PHOTO 118
1 = Low 1 = Low A20 VIEW 62
2 = High High Beam 2 = High
A1 B1 Indicator A1 B1 J7
BLK ORN/WHT BLK ORN/WHT BLU/RED
See page A12 See page

14-7. ORN/WHT 14-6.
BLK E1 K1 See
G301 4 C202
Driver’s PHOTO 120 Dash and
PHOTO 29 Under-dash BLK ORN/WHT
PHOTO 60 (V6) VIEW 17 Console
Fuse/Relay G201 Lights
Q12 Box PHOTO 38
ORN/WHT VIEW 60
RED/ Combination
YEL
ORN/WHT Light Switch
PHOTO 88
(Not Used) 10 4 (Not Used) 6 VIEW 42
9 8 2
Flash-to-Pass Headlight
Dimmer Switch Switch
1 2
Switch 0 1 0 1 0 = Off 0 2 0 2 0 2
1 = Low 0 = Off
1 = On 1 1 1
2 = High 1=
5 2=
3 11 (Not Used) 7
Driver’s Multiplex B13 RED/WHT 22 RED/WHT BLK BLK
Control Unit
PHOTO 86 See page 14-8.
VIEW 59 C401
PHOTO 99
VIEW 53 BLK BLK
Fuse/Relay Box G401
PHOTO 85 PHOTO 96
VIEW 60
110-10
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Headlights, with Auto-off Headlight Function (USA)
EX
Door Driver’s
Multiplex Driver’s Under-dash
Control Multiplex Fuse/Relay
Unit Control Unit Box
PHOTO 164 A2 A14 A13 A16 VIEW 59 VIEW 60
(Coupe)
VIEW 58 See Circuit 174,
See page 14-9. page 15-5.
A17 A15 G14 Q15 O9 A3

BLK/ BRN
RED BLU/WHT GRN/ORN
Steering Lock
PHOTO 89
1 VIEW 24
3 BLK
Ignition
1 2
Driver’s 0 1 Key Switch
Door Lock 1 = Key in
Knob Switch ignition
1 = Unlock
2 2 = Lock 3
PHOTO 141
BLK BLK
See page
14-9. Driver’s
0 1 Door Switch
BLK BLK BLK
1 = Door open
PHOTO 136
G401 G401 G401


110-11
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Headlights, without Auto-off Headlight Function (USA)

DX, SE and LX
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Headlight Headlight
Relay 2 Relay 1
See page
10-1.
Fuse 45 Fuse 43 Fuse

20A 20A 44
A2 A1
(Not A3 A5 A4 (Not A13 Under-hood
Used) RED/YEL Used) Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 9
3 C201 VIEW 68
PHOTO 120
RED/YEL VIEW 45
RED/GRN RED/GRN BLU/RED
13 C301
PHOTO 98
RED/YEL VIEW 51
Passenger’s
RED/ RED/YEL RED/YEL Under-dash
YEL Fuse/Relay Box
6) C302 PHOTO 91
(V6 2) PHOTO 98 C13 VIEW 67
VIEW 46 Gauge
A2 B2 Assembly A2 B2
RED/YEL Passenger’s
Left PHOTO 87 Right (Not Multiplex
Headlight A13 VIEW 61 Headlight Used) Control Unit
1 2 1 2 PHOTO 118
1 = Low 1 = Low A20 VIEW 62
2 = High High Beam 2 = High
A1 B1 Indicator A1 B1 J7
BLK ORN/WHT ORN/WHT
4 C202
See page A12 PHOTO 120
BLK ORN/WHT VIEW 17
14-7. ORN/WHT
BLK
See page
E1 K1 14-6.
BLU/RED
G301 Driver’s
PHOTO 29 Under-dash BLK
PHOTO 60 (V6)
Fuse/Relay G201 See
Q12 Box PHOTO 38 Dash and
VIEW 60 Console
ORN/WHT
Lights
RED/ Combination
ORN/WHT GRN
Light Switch
PHOTO 88
(Not Used) 10 4 (Not Used) 6 VIEW 42
9 8 2
Flash-to-Pass Headlight
Dimmer Switch Switch
1 2
Switch 0 1 0 1 0 = Off 0 2 0 2 0 2
1 = Low 0 = Off
1 = On 1 1 1
2 = High 1=
5 2=
11 (Not 7
BLK Used)
See page RED/BLK

14-8.
BLK See Dash and

Console Lights
G401
PHOTO 96

110-12
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Headlights with DRL (Canada)

From H on
page 110-17.
H
BLU/WHT
15 C201
PHOTO 120
VIEW 45
BLU/WHT
HOT AT ALL TIMES

A7
Under-hood
See page Fuse/Relay
10-1. Box
PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
DX, LX EX
Headlight Headlight
Relay 2 Relay 1
Fuse 45 Fuse 43
Fuse 44
20A 20A
A2 A1
(Not A3 A4 A5 (Not A13
Used) Used)
RED/YEL
BLU/RED
RED/GRN
RED/YEL G
3 C201 3 C203 To G on
PHOTO 120 PHOTO 120
RED/YEL VIEW 45 page 110-15.
RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/GRN
13 C301 RED/YEL RED/GRN

PHOTO 98
VIEW 51
RED/YEL
2 A2 3 5 A2
DRL Left DRL Right
Diode Headlight Control Headlight
1 1
1 = Low Unit 1 = Low
VIEW 44
1 Beam Beam
BLU A1 A1
BLK
F BLK
To F on
page 110-15. See page 14-7. See page 14-6.
BLK BLK
G301 G201
PHOTO 29 PHOTO 38

110-14
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
RED/WHT RED/WHT RED/ORN
12 C301 5 C401 RED/WHT 2 C203

RED/WHT PHOTO 98 RED/WHT PHOTO 99 RED/GRN PHOTO 120
VIEW 51 VIEW 53
B2 A13 1 11 B2
Left Gauge Right
2 Headlight High Beam Assembly 2 Headlight
Indicator PHOTO 87
2 = High 2 = High
VIEW 61
Beam Beam
B1 A12 10 DRL B1
ORN/WHT ORN/WHT Control
Unit
E1 K1 VIEW 44
Driver’s
ORN/WHT
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Q12 Box ORN/WHT
PHOTO 85
ORN/WHT VIEW 45
ORN/WHT
4 C202
PHOTO 120
ORN/WHT VIEW 17
ORN/WHT
BLU From F
F on page
5 1 110-14.
High Beam
Cut Relay
PHOTO 123
4 3
BLU/RED BLU/RED From G
G on page
ORN
110-14.
BLU/RED
C13
PHOTO 120
Under-dash
A20 Fuse/Relay
DRL Passenger’s Box
Control Multiplex PHOTO 91
Unit Control Unit VIEW 67
VIEW 44 PHOTO 118
8 VIEW 62
See Dash and
J7 Console Lights
ORN BLU/RED BLU/RED
RED/
Combination
BLU/RED (Not YEL Light Switch
PHOTO 88
(Not Used) 10 4 Used) 6 VIEW 42
8 9 2
Dimmer Flash-to-Pass Headlight

Switch Switch Switch
1 2 0 1 0 1
1 = Low 0 = Off 0 2 0 2 0 2
2 = High 1 = On 0 = Off
1 1 1
1=
5 2=
3 11 (Not 7
RED/WHT Used) BLK
22 C401 BLK
PHOTO 99
RED/WHT
VIEW 53 See Dash and
I
See page Console Lights
14-8.
To I on
page 110-17.
BLK
G401
EX PHOTO 96

110-15
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
Driver’s Passenger’s
Under-dash Under-dash
Fuse 9 Fuse 5 Fuse/Relay Fuse 6 Fuse/Relay
7.5A 7.5A Box 10A Box
PHOTO 85 PHOTO 91
See page 10-9. VIEW 60 VIEW 67
H8
I4 Q14 J1 (Not Used)
YEL
See page 10-9.
YEL
YEL YEL YEL/RED RED/BLU
B11 A4
Gauge
Assembly
See Indicators PHOTO 87
VIEW 61
Brake System DRL Indicator
Indicator DRL
!
C14 A5
GRN/RED BLU/WHT
See Circuit 207,

page 15-7 4 C401
PHOTO 99
(USA) or (Canada). VIEW 53
BLU/WHT
GRN/RED
13 9 12 2
DRL Control
Unit
VIEW 44
6 4 7
GRN/WHT BLK BLK
See Circuit 207,

page 15-7
(USA) or (Canada).
BLK
GRN/WHT
See page 14-8.
Parking BLK
0 1
Brake Switch
1 = Park brake applied.
PHOTO 112 G401
PHOTO 96

110-16
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
With Auto-off Headlight Function (EX Only)
Door
Multiplex
Control
Unit
PHOTO 137
PHOTO 164
(Coupe)
VIEW 58
From I on
A17 A15 page 110-15.
BLK/ BRN I
RED
RED/WHT
Driver’s
B13 Under-dash
Driver’s Fuse/Relay
Multiplex Box
PHOTO 86 VIEW 60
A2 A14 A10 A13 A16 VIEW 59
See page See Circuit 174,

14-9. page 15-5.
B19
G14 Q15 (Not Used) Q6 O9 A3
BLK BLU/WHT BLU/WHT GRN/ORN
To H on
page 110-14. Driver’s
0 1 Door Switch
1 = Door open
PHOTO 136
3 1
1 2
Driver’s Steering Lock
Door Lock Ignition PHOTO 89
Knob Switch 0 1 Key Switch VIEW 24
1 = Unlock 1 = Key in
2 2 = Lock ignition
PHOTO 141
BLK 3
BLK
See page 14-9. See page 14-9. See page 14-9.
BLK BLK BLK
G401 G401 G401


110-17
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Back-up Lights
M/T
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 9 Under-dash
7.5A
Fuse/Relay
Box
VIEW 60
K2
I4 Driver’s
YEL
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 85
See page 10-9. A6 VIEW 60
YEL GRN/BLK
A 2 C554
PHOTO 150
GRN/BLK VIEW 38
YEL
Back-up
Light Switch GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
0 1
1 = Transmission Left Right
3) 3)
in reverse Back-up Back-up
LT GRN/BLK (Coupe 2) (Coupe 2) 5
PHOTO 20 Light Light
B PHOTO 154 PHOTO 154
Trailer Lighting
GRN/BLK (’98-’00) (’98-’00) Connector
(Coupe 1) PHOTO 200 (Coupe 1) PHOTO 200 PHOTO 149
6) C102 (’01-’02) (’01-’02) PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
(ULEV 10) PHOTO 34 2) PHOTO 161 2) PHOTO 161 VIEW 13
VIEW 40 BLK (Coupe) BLK (Coupe)
GRN/BLK
17 C204 See page 14-14 (Coupe)

PHOTO 91 or 14-15 (Sedan).
VIEW 52
BLK BLK
G601
PHOTO 148
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)

110-19
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Back-up Lights
A/T
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 9 Under-dash
7.5A Fuse/Relay
See page 10-9. Box
4 1 PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
Reverse
Relay
3 2
K2
(V6 E10) (Not Used) A6
K11) GRN/BLK
WHT 2 C554
PHOTO 150
See Circuit M34 (L4) or (’98-’99 V6) GRN/BLK VIEW 38
page 15-16 or (’00-’02 V6), page 15-17.
WHT GRN/BLK GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
9
3) 3)
WHT
(Coupe 2) Left (Coupe 2) Right
Transmission Back-up Back-up 5
N D4
D3 Range Switch Light Light Trailer Lighting
R 2 PHOTO 19 PHOTO 154 PHOTO 154 Connector
PHOTO 49 (V6) (’98-’00) (’98-’00) PHOTO 149
P 1 VIEW 34 (Coupe 1) (Coupe 1) PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
PHOTO 200 PHOTO 200
2) (’01-’02)
2) (’01-’02) VIEW 13
RED/WHT PHOTO 161 PHOTO 161
BLK (Coupe) BLK (Coupe)
3
BLK
See page 14-14 (Coupe)
See page 14-1 (L4) or 14-3 (’98-’99 V6) or 14-15 (Sedan).
or 14-5 (’00-’02 V6).
BLK BLK
BLK
G601
G101 PHOTO 148
PHOTO 14 PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
PHOTO 45 (V6)

110-19
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Door Courtesy Lights, Spotlights, and Trunk Light
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 11 Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
7.5A
Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
K1 A19 F10 B3
WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
Q2
Driver’s See page
Under-dash 10-11.
Fuse/Relay
B12 G18 Box Spotlights
PHOTO 85 WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
VIEW 60 0 = Off
WHT/BLU
1 = On
1 PHOTO 131
WHT/BLU
WHT/BLU WHT/ 7 C553
BLU PHOTO 142 Left Right Homelink
WHT/BLU
VIEW 32 Remote
1
1 Control
Trunk Left System
Light Rear Door 0 1 0 1 (V6 model)
PHOTO 188 Courtesy
2 Light
YEL/GRN
2 6 C553 3
PHOTO 142
ORN YEL/GRN BLK
VIEW 32
See Circuit 178, See page

page 15-6. 1 14-12.
Driver’s 7 C581
Door PHOTO 142
ORN WHT/BLU
Courtesy VIEW 33 BLK
2 Light 1 G581
DX, LX EX Right PHOTO 125
Rear
ORN Trunk Lid Door Except DX
Latch 2 Courtesy
ORN
1 PHOTO 155 Light WHT/
BRN YEL/WHT
VIEW 14 BLU
6 C581
Latch YEL/WHT
PHOTO 142 1
VIEW 33 Front
0 1 Switch
1 = Trunk LX, EX Passenger’s LX, EX
open Driver’s Door Courtesy
Under-dash 2 Light
BLU Fuse/Relay YEL
2 YEL/BLU Box
Trunk 6 PHOTO 85
G10 B4 VIEW 60 A15 F8
0 1 Latch
Switch Passenger’s
1 = Trunk Under-dash
1 In-line In-line In-line In-line Fuse/Relay
open Diode 2 Diode 1 Diode 3 Diode 4
PHOTO 153
Box
PHOTO 91
BLK BLK See See See See VIEW 67
Circuit Circuit Circuit Circuit
174, 173, 175, 176,
page page page page
BLK
15-5. 15-5. 15-5. 15-5.
A3 A10 A14 A16

See page
GRN/ GRN/ GRN/WHT GRN
14-14 ORN YEL
(Coupe)
or 14-15 Right Front
Driver’s Left
(Sedan). Rear Passenger’s
0 1 Door 0 1 Rear 0 1 0 1
Switch Door Door Door Switch
1 = Door Switch Switch 1 = Door
BLK
open 1 = Door 1 = Door open
PHOTO 136 open open PHOTO 136
G601
PHOTO 158 (Coupe) Sedan
114
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ceiling Light
DX, LX (except ’02 Model)
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 11 Under-dash
7.5A Fuse/Relay Box
See page PHOTO 91
10-11. VIEW 67
B3
WHT/BLU A10
See page Gauge
10-11. Assembly
PHOTO 87
WHT/BLU BLK/WHT Safety Safety VIEW 61
3 Indicator Indicator
Ceiling Circuit Circuit
Light
0 = Off
1 = Door
2 = On A2 A7 A1 A8
0 2 PHOTO 175 GRN/ORN GRN GRN/YEL GRN/WHT
1
See See See See
1 Circuit 174, Circuit 176, Circuit 173, Circuit 175,
BLK/WHT page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-5.
B2 I8 GRN/ORN GRN GRN/YEL GRN/WHT
Passenger’s
Passenger’s Under-dash
(Not Multiplex Fuse/Relay Driver’s Front Left Right
Used) Control Unit Box 0 1 Door 0 1 Passenger’s 0 1 Rear Door 0 1 Rear Door
PHOTO 118 PHOTO 91 Switch Door Switch Switch Switch
A21 VIEW 62 VIEW 67 1 = Door 1 = Door 1 = Door 1 = Door
open open open open

114-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Dash and Console Lights

Driver’s Under-dash Under-dash Under-dash
Fuse 10 Fuse 10
Multiplex Fuse/Relay Fuse/Relay Fuse/Relay
10A (Sedan) 10A (Sedan)
Control Unit Box 15A (Coupe) Box 15A (Coupe) Box
B16 VIEW 59 VIEW 60 VIEW 67 VIEW 67
J9 J9
RED/GRN
RED/GRN
RED/GRN
3 C204 9 C201 See page
PHOTO 91 PHOTO 120 10-11.
RED/GRN VIEW 52 RED/GRN VIEW 45
RED/GRN
5 2 6
PHOTO 123 0 2 Switch PHOTO 88
VIEW 42
3 1 0 = Off
1
RED/YEL 1=
See Circuit 14, 2=
page 15-3.
RED/YEL 7
6
Combination RED/BLK RED/BLK
0 2 Switch PHOTO 88
0 = Off VIEW 42
1
1= EX DX, LX
2=
RED/BLK
7
BLK
See Circuit 11,
See page page 15.
14-8.
BLK
G401 RED/BLK
PHOTO 96
RED/BLK
RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK
RED/BLK RED/BLK
2 2
WHT WHT 1 A B
Driver’s Front Glove
To A on To B on
Vanity Passenger’s Box
page 114-3. page 114-3.
Mirror Vanity Light
Light Mirror PHOTO 84
PHOTO 132 Light
PHOTO 132
BLK BLK 2
1 1
BLK BLK BLK
BLK
See page See page

14-12. 14-10.
BLK BLK
G581 G501
PHOTO 125 PHOTO 108
All except DX
114-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Dash and Console Lights

HOT IN ON OR START
RED/BLK Driver’s
From A on A Fuse 9 See Under-dash
page 114-2. 7.5A page Fuse/Relay
RED/BLK 10-9.
See Circuit 11, Box
Manual A/C Auto A/C page 15. PHOTO 85
I4 VIEW 60
RED/BLK YEL
RED/BLK RED/BLK
See page 10-9.
10 Gauge
RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK
Assembly
YEL
PHOTO 87
A8 3 Moon- 6 B22 B11 VIEW 61
Dimming Climate roof Hazard
Circuit Control Switch Warning Stabilizing
Unit PHOTO Switch
192 Power Circuit
PHOTO 83 PHOTO 191 AT Gear
22 Heater A10 VIEW 57 VIEW 9
VIEW 36
Control Panel 1 3 7 Gauge Position
Indicator LCD
PHOTO 170 (*5) Lights Back
RED VIEW 54 RED
Clock (X6) Light
PHOTO
RED
191
From C on
this page. B10 Dash Lights
4 Brightness
C RED RED RED RED Controller
RED (Not RED B5 B4
K15 Q4 Used) I6 WHT/RED RED/WHT
Driver’s
H2 Under-dash
A20 B4 B3 Fuse/Relay
Driver’s Box
Multiplex PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
Control Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
*= ’01-’02 models
From B on
page 114-2.
B
RED/BLK
See Circuit 11,

page 15.
Canada A/T
RED/BLK
All except
’01-’02 V6 ’01-’02 V6
RED/ RED/BLK RED/ RED/BLK
BLK BLK
RED/BLK RED/BLK
1
2 2 9 4 1 RED/BLK
Driver’s Front Audio Cruise Cruise A/T Gear
Seat Passenger’s Unit Control Control/TCS Position
Heater Seat PHOTO 83 Main Switch Console
VIEW 50
Switch Heater Switch PHOTO 192 Light
VIEW 2 Switch PHOTO 192 VIEW 78
RED PHOTO 110
1 1 VIEW 4 19 5 2
RED
2
RED RED
RED RED
RED
RED
To C on
this page.
114-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Entry Light Control System (EX and ’02 Models)
20A
Box 7.5A
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 9 PHOTO 85
See page 10-2. VIEW 68 VIEW 60
B5
WHT/YEL
HOT AT ALL TIMES
See page 10-2. Taillight See page
Relay 10-9.
WHT/YEL PHOTO 123 Fuse 11
7 1 7.5A
Steering HOT WITH
Interlock System Lock HEAD-
LIGHT See page
PHOTO 89
Ignition VIEW 24
SWITCH IN 10-11.
PARK OR
Key HEAD
RED/BLK
Light
B3 Passenger’s
See Circuit 11, Under-dash
page 15. Fuse/Relay Box
6 PHOTO 91
WHT/BLK RED/BLK WHT/BLU
VIEW 67
O8 O3 See page
10-11.
See Circuit
11, page 15.
A1 A6 A24 WHT/BLU
Driver’s
Multiplex
3
Control
A2 A13 A16 A17 B1 Unit Ceiling
PHOTO 86 Light
See See VIEW 59 0 = Off
Circuit Circuit
1 = Door
174, 173,
0 2 2 = On
page page PHOTO 175
15-5. 15-5.
1
G14 O9 A3 A10 I4 1
YEL BLK/WHT
BRN BLU/WHT GRN/ORN GRN/YEL PNK See page Passenger’s

10-9. Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
A15 1 YEL Box
Door (Not (Not PHOTO 91
Multiplex Ignition Used) H7 Used) B2 VIEW 67
Control Unit 1 Key
PHOTO 137 A13 I8
Switch
A17 PHOTO 164 B9 A22 A21
(Coupe) 1 = Key in
VIEW 58 ignition Passenger’s
Multiplex
BLK/ 3 Steering Control
RED Lock A15 A14 Unit
PHOTO 89 PHOTO 118
VIEW 24 See See VIEW 62
3 Circuit Circuit
1 2 Driver’s Door 176, 175,
Lock Knob page page
Switch 15-5. 15-5.
2 1 = Unlock
2 = Lock
PHOTO 141 A16 A14
BLK BLK
GRN GRN/WHT
Driver’s Left Rear Front Right Rear

See page See page 1 Door 1 Door 1 Passenger’s 1 Door Switch
14-9. 14-9. Switch Switch Door Switch 1 = Door open
1 = Door 1 = Door 1 = Door PHOTO 144
BLK BLK open open open
G401 G401
PHOTO 96 PHOTO 96
115
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON OR START From A on

this page.
Under- Driver’s A
Fuse 49 hood Fuse 10 Under-dash
15A Fuse/ 7.5A Fuse/Relay
Relay Box GRN/WHT
Box PHOTO 85
B4 PHOTO 9 I7 VIEW 60
VIEW 68 I1
Driver’s
2 Under-
Turn dash
WHT/GRN
Signal/ Fuse/
Hazard Relay
Relay Box
PHOTO 85
2 C204 VIEW 60
PHOTO 91
VIEW 52
3 1
See
WHT/GRN YEL/RED
page
14-9.
See Dash I16 Q21 Q15

BLK
and Console
Lights
See page 14-9.
RED/ GRN/RED GRN/RED

BLK
BLK
(*3) (*1) (*4) G401
6 9) 10) 1) 13 PHOTO 96
Hazard Combination
Hazard Warning Turn Light Switch
Warning Switch L R Signal PHOTO 88
Switch 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 = Off Switch VIEW 42
Light 1 = On
PHOTO 191
VIEW 36 12 14
7) 5) 2) 3)
(*6) (*2) (*7) (*10)
RED GRN/WHT GRN/BLU GRN/YEL GRN/BLU GRN/YEL
See Dash To A on
and Console this page.
Lights
See Circuit 17,
page 15-4.
*= ’01-’02 models
See Circuit 16,
page 15-4.
GRN/BLU GRN/YEL
1 6
Trailer Lighting
Connector
PHOTO 149
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
VIEW 13
2
BLK

or 14-15 (Sedan).
BLK
G601
PHOTO 148
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
118
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES

Driver’s Under-dash Fuse 10 Under-dash Fuse 10 Under-dash Fuse 47
Multiplex Fuse/Relay 10A (Sedan) Fuse/Relay 10A (Sedan) Fuse/Relay 20A
Control Unit 15A (Coupe) Box 15A (Coupe) Box See page
PHOTO 86
Box 10-2.
B16 PHOTO 85 PHOTO 91 PHOTO 91
VIEW 59 J9 VIEW 67 J9 VIEW 67
VIEW 60 RED/GRN
RED/GRN
RED/GRN B5 Under-hood
9 C201 See page 10-11. Fuse/Relay Box
3 C204 PHOTO 120 WHT/YEL
RED/GRN PHOTO 91 PHOTO 9
RED/GRN VIEW 45 RED/GRN
VIEW 52 VIEW 68
5 2 6
Taillight Combination See page 10-2.
PHOTO 123 Switch PHOTO 88
2 VIEW 42 WHT/
3 1 0 0 = Off YEL
RED/YEL
1 1= 2)
See Circuit 14, page 15-3. (DX 1)
2=
RED/YEL
Brake Pedal
RED/BLK 7 0 1 Position Switch
6
Combination RED/BLK 1 = Brake pedal
Light Switch (DX 2) pressed
Headlight
3) PHOTO 98
Switch PHOTO 88
2 VIEW 42 EX DX, LX WHT/BLK
0 0 = Off RED/BLK
1 1= See Circuit 13,
See Circuit 11, page 15-3.
2= page 15-1.
7 WHT/BLK
BLK RED/BLK
3 4
See page 14-8.
BLK PHOTO 149
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
G401 VIEW 13
PHOTO 96
HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s Driver’s
Fuse 9 Under-dash Fuse 9 Under-
7.5A Fuse/Relay 7.5A dash
See page Box See page Fuse/
4 1 10-9. PHOTO 85 10-9. Relay
VIEW 60
A/T Box
Reverse PHOTO 85
I4 VIEW 60
Relay YEL
3 2
K2 See page 10-9.
(V6 E10) (Not Used) A6 YEL
K11)
WHT
A
YEL
See Circuit M34 (L4) or (’98-’99 V6) Back-up
page 15-16 or (’00-’02 V6) page 15-17. Light Switch
0 1
WHT
1= Transmission
9 in reverse
GRN/BLK LT GRN/BLK PHOTO 20
WHT
B
D4
Transmission GRN/BLK
N Range Switch
D3
R 2 PHOTO 19
PHOTO 49 (V6)
P 1 VIEW 34 A/T M/T
GRN/BLK
RED/WHT
3 See Circuit M06, page 15-14 (A/T) or (M/T).
BLK
GRN/BLK
See Circuit M34 (L4) or (’98-’99 V6) 5
page 15-16 or (’00-’02 V6), page 15-17. Trailer Lighting
Connector
BLK PHOTO 149
G101 PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
PHOTO 14 VIEW 13
PHOTO 45 (V6)
118-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Power Windows
’98-’99 LX, EX
Passenger’s
Fuse 13
See page Multiplex Fuse/Relay
7.5A
10-1. Control Unit Box
PHOTO 118 PHOTO 91
See page A12 VIEW 62 VIEW 67
10-12. 1 4
Power
Window
Relay
2 3
Fuse 15 Fuse 8 Fuse 7 Fuse 16 See page

14-12.
20A 20A 20A 20A
J12 J10 F16 H10 A6 A3

WHT/ GRN/WHT BLU/BLK WHT/YEL WHT/BLK BLK
YEL
Q13 See page See page
Driver’s 10-13. 14-12.
See page From D on
Under-dash
10-12. page 120-2.
Fuse/Relay WHT/YEL BLK
G2 Box D
PHOTO 85 A B C
VIEW 60 G581 Door
WHT/ To A on To B on To C on PHOTO 125
YEL GRN/WHT
Multiplex
page 120-1. page 120-2. page 120-1. WHT/RED Control Unit
PHOTO 137
Sedan PHOTO 164 (Coupe)
A1 A2 B2 VIEW 58
Power
Window
Driver’s Right Left Right Main Master
1 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 Switch
Switch Front Rear Rear 0 4 Switch
Switch Switch Switch 0 = Off
0 2 0 0 0 1 = Up
2 = Down
3 = Auto
Down
Sedan 4 = On
Control Unit
A11 A10 A4 A19 A12 B1 A15

RED/BLU RED/YEL RED
1 3
2 BLK BLK BLK BRN
YEL RED BLU
Driver’s
M Pulser Window
E
Motor
PHOTO 140
PHOTO 165 To E on
BLK (Coupe) page 120-2.
4
BLK
BLK
See page See page

14-11. 14-9.
BLK BLK
G551 G401
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 96
120
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Power Windows
’98-’99 LX, EX
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 9 Under-dash
7.5A
Fuse/Relay
See page Box
10-9. PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
I4
YEL
See page 10-9. Passenger’s

Under-dash
YEL Fuse/Relay Box
(Not Used) H7 VIEW 67
A13 Passenger’s
Fuse 13
7.5A
Multiplex
10-12. PHOTO 118
A24 A22 VIEW 62
A8 A7 A6 B9 A19 A18 A15

See See
page Circuit 176,
14-12. page 15-5.
A3 A12 A11 A2 K3 F14 F18 F9 A16

BLK
WHT/
PNK
RED GRN
See page
14-12. G F
To G on To F on Front
BLK
page 120-2. page 120-2.
1 Passenger’s
YEL/ Door Switch
G581 GRN
1 = Door open
PHOTO 125
PHOTO 136
From C on From A on
page 120. page 120.
C YEL WHT/RED WHT/RED BLU BLU/YEL A
WHT/BLK
3 4 2
10 C581 BLU/BLK
PHOTO 142
WHT/BLK YEL/GRN YEL WHT/RED VIEW 33
3 5 6 2 2 5 6 3
Right Front
Rear Passenger’s
Window Window
Switch Switch
1 2 0 = Off 1 2 0 = Off
1 = Down 1 = Down
0 2 = Up 0 2 = Up
VIEW 11 VIEW 5
4 1 4 1
RED/YEL BLU/YEL
RED/BLU BLU/WHT YEL or RED or
BLU/ BLU/ BLU/ BLU/
2 RED WHT
1 2 1
RED YEL
M M
Right Rear Front Passenger’s

Window Motor Window Motor
PHOTO 143 PHOTO 140
Sedan PHOTO 165 (Coupe)

120-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Power Windows
’98-’99 LX, EX
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 13 Under-dash
7.5A
Fuse/Relay
See page Box
10-12. PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
J12
From F on From E on From G on
WHT/YEL page 120-1. page 120. page 120-1.
See page F E G
Driver’s
10-12. Under-dash
PNK BRN WHT/RED Fuse/Relay Box
WHT/YEL
HOT IN ON OR START PHOTO 85
O19 G14 Q16 VIEW 60
Fuse 9
See page 7.5A See page
10-12. 10-9.
A12 B1 A2 A24
Control Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
A14 A19 A7 A16

14-9. page 15-5.
Q15 A2 A5 B11 G3 A3
BLK
GRN/BLU WHT/RED WHT/RED GRN/ORN
See page
14-9. D
To D on
BLK
page 120.
G401
PHOTO 96 GRN
From B on
page 120.
B
WHT/YEL Driver’s
1 Door Switch
3 4 2 1 = Door open
10 C553
PHOTO 142 PHOTO 136
WHT/YEL GRN GRN/BLU WHT/RED VIEW 32
3 5 6 2
Left Rear
Window
Switch
0 = Off
1 2
1 = Down
2 = Up
VIEW 7
0
4 1
RED/BLU BLU/ BLU/ RED/YEL
2 RED WHT
1
M
Left Rear
Window Motor
PHOTO 143
Sedan
120-2
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Power Windows
’00-’02 LX, EX
Passenger’s
Fuse 13
See page Multiplex Fuse/Relay
7.5A
10-1. Control Unit Box
PHOTO 118 PHOTO 91
See page A12 VIEW 62 VIEW 67
10-12. 1 4
Power
Window
Relay
2 3
Fuse 15 Fuse 8 Fuse 7 Fuse 16 See page

14-12.
20A 20A 20A 7.5A
J12 J10 F16 H10 A6 A3

WHT/ GRN/WHT BLU/BLK WHT/YEL WHT/BLK BLK
YEL
Q13 See page
See page
Driver’s 10-13. 14-12.
See page From D on
Under-dash
10-12. page 120-6.
Fuse/Relay WHT/YEL BLK
G2 Box D
PHOTO 85 A B C
VIEW 60 G581 Door
WHT/ To A on To B on To C on PHOTO 125
YEL GRN/WHT Multiplex
page 120-5. page 120-6. page 120-5. WHT/RED
Control Unit
PHOTO 164 (Coupe)
PHOTO 137
A1 A2 Sedan B2 VIEW 58
Sedan
Power
Window
Driver’s Right Left Right Main Master
1 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 Switch
Switch Front Rear Rear 0 4 Switch
Switch Switch Switch 0 = Off
0 2 0 0 0 1 = Up
2 = Down
3 = Auto
Down
4 = On
Control Unit
A11 A10 A4 A19 A12 B1 A15

RED/BLU RED/YEL RED
1 3 BLK BLK BLK BRN
2
RED/YEL RED/BLU BLU
Driver’s See page
M Pulser Window 14-11. E
Motor
PHOTO 165
(Coupe) G551 To E on
BLK PHOTO 140 PHOTO 124 page 120-6.
4
BLK
See page See page See page

14-11. 14-11. 14-9.
BLK BLK BLK

G551 G551 G401
120-4
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Power Windows
’00-’02 LX, EX
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 9 Under-dash
7.5A
Fuse/Relay
See page Box
10-9. PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
I4
YEL
See page 10-9. Passenger’s

Under-dash
YEL Fuse/Relay Box
(Not Used) H7 VIEW 67
A13 Passenger’s
Fuse 13
7.5A
Multiplex
10-12. PHOTO 118
A24 A22 VIEW 62
A8 See A7 A6 B9 A19 A18 A15 See

page Circuit 176,
14-12. page 15-5.
A3 A12 A11 A2 K3 F14 F18 F9 A16

BLK
WHT/
PNK GRN
See page RED
14-12.
G F
Front
BLK YEL/
To G on To F on 0 1 Passenger’s
GRN Door Switch
G581 page 120-6. page 120-6.
PHOTO 125
1 = Door open
PHOTO 136
From C on From A on
page 120-4. page 120-4.
C YEL WHT/RED WHT/RED BLU BLU/YEL A
WHT/BLK
3 4 2
10 C581 BLU/BLK
PHOTO 142
WHT/BLK YEL/GRN YEL WHT/RED VIEW 33
(*5) (*3) (*1) (*4) (*4) (*3) (*2) (*5)

3) 5) 6) 2) 2) 5) 6) 3)
Right Front
Rear Passenger’s
Window Window
1 2 Switch 1 2 Switch
1 = Down 1 = Down
2 = Up 2 = Up
VIEW 11 VIEW 5
4) 1) 4) 1
(*6) (*2) (*6) BLU/YEL
RED/YEL
RED/BLU BLU/WHT BLU/ BLU/
2 BLU/ BLU/
1 2 RED WHT 1
RED WHT M
M
Right Rear Front Passenger’s *= ’01–’02 Models

Window Motor Window Motor
PHOTO 140
PHOTO 143
PHOTO 165 (Coupe)
Sedan
120-5
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Power Windows
’00-’02 LX, EX
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 13 Under-dash
7.5A
Fuse/Relay
See page Box
10-12. PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
J12
WHT/YEL
From F on From E on From G on
page 120-5. page 120-4. page 120-5.
See page
F E G Driver’s
10-12.
Under-dash
WHT/YEL PNK BRN WHT/RED Fuse/Relay Box
HOT IN ON OR START PHOTO 85
O19 G14 Q16 VIEW 60
Fuse 9
See page 7.5A See page
10-12. 10-9.
A12 B1 A2 A24
Control Unit
PHOTO 86
VIEW 59
A14 A19 A7 A16

14-9. page 15-5.
Q15 A2 A5 B11 G3 A3
BLK
GRN/BLU WHT/RED WHT/RED GRN/ORN
See page
14-9.
D
BLK
G401 To D on
From B on GRN
page 120-4.
B
WHT/YEL
Driver’s
3 4 2 0 1 Door Switch
10 C553 1 = Door open
PHOTO 142 PHOTO 136
WHT/YEL GRN GRN/BLU WHT/RED VIEW 32
(*5) (*3) (*1) (*4)

3) 5) 6) 2)
Left Rear
Window
Switch
1 2 0 = Off
1 = Down *= ’01-’02 Models
2 = Up
VIEW 7
4) 1)
(*6) (*2)
RED/BLU RED/YEL
2 BLU/RED BLU/WHT 1
M
Left Rear
Window Motor
PHOTO 143
Sedan
120-6
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Moonroof (EX)
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s From A on
Under-dash page 122-1.
Fuse 1
Fuse/Relay A
30A
Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
H3 WHT/YEL
GRN
7 C502
3 PHOTO 96
GRN VIEW 18
WHT/YEL GRN BLK BLK BLK GRN WHT/YEL
See page
14-10.
BLK
G501
PHOTO 108
5 2 4 4 2 5
Moonroof Moonroof
Open Close
Relay Relay
3 1 PHOTO 105 1 3 PHOTO 105
GRN/YEL
Moonroof GRN/RED GRN/RED
Motor
PHOTO 134
2 RED YEL 1
M
GRY/YEL GRY/YEL
4 1
RED GRN/RED
Moonroof Limit
1 2 1 3
Switch
1 = Open
2 = Tilt
3= Close or Tilt
PHOTO 134
YEL/RED YEL/RED BLU
3
2 See Dash and
GRY/RED YEL/RED Console Lights
5 4
6 C502
PHOTO 96
GRY/YEL GRY/RED YEL/RED RED/BLK
VIEW 18
6 4 5 3
Moonroof
Switch
Moonroof 1 = Open
1 2 3
Switch 2 = Close
Lights 3 = Tilt
PHOTO 192
VIEW 9
2 1
BLK
RED
See page 14-10.

See Dash and
BLK Console Lights
G501
PHOTO 108
122
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Moonroof (EX)
HOT IN ON OR START
Driver’s
Fuse 9 Under-dash
7.5A Fuse/Relay
Box
VIEW 60
I4
YEL
Passenger’s
PNK Fuse/Relay Box
YEL PHOTO 91
(Not Used) HOT AT ALL TIMES VIEW 67
H7
Driver’s
B1 Under- A13
Driver’s dash See page 10-1.
B9 A22 A12
Multiplex Fuse/ Passenger’s 4 1
Control Relay Multiplex Power
A16 Unit Box
PHOTO 86 Control Unit Window
PHOTO 85 PHOTO 118
VIEW 59 VIEW 60 A15 A8 Relay
VIEW 62
See Circuit 176,
See Circuit page 15-5. 3 2
See page
174, page 10-13.
15-5.
See page 14-12. Fuse 7
20A
A3
GRN/
A16 A3 H10
ORN GRN BLK WHT/YEL

Driver’s Front
1 Door 1 Passenger’s WHT/YEL
BLK
Switch Door Switch A
1 = Door open 1 = Door open G581
PHOTO 136 PHOTO 136 PHOTO 125 To A on
page 122.

122-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Door Locks

LX (without Optional Keyless Entry or Security)
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 13 Under-dash
7.5A See page Fuse/Relay
10-12. Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
J12
WHT/YEL
See page 10-12.

To B on
B page 130-1.
WHT/YEL
O19 PNK
Driver’s
A12 B1 Fuse/Relay
Driver’s Multiplex Box
B11 A2 A13 PHOTO 86 VIEW 60
VIEW 59
G14 O9
BLU/WHT
BLK BRN BLU/WHT 2 Security System
Connector (Option)
A C402 (Canada)
BLU/WHT PHOTO 104
To A on VIEW 26
this page. 1
Steering
Ignition Key Lock
1 Switch PHOTO 89
1 = Key in ignition VIEW 24
3
BLK
G503
PHOTO 85 See page 14-9.
BLK
G401
PHOTO 96
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 13 Under-dash
7.5A
Fuse/Relay
See page 10-12. Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
From A on J12
this page. WHT/YEL
A
See page 10-12. Door Multiplex
Control Unit
BRN WHT/YEL PHOTO 137
PHOTO 164 (Coupe)
A15 A1 VIEW 58
A17 A7 A16 A18

(Canada 3) GRN/RED A8 (Canada 2) A12
Door Lock BLU BLK/WHT
BLK/ PNK 2) 1)
RED
Knob Security System GRN/RED BLK/WHT Security System
3 Connector (Option) Connector
PHOTO 86 C631 (Option)
BLK/ C631 GRN/RED BLK/WHT
3 1 Key RED 3 1 PHOTO 86
Driver’s 1 2 1 2 Driver’s 1 2 Driver’s
Door Door Key Door Lock
BLK
Lock Cylinder Switch Switch
Knob 1 = Unlock 1 = Unlock
Switch 2 BLK 2 = Lock 2 2 = Lock
1 = Unlock BLK 2 PHOTO 141 PHOTO 139
BLK BLK
2 = Lock
PHOTO 141
See page 14-9.
G401
PHOTO 96
130
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Power Door Locks

LX (without Optional Keyless Entry or Security)
Driver’s
Fuse 9 Under-dash
See page
Fuse 13 Fuse 12 7.5A
10-9. Fuse/Relay
7.5A 20A Box
PHOTO 85 From B on
I4 VIEW 60 page 130.
YEL
B Passenger’s
See page See page 10-9. Under-dash
10-12. Fuse/Relay Box
YEL PNK PHOTO 91
H7 (Not Used) VIEW 67
A13
A24 A23 A22 B9
Passenger’s
Multiplex Control Unit
PHOTO 118
A17 A5 A4 A16 A8 B22 VIEW 62
F7 F3 F5 F6 A3
Door ORN BLK/BLU BLK BLK
Lock BLU/ORN BLK/ORN
Knob 1 3
BLK/RED BLU/WHT 3 1
1 2 Front Passenger’s 1 2 Front
Key
Door Key Passenger’s
Cylinder Switch Door Lock
1 = Unlock Switch
BLK 2
2 = Lock 1 = Unlock
2 PHOTO 141 BLK 2 = Lock
BLK PHOTO 139
See page
14-12.
G581 G504
PHOTO 125 PHOTO 118
O4
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 85
G6 B2 VIEW 60 Sedan
LT GRN/RED
LT GRN/RED 8 C553
LT GRN/RED PHOTO 142 Sedan
VIEW 32
2 2 2 2
M Door M Door Lock M Passenger’s M Door
Lock Actuator Door Lock Lock
1 Actuator 1 PHOTO 143 1 Actuator 1 Actuator
WHT/RED WHT/RED WHT/ LT GRN/ LT GRN/ LT GRN/

9 C553 RED WHT/RED RED RED RED
WHT/RED PHOTO 142
VIEW 32
G4 B9 9 C581
Driver’s 8 PHOTO
Under-dash 142
Fuse/Relay VIEW 33
WHT/RED LT GRN/ Passenger’s
Box RED Under-dash
O5 PHOTO 85
VIEW 60 Fuse/Relay Box
WHT/RED
PHOTO 91
J14 F15 A20 A5 F17 J4 VIEW 67
A10 A11
Passenger’s
Multiplex
Control Unit
PHOTO 118
VIEW 62

130-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Power Door Locks/ Keyless Entry/ Security Alarm System

LX (with Optional Keyless Entry or Security)
HOT AT ALL TIMES
NOTE: Wires that look like this
Passenger’s are part of the Optional Keyless or Keyless/
Fuse 13 Under-dash Security Harness installed between factory
7.5A See page Fuse/Relay harness connectors.
10-12. Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
J12
WHT/YEL
See page 10-12. To E on

E
page 130-3.
WHT/YEL PNK Keyless or
O19 Keyless/
WHT/YEL
Security
Control Unit
O19 PHOTO 97
Driver’s VIEW 55
A12 B1 Fuse/Relay
Driver’s Multiplex Box
VIEW 60 15
B11 A2 A13 PHOTO 86
VIEW 59 BLU/WHT
USA Canada
G7 G14 O9
WHT/YEL BLK BRN BLU/WHT

BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT 2 C402
PHOTO 104
G503 O9 VIEW 26
PHOTO 85
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
1
Steering
Ignition Key Lock
0 1 Switch PHOTO 89
1 = Key in ignition VIEW 24
3
BLK
See page 14-9.
G401
PHOTO 96
A1 A15
Door
Multiplex
Control Unit
PHOTO 137
PHOTO 164 (Coupe)
VIEW 58
A17 A7 A16 A12 A18 A8
BLK/RED PNK Door BLU BLK GRN/ BLK/WHT
Lock RED
3
Knob
BLK/RED GRN/ BLK/WHT BLK/WHT
RED GRN/RED 1)
3 1 Key 3 1 (Canada 2)
2) C631
Driver’s 1 2 1 2 Driver’s 1 2 Driver’s (Canada 3) PHOTO 86
Door Door Key Door
Cylinder Lock GRN/RED BLK/WHT
Lock
Knob Switch Switch 8 6
Switch 2 2 1 = Unlock 2 1 = Unlock
1 = Unlock 2 = Lock BLK 2 = Lock
2 = Lock BLK BLK PHOTO 141 PHOTO 139
PHOTO 141
Keyless or Keyless/
See page 14-9. Security Control Unit
PHOTO 97
G401 VIEW 55
PHOTO 96

130-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

LX (with Optional Keyless Entry or Security)
HOT IN ON OR START
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Driver’s
Fuse 9 See page Under-dash
7.5A 10-9. Fuse/Relay
Fuse 13 Fuse 12 Box
PHOTO 85
7.5A 20A I4 VIEW 60 From E on
YEL page 130-2.
E Passenger’s
See page
YEL
PNK PHOTO 91
A13
A24 A23 A22 B9
Passenger’s
Multiplex Control Unit
PHOTO 118
A17 A5 A4 A16 A8 B22 VIEW 62
F7 F3 F5 F6 A3
Door ORN BLK/BLU BLU/ORN BLK/ BLK BLK
Lock ORN
Knob 1 3
BLK/RED BLU/WHT 3 1
1 2 Front Passenger’s Front
Key Door Key
1 2
Passenger’s
Cylinder Switch Door Lock
1 = Unlock Switch
BLK
2 = Lock 2 1 = Unlock G504
2 PHOTO 141 2 = Lock PHOTO 118
BLK BLK
PHOTO 139
See page 14-12.
G581
PHOTO 125
HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES
See page Fuse/Relay Fuse 47
See page Box
7.5A 10-3. Box 20A
10-9. PHOTO 9
PHOTO 85 See page VIEW 68
VIEW 60 10-2.
I4 T WHT
YEL WHT Option Horn
Connector T Relay
See page WHT To F on
10-9. WHT F
page 130-4.
In-line
YEL
3A Fuse 1 A11 A8 A9
1 C504 PHOTO 100
LT GRN/BLU BLU/RED BLU/RED
PHOTO 104
YEL with Security Low High
In-line WHT/BLU Horn Horn
Fuse 2 PHOTO 163 PHOTO 163
3A
PHOTO 100
1
Security See Circuit 60, page 15-3.
LED
YEL/BLU WHT/BLU LT GRN/BLU
(Canada 3) C402
2 2) PHOTO 104
VIEW 26 (Canada)
RED LT GRN/BLU
11 10 14 18
Keyless or
Keyless/Security
Control Unit
PHOTO 97
VIEW 55

130-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

LX (with Optional Keyless Entry or Security
From F on
NOTE: Wires that look like this
page 130-3.
are part of the Optional Keyless or Keyless/
Security Harness installed between factory F
harness connectors. WHT
In-line
15A Fuse 3
PHOTO 100
WHT/RED
WHT/RED WHT/RED WHT/RED WHT/RED
1 2 6 1
Trunk Unlock
Opener Relay
Relay PHOTO 101
PHOTO 97 VIEW 15
3 4 3 2 4
BLU/GRN
2 C555
BLU/GRN PHOTO 86
GRN/BLU YEL/RED LT GRN LT GRN/RED LT GRN/RED
12 C554
BLU/GRN PHOTO 150
VIEW 38 20 7
BLU/GRN Keyless or
Trunk Lid Keyless/Security
Opener Control Unit
PHOTO 97
Actuator VIEW 55
PHOTO 156
LT GRN
O4
Driver’s
(Not) B2 Under-dash
Used) Fuse/Relay
Box
G6 PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
B2
Sedan Sedan O4
WHT/RED
LT GRN/RED 8 C553
PHOTO 142
WHT/RED VIEW 32
2 2 2 2
M Door M Door M Passenger’s M Door
Lock Lock Door Lock Lock
1 Actuator 1 Actuator 1 Actuator 1 Actuator
WHT/RED
9 C553
WHT/RED PHOTO 142
WHT/RED VIEW 32
B9 WHT/RED LT GRN/ LT GRN/ LT GRN/
RED RED RED
WHT/RED
WHT/RED
G4 B9
Driver’s
Under-dash 9 C581
Fuse/Relay 8 PHOTO
Box 142
O5 PHOTO 85 VIEW 33
VIEW 60 WHT/RED LT GRN/ Passenger’s
WHT/RED
RED Under-dash
O5 Fuse/Relay Box
WHT/RED PHOTO 91
J14 F15 A20 A5 F17 J4 VIEW 67
A10 A11
Passenger’s
Multiplex
Control Unit
PHOTO 118
VIEW 62

130-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 11 Under-dash
7.5A See page Fuse/Relay
10-11. Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
B3
WHT/BLU
See page 10-11.
WHT/BLU
3
Ceiling Light BLK/WHT
0 = Off
B2
1 = Door
2 = On BLK/WHT
0 2 PHOTO 175
2 C403
BLK/WHT
PHOTO 121
1
4) C402
1 (Canada 1) PHOTO 104
VIEW 26 (Canada)
BLK/WHT
16
Keyless or
Keyless/Security
Control Unit
PHOTO 97
VIEW 55
3 2
BLK/YEL
3)
(Canada 4) C402
PHOTO 104
ORN BLK/YEL VIEW 26 (Canada)
1 C403
BLK/YEL PHOTO 121
B2
PHOTO 104
ORN Multiplex Fuse/Relay
Control Unit Box
See Circuit 178, PHOTO 118 PHOTO 91
A21 VIEW 62 VIEW 67
page 15-6.
ORN I8
BLK/WHT
2
A10
Trunk
Gauge
1 Latch
Assembly
Switch PHOTO 87
1 = Trunk open Safety Safety VIEW 61
1 PHOTO 153
indicator indicator
circuit circuit
BLK
A2 A7 A1 A8
GRN/ORN GRN GRN/YEL GRN/WHT
See See See See

Circuit 174, Circuit 176, Circuit 173, Circuit 175,
or 14-15 (Sedan).
page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-5. page 15-5.
GRN/ORN GRN GRN/YEL GRN/WHT
BLK
Driver’s Front Left Rear Right Rear
1 Door 1 Passenger’s 1 Door Switch 1 Door Switch
Switch Door Switch 1 = Door open 1 = Door open
1 = Door open 1 = Door open PHOTO 144 PHOTO 144
G601
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
130-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

NOTE: Wires that look like this HOT AT ALL TIMES
are part of the Optional Keyless or Keyless/ Passenger’s
Security Harness installed between factory Under-dash
harness connectors. Fuse 10
10A (Sedan)
Fuse/Relay
15A (Coupe) Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
J9
RED/GRN
See page 10-11.

RED/GRN
1) C402
(Canada 5) PHOTO 104
VIEW 26 (Canada)
RED/GRN
RED/GRN
1 2
Light
Flasher
Relay Keyless or
PHOTO 101 Keyless/Security
3 4 Control Unit
BLU/RED PHOTO 97
17 VIEW 55
21 9 4 13 5
WHT RED YEL/RED
3 2
1 C51
RED/BLK WHT RED YEL/RED BLK BLU
1 2 with
WHT See page YEL/RED Security
14-7. 1
Siren Hood
PHOTO 1 BLU
0 1 Switch Disarm
1 = Hood Switch
RED BLK open PHOTO 97
3 1 PHOTO 3
BLK
BLK
G301 3
PHOTO 29 BLK
PHOTO 60 (V6)
with Security
(optional)
USA Canada BLK
USA Canada
RED/ RED/BLK
BLK
6 C402
PHOTO 104 BLK BLK
RED/BLK VIEW 26
RED/ O3
BLK
O3 8 C402
See Circuit 11, PHOTO 104
page 15. VIEW 26 (Canada)
RED/
BLK
Driver’s
Under-dash
See Circuit 11, Fuse/Relay See Circuit 11,
page 15. Box page 15.
BLK
PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
See page
Exterior Exterior 14-8.
Lights Lights
BLK
G54 G401
PHOTO 94 PHOTO 96

130-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

EX
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 13 Under-dash
See page Security
7.5A Fuse/Relay
10-12. Indicator To D on
Box PHOTO 138
J12 VIEW 67
WHT/YEL 2 WHT/YEL RED/BLU 1 D
Driver’s
WHT/YEL RED/BLU (Not PNK Fuse/Relay Box
WHT/YEL PHOTO 85
O19 G7 G9 Used) VIEW 60
K4
A12 A5 B1
Driver’s
Multiplex
B11 A2 A16 A17 A13 B6 Control Unit
See Circuit 174, See Circuit 173, PHOTO 86
page 15-5. page 15-5. VIEW 59
G14 A3 A10 O9 Steering YEL

BLU/ Lock 5 C204
BLK BRN GRN/ORN WHT PHOTO 89 YEL PHOTO 91
1 VIEW 24 2 VIEW 52
GRN/
C YEL/RED
YEL
Ignition Key Hood
To C on
1 Switch 1 Switch
this page. 1 = Key in 1 = Hood open
ignition BLK PHOTO 3
3 1
BLK BLK
Driver’s Left Rear
1 Door 1 Door
Switch Switch
1 = Door open 1 = Door open BLK
PHOTO 136 PHOTO 144 BLK
G503 G401 G201
Sedan PHOTO 67 (V6)
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 13 Under-dash
7.5A
See page Fuse/Relay
10-12. Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
From C on J12
this page. WHT/YEL
C See page 10-12. Door Multiplex

Control Unit
PHOTO 137
BRN WHT/YEL PHOTO 164 (Coupe)
A15 A1 VIEW 58
A17 A7 A16 A6 A18 A8 A12

Door Lock BLU BLU/WHT
BLK/ PNK Knob
RED
1 GRN/RED BLK/WHT BLK
3
3 1 Key BLK/RED BLU/WHT
3 1
Driver’s 1 2 1 2 Driver’s 1 2 Driver’s
Door Door Key Door
Lock Cylinder Switch Lock
Knob 1 = Unlock Switch
Switch 2 BLK 2 = Lock 2 1 = Unlock
1 = Unlock 2 PHOTO 141 2 = Lock
BLK PHOTO 139
2 = Lock BLK BLK
PHOTO 141
See page 14-9.
G401
PHOTO 96
130-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

EX
HOT IN ON OR START
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Driver’s
Fuse 9 See page Under-dash
7.5A 10-9. Fuse/Relay
Fuse 13 Fuse 12 Box
7.5A 20A PHOTO 85
From D on
I4 VIEW 60
page 130-7.
YEL
D
Passenger’s
See page See page 10-9. Under-dash
YEL PNK PHOTO 91
A13
A24 A23 A22 B9 Passenger’s
Multiplex
Control Unit
PHOTO 118
A3 A17 A5 A4 A16 See page 14-12. A8 B22 VIEW 62
I4
F2 (Not F7 F3 F5 F6 A3
used) Door Lock ORN BLK/BLU BLU/ORN BLK/ BLK BLK
GRN/BLK Knob ORN
1 3
1 BLK/RED BLU/WHT 3 1
Front 1 2 1 2 Front Front
1 2
Passenger’s Passenger’s Passenger’s
Door Lock Door Key Door Lock
Knob Cylinder Switch Switch
2 BLK 1 = Unlock 2 1 = Unlock
Switch
1 = Unlock Key 2 2 = Lock 2 = Lock
BLK BLK PHOTO 141 BLK PHOTO 139 G504
2 = Lock PHOTO 118
PHOTO 141
See page 14-12.
G581
PHOTO 125
K13 (Not used) O4

G6 Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box Sedan
PHOTO 85
G1 B2 VIEW 60
YEL LT GRN/RED
8 C553
LT GRN/RED PHOTO 142 Sedan
2 2 VIEW 32 2 2
M Door Lock M Door Lock M Passenger’s M Door Lock
Actuator Actuator Door Lock Actuator
PHOTO 141 PHOTO 143 Actuator PHOTO 143
1 1 1 1
PHOTO 141
WHT/RED
YEL WHT/RED 9 C553 LT GRN/ LT GRN/ LT GRN/
PHOTO 142 RED RED RED
WHT/RED WHT/ WHT/RED
VIEW 32 RED
G4 B9
Driver’s 9 C581
Under-dash 8 PHOTO
Passenger’s
Fuse/Relay 142
Under-dash
LT GRN/ VIEW 33
Box RED Fuse/Relay
O5 PHOTO 85 WHT/RED
WHT/RED VIEW 60 Box
PHOTO 91
J14 F15 A20 A5 F17 J4 VIEW 67
B11 A10 A11

Passenger’s
Multiplex
Control Unit
PHOTO 118
VIEW 62

130-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –

EX
Driver’s
HOT AT ALL TIMES Under-dash
Passenger’s Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 85
Fuse 10 Under-dash RED/GRN VIEW 60
10A (Sedan)
Fuse/Relay
15A (Coupe) Box B16
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67 Driver’s
J9 Multiplex
RED/ Control Unit
GRN 3 C204 PHOTO 86
PHOTO 91 A22 B9 B8 B7 VIEW 59
9 C201 VIEW 52
RED/ PHOTO 120 RED/GRN
GRN VIEW 45
Q7 GRY BLU/GRN GRN/ORN
2 5 18) C501
Taillight (*19) 10 7 PHOTO 95
Relay (’00-’02 Canada 11) GRN/ORN
VIEW 48
GRY BLU/GRN
PHOTO 123
5
1 3 5 C553 12 C554
PHOTO 142 BLU/GRN GRN/ORN PHOTO 150
RED/ RED/YEL RED/YEL GRY VIEW 32 VIEW 38
BLK Sedan 2 Trunk Lid Latch
PHOTO 155 2
GRN
See Circuit 11, See Circuit 14, 3 VIEW 14 WHT
page 15. page 15-3. Left Rear
Latch Trunk Key
1 2 Door Lock Cylinder Switch
Knob Switch 0 1 Switch 0 1
Exterior 1 = Trunk 1 = Unlock
2 1 = Unlock PHOTO 154
Lights 2 = Lock open WHT
PHOTO 160 (Coupe)
BLK PHOTO 143 BLU 1
6 BLK BLK
*= ’00-’02 Sedan See page

with Seat Heater 14-11. See page
14-14 (Coupe)
or 14-15 (Sedan).
BLK
G551 G601
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 148
PHOTO 158 (Coupe)
HOT AT ALL TIMES

Ceiling Light
Passenger’s
Fuse 11 0 = Off
Under-dash
1 = Door
7.5A Fuse/Relay
See page 10-11. 2 = On
Box PHOTO 175
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
B3 0
1 Passenger’s
WHT/BLU WHT/BLU 3 Under-dash
1 Fuse/Relay Box
See page 10-11. 2 BLK/WHT (Not PHOTO 91
B2 Used) VIEW 67
A21
I8
Passenger’s
Multiplex
Control Unit
A15 A14 B21 B1 A13 PHOTO 118
VIEW 62
See Circuit 176, See Circuit 175, WHT/RED C501 A8
page 15-5. page 15-5. 2 PHOTO 95 RED/BLU Sedan
WHT/RED VIEW 48
1 C554 5 C581
A16 A14 WHT/RED PHOTO 150 RED/BLU
PHOTO 142
BLU VIEW 33
GRN GRN/ 3 VIEW 38
WHT BLU/GRN 1
4 Trunk Lid Right Rear
See Circuit 176, See Circuit 175, Audio Opener Latch 1 2 Door Lock
page 15-5. page 15-5. Unit Actuator PHOTO 155
PHOTO 83
Knob Switch
VIEW 14
VIEW 50 2 1 = Unlock
GRN/
GRN
WHT 14 BLK 2 = Lock
BLK PHOTO 143
BLK 4
Front Right BLK
0 1 Passenger’s 0 1 Rear
Door Door See page See page 14-14 (Coupe) See page 14-12.
Switch Switch 14-10. or 14-15 (Sedan).
1 = Door 1 = Door open BLK
BLK BLK G601 G581
open PHOTO 144 G501 PHOTO 148 PHOTO
PHOTO 108 PHOTO 158 (Coupe) 125
PHOTO 136 Sedan
130-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

EX
Driver’s
Under-dash
Control Unit
PHOTO 86 Fuse/Relay
A10 VIEW 59 Box
E19
PHOTO 85
Q6 (Not VIEW 60 Under-hood
BLU/WHT Used) Fuse/Relay
15 C201 Box
BLU/WHT PHOTO 120 PHOTO 9
HOT AT ALL TIMES VIEW 45 HOT AT ALL TIMES
A7 VIEW 68
Fuse 47
20A
Head- Head-
light light
Relay 2 Relay 1 Horn
Relay
Fuse 45 Fuse 43
20A 20A
A3 A5 A13 A11 A8 A9
RED/YEL RED/GRN BLU/RED LT GRN/BLU BLU/RED
See page 10-14. See Circuit 60, page 15-3.

RED/YEL RED/GRN C13 C14
A2 A2 BLU/RED
Left Right A20 A9
Headlight Headlight Passenger’s Multiplex
Low Low Control Unit
PHOTO 118
VIEW 62
A1 A1 Passenger’s
J7 Low High
BLK BLK
BLU/RED Under-dash Horn Horn
4 Fuse/Relay Box PHOTO PHOTO
See page 14-7. See page 14-6. PHOTO 91 163 163
Combination VIEW 67
G301 G201 Light Switch
PHOTO 60 (V6) PHOTO 67 (V6) VIEW 42

130-10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Immobilizer System
HOT WITH ENGINE CRANKING HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES
Driver’s Under- Passen-

Fuse 13 Fuse 1 Under- Fuse 46 hood Fuse 13 ger’s
7.5A 15A
dash 15A
Fuse/ 7.5A
Under-
Fuse/ Relay dash
See See See
Relay Box Fuse/
page page PHOTO 9 page
Box Relay
10-3. 10-4. PHOTO 85 VIEW 68 10-12.
Box
VIEW 60 PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
Q10 O1 A17 H15
WHT/GRN WHT/YEL
See page 10. See page 10-12.

BLU/ORN RED/WHT
WHT/GRN WHT/YEL
2 5 7 B20
PGM-FI Gauge
Main Assembly
Relay Immobilizer PHOTO 87
PHOTO 99 System VIEW 61
VIEW 22 Indicator
4 1 3 6 B19
BLK
See page
BLK/ 14-1 (L4) or PNK
YEL GRN/YEL 14-3 (’98-’99 V6) or
14-5 (’00-’02 V6).
BLK
O7 G101
PHOTO 14
Driver’s PHOTO 45 (V6)
Under-dash Immobilizer
Fuse/Relay Receiver
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
Box Unit
A4 PHOTO 85 1 PHOTO 89
VIEW 60 See Circuit D04,
page 15-8 (L4),
page 15-9
21 C401 (’98-’99 V6) or
PHOTO 99 (’00-’02 V6).
VIEW 53
2 3 4
BLK/ GRN/YEL YEL/BLK RED BLU BRN/BLK
YEL
13 12 C401
PHOTO 99
VIEW 53
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK RED BLU
(* A16)
5 A15 B1 B9 A25 A13) A12
Fuel (IMO (IGP1) (IGP2) (IMOCD) (IMOEN) (IMOLMP) PCM or ECM
Fuel Tank FLR) Power Power Immobilizer Immobilizer Immobilizer PHOTO 114
Unit Fuel VIEW 66
M Pump input input code input enable indicator
PHOTO pump Ground light control
146 control (LG1)
4 B20
BRN/BLK
BLK
BRN/BLK
See page
14-13. See page 14 (L4) or
*= ’01-’02 V6 14-2 (’98-’99 V6) or
14-4 (’00-’02 V6).
BLK
BLK
G101
G552 PHOTO 14
132
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Interlock System
Fuse 47 Fuse/Relay Fuse 9 Under-
20A
Box 7.5A
dash
PHOTO 9 Fuse/
See page VIEW 68 See page
10-2. 10-9. Relay
Box
PHOTO 85
B5 I4 VIEW 60
WHT/YEL YEL
C202
6 PHOTO 120
VIEW 17 See page 10-9.
WHT/YEL YEL
Steering Lock
PHOTO 89 TP 1
7 VIEW 24 Shift
Sensor
PHOTO 16 Lock
See Multiplex PHOTO 44 (V6) Solenoid
Control System 2 PHOTO 111
Driver’s
1 0 Key Interlock 2 Under-dash
Switch Fuse/Relay Box
1 = Key pushed in GRN PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
Key
Interlock B12 B22
Solenoid WHT/ RED/BLK WHT/RED Driver’s Multiplex
YEL
2 Control Unit
PHOTO 86
5 (Not A3 VIEW 59
Used) 2) See Circuit M35,
(DX 1) page 15-16
WHT/RED
Brake Pedal (L4) or (V6).
0 1
Position Switch
1 = Brake pedal
pressed K10)
3) PHOTO 98 (V6 E17)
17 C401 (DX 2)
PHOTO 99
WHT/BLK BLK/BLU
VIEW 53
See Circuit 13, See Circuit M35,

WHT/RED page 15-3. page 15-16 (L4) or (V6).
BLK/BLU
WHT/BLK
4 10
WHT/BLK BLK/BLU
A32 C27 A28
Park Pin Switch PCM Transmission
(BKSW) (TPS) (ILU) PHOTO 114
1 2 1 = Out of park D4 Range
Brake Throttle Shift lock VIEW 66 N D3
or button pushed switch position circuit R 2 Switch
2 = Shift lever in park input input control P PHOTO 19
BLK PHOTO 110 1 PHOTO 49 (V6)
VIEW 34
3
RED/WHT
3
BLK BLK
See page 14-10. See page 14-1 (L4)

or 14-3 (’98-’99 V6)
or 14-5 (’00-’02 V6).
BLK BLK
G501 G101
PHOTO 108 PHOTO 14
PHOTO 45 (V6)

138
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Power Seat
2-Way Adjustable
Driver’s only
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 2 Under-dash
20A Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 91
H2 VIEW 67
RED
3 C501
PHOTO 95
RED VIEW 48
3 C552
RED PHOTO 129
1
Driver’s
Power Seat
Adjustment
Switch
1 2
1 = Up
2 = Down
4 2 5 3
BLK BLK
GRN/YEL GRN/RED BLK

4 C552
BLK PHOTO 129
2 1
M
See page 14-11.
Height Motor
PHOTO 129 BLK
G551
PHOTO 124

140
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Power Seat
8-Way Adjustable
Driver’s only
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse 4 Fuse 2
Fuse/Relay
20A 20A
Box
PHOTO 91
H1 H2 VIEW 67
BLU RED
11) 3 C501 * = ’00-’02 Sedan w/Seat Heater
(*12) PHOTO 95
RED VIEW 48
BLU
7
9 C551
BLU RED PHOTO 128
VIEW 31
B6 B2
Driver’s Power
Seat Adjustment
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Switch
1 = Down
2 = Up
3 = Backward
A3 A4 A1 A5 A6 A2 B4 B3 B5 B1 4 = Forward
PHOTO 126
BLK BLK
VIEW 63
RED/ RED BLU BLU/YEL GRN GRN/YEL YEL YEL/GRN
YEL 8 3 C551
PHOTO 128
BLK BLK VIEW 31
1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2
See page
M M M M 14-11.
Front Up-Down Motor Slide Motor Rear Up-Down Motor Recline Motor BLK

140
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Power Seat
4-Way Adjustable (’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan)
Front Passenger’s only
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Under-hood
Fuse 55 Fuse/Relay
40A Box
PHOTO 9
VIEW 68
B2
YEL/GRN
D1
Passenger’s
Under-dash
20A 20A Box
PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
H4 I18
RED WHT/RED
1
2 C582
PHOTO 91
VIEW 74
RED WHT/RED
7 9 C701
PHOTO 198
VIEW 79
WHT/RED RED
B1 B3
Front
Passenger’s
Power Seat
Adjustment
Switch
1 2 2 1
1 = Forward
2 = Backward
PHOTO 197
VIEW 80
B4 A4 A2 B5 B6 B2
BLK BLU BLU/YEL YEL YEL/GRN BLK
1 2 2 1
RED BLK RED BLK
2 1
Slide Motor Recline Motor
PHOTO 187 PHOTO 197
M M
6 8 C701
PHOTO 198
VIEW 79
BLK BLK
BLK
See page 14-12.
BLK
G581
PHOTO 125
140-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Power Mirrors
USA
HOT IN ON
Driver’s
Fuse 4 Under-dash
7.5A Fuse/Relay
See page Box
PHOTO 85
10-4. VIEW 60
G17
YEL/BLK
1
Power
Mirror
Switch
Left Up Right Down PHOTO 137
Switch Switch Switch Switch VIEW 37
1 1 1 = Pushed 1 1 1 = Pushed 1 1 1 = Pushed 1 1 1 = Pushed
Mirror
2 Selector
1 2 1 Switch
0 0 0 = Neutral
1 = Left
2 = Right
7 9 8 10 4 2
BLU/WHT BLK
See page
14-11.
YEL/WHT BLU/WHT LT GRN
BLK
G8 G15 G11 G551
Driver’s PHOTO 124
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 85
O18 O17 O16 VIEW 60
BLU/GRN BLU/WHT BLU/ORN YEL/WHT BLU/WHT LT GRN
K12 K8 K13
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 91
F11 F19 F4 VIEW 67
2 1 3 2 1 3
YEL GRY LT GRN PNK BRN ORN
(*RED) (*GRN) (*YEL) (*BRN) (*GRN) (*YEL)
(**BLU/GRN) (**YEL/WHT) (**BLU/BLK) (**YEL/RED) (**YEL/WHT) (**YEL/BLK)
(***GRY) (***GRN) (***YEL) (***ORN) (***GRN) (***YEL)
Up/Down Up/Down
Motor Left Motor Right
M Power M Power
Mirror Mirror
Left/Right PHOTO 139 Left/Right PHOTO 139
Motor Motor * = ’98 Coupe
** = ’99-’02 Sedan
M M
*** = ’99-’02 Coupe

141
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Power Mirrors
Canada
HOT IN ON
Driver’s
Fuse 4 Under-dash
7.5A Fuse/Relay
See page Box
10-4. PHOTO 85
VIEW 60
G17
YEL/BLK
YEL/BLK
YEL/BLK Power Mirror Switch

PHOTO 137
3 1 VIEW 37
Mirror
Defogger Left Up Right Down
Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch
0 1 0 = Off 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 = Pushed 1 = Pushed 1 = Pushed 1 = Pushed
1 = On
Mirror Selector
Switch
1 2 1 2
0 0
0 = Neutral
1 = Left
2 = Right
6 2 7 9 8 10 4
BLK
ORN/
WHT See page BLU/WHT
14-11.
BLK
G551
PHOTO 124
ORN/WHT
F1 G8 G15 G11
Driver’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
Q20 O18 O17 O16 PHOTO 85
ORN/ VIEW 60
BLU/GRN BLU/WHT BLU/ORN ORN/WHT YEL/WHT BLU/WHT LT GRN
WHT
K16 K12 K8 K13
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
E2 F11 F19 F4 PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
ORN/WHT YEL/WHT BLU/WHT LT GRN
2 5 4 6 2 5 4 6
BLU YEL GRY LT GRN BLU YEL GRY LT GRN
Right
Up/Down Up/Down Power
Motor Motor Mirror
Defogger M Defogger M PHOTO 139
VIEW 10
Left/Right Left/Right
Motor Motor
M M
BLU Left BLU

1 Power 1
BLK Mirror BLK
PHOTO 139
See page 14-11. VIEW 6 See page 14-12.
BLK BLK
G551 G581
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 125
141-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Seat Heaters (Canada)

7.5A Fuse/Relay 20A Box
Box
PHOTO 85 VIEW 68
O13 VIEW 60 D2
BLK/YEL
See page 10-5. WHT/GRN
BLK/YEL
(*5) (*1)
1) 5)
Seat
Heater
Relay
3 4) PHOTO 9
BLK (*2)
WHT/BLK
See page 14-6. C2
See Dash and Passenger’s See Dash and
Console Lights Under-dash Console Lights
BLK
Fuse/Relay Box
G202 PHOTO 91
PHOTO 35 I13 VIEW 67
PHOTO 65 (V6) WHT/BLK
RED/ WHT/BLK WHT/BLK RED/BLK
BLK
2 6 6 2
Driver’s Front
Seat Passenger’s
Heater Seat
1 2 Switch 2 1
Heater
1 = Low Switch
1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1
Seat 2 = High Seat 1 = Low
Heater 3 = ON Heater 2 = High
Switch 3 indica- 3 Switch 3 = ON
Light tors Light indica-
VIEW 2 tors
VIEW 4
1 5 4 3 3 4 5 1
RED WHT/BLU WHT/RED BLK BLK GRN/RED GRN/BLU RED
1 C501 16 15 C401
(***9) PHOTO 95 PHOTO 99
See Dash and (**10) VIEW 48 GRN/RED GRN/BLU VIEW 53 See Dash and
Console Lights BLK J11 J8 Console Lights
Passenger’s
WHT/BLU WHT/RED See page 14-10. Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
10 BLK G2 G3 Box
4 C551 PHOTO 91
PHOTO 128 G501 GRN/RED GRN/BLU VIEW 67
WHT/BLU WHT/RED VIEW 31 PHOTO 108 (**3)
(**4) 2)
2 3 3)
BLU GRN GRN BLU
Front
Seat Seat Heater
Heater
Cushion Back
Cushion Back YEL 1 2
YEL 1 2
BLK
BLK (**2)
1 1)
BLK BLK

*= ’01-’02 L4
BLK
G551 ** = ’00-’02 models BLK
G581
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 125
147
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Seat Heaters (Canada)

’01-’02 V6
7.5A Fuse/Relay 20A Box
See page 10-5. Box PHOTO 9
PHOTO 85 VIEW 68
O5 VIEW 60 D2
BLK/YEL WHT/GRN
C2
See page 10-5. Passenger’s Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
BLK/YEL PHOTO 91
VIEW 67
4 C301 I13
PHOTO 98
VIEW 51 WHT/GRN
BLK/YEL
7 C302
WHT/GRN PHOTO 98
VIEW 46
5 1
Seat
Heater
See Dash Relay
and Console See Dash and
Lights 3 2 Console Lights
BLK WHT/BLK
See page 14-7. 6 C302

PHOTO 98
WHT/BLK VIEW 46
RED/ WHT/BLK WHT/BLK RED/BLK
BLK BLK
G302
PHOTO 32
2 PHOTO 64 (V6) 6 6 2
Driver’s Front
1 2
Seat Passenger’s
2 1
Heater Seat
1 2 1 2 Switch 2 1 2 1 Heater
Seat 1 = Low Seat Switch
Heater 3 2 = High 3 Heater 1 = Low
Switch 3 = ON Switch 2 = High
Light indica- Light 3 = ON
tors indicators
5 4 3 VIEW 2 3 4 5 1 VIEW 4
1 GRN/RED GRN/BLU
WHT/BLU WHT/RED BLK BLK RED
RED 16 C401
1 (*10) C501 15
PHOTO 95 PHOTO 99 See Dash and
See Dash (**9) VIEW 48 GRN/RED GRN/BLU VIEW 53
Console Lights
and Console BLK J11 J8
Lights Passenger’s
WHT/BLU WHT/RED Fuse/Relay Box
BLK G2 G3 PHOTO 91
GRN/RED GRN/BLU VIEW 67
G501
10 PHOTO 108
4 C551 3 4 C701
PHOTO 128 PHOTO 198 with 4-way
VIEW 31 VIEW 79
WHT/BLU WHT/RED GRN/RED GRN/BLU
2 3 3
4
BLU GRN
GRN BLU
Driver’s Front
Seat Passenger’s
Heater Seat Heater
Cushion Back Cushion Back

YEL 1 YEL 1
2 2
BLK BLK
1 2
BLK BLK
See page 14-11. *= Sedan See page 14-12.

** = Coupe
BLK BLK
G551 G581
PHOTO 124 PHOTO 125

147-1
s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Stereo Sound System

Rear
Window
HOT IN ACC OR ON HOT AT ALL TIMES PHOTO 133
Fuse 8 Under-dash Fuse 9 Under-dash Radio
7.5A Fuse/Relay 20A Fuse/Relay Antenna
Box Box
R PHOTO 85 PHOTO 91
VIEW 60 VIEW 67
O11 Option BLK
Connector
YEL/BLK
K7
3 2
Accessory
Power Radio ANTENNA
Socket Antenna LEAD
4 Relay Shield
1
See page Ground
14-12. PHOTO 135
J16
A3 H13 H11 EX
(Not Used)
BLK WHT/RED WHT/GRN Passenger’s
Multiplex
See page See page Security
Control
14-12. 10-10. Input
EX-V6 Unit
See Dash B21 PHOTO 118
BLK VIEW 62
and Console To A on
G581 Lights page 150-1. Passenger’s
A
BLU Fuse/Relay
RED/BLK WHT/RED GRN/ Box Audio
RED PHOTO 91 Unit
VIEW 67 PHOTO 83
9 2 3 10 4 VIEW 50
+ Switched Radio remote Battery Antenna

ignition switch input input input
Dim control
+ – – + – + – + – Ground
8 18 19 6 16 5 15 7 17 14 20
RED BLU/YEL GRY/WHT RED/ BRN/WHT RED/ BRN/BLK BLK

YEL GRN BLK
14) C501 See page

13)
(*15) (*14)
PHOTO 14-10.
See Dash 95
and Console VIEW
48 BLK
Lights
BLU/ GRY/BLK BLU/YEL GRY/WHT
GRN G501 G502
PHOTO 108 PHOTO
Driver’s Under-dash 108
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 85
I11 I3 VIEW 60 I5 I6 I2 I3
Passenger’s
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 91
G13 G12 I2 I10 A10 A9 F13 F12 I11 I10 VIEW 67
BLU/ GRY/BLK GRY/ BLU/GRN RED/ BRN/WHT RED/ BRN/BLK BRN/ RED/GRN
GRN BLK YEL GRN BLK
2 2
1 1
BLK BLK/WHT BLK BLK/WHT
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Driver’s Left Left Rear Right Front Right

Door Tweeter Speaker Rear Passenger’s Tweeter *= ’00-’02 Sedan
Speaker PHOTO 81 PHOTO 150 Speaker Door PHOTO 81 with Seat
PHOTO 140 PHOTO 150 Speaker
EX EX Heater
PHOTO 140
150
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Stereo Sound System

With Steering Wheel Mounted Controls
From A on
page 150.
A
GRN/RED
2 C401
PHOTO 99
GRN/RED VIEW 53
1 C410
’01-’02 models PHOTO 193
GRN/RED
B1
Cable
Reel
PHOTO 189 (’98-’00)
PHOTO 194
BLK or GRN
Steering
2
Wheel
Radio
Remote
Switch
PHOTO 182
Volume Volume Seek
Down Up Up
Switch Switch Switch
1
BLK or GRN

150-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Clock
7.5A
Fuse/Relay 7.5A
Fuse/Relay
Box Box
See page PHOTO 91 See page PHOTO 85
10-12. VIEW 67 10-9. VIEW 60
H16 See Dash

I4 and Console
YEL
Lights
WHT/YEL
See page
10-9.
RED/BLK
YEL
2 1 3
Clock
PHOTO 191
LCD
Back
Light
LCD Drive
Display Circuit
5 4
BLK
RED
See page
14-10.
See Dash
BLK and Console
G501 Lights
PHOTO 108

154
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Accessory Power Socket
HOT IN ACC OR ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
7.5A Fuse/Relay 20A Fuse/Relay
R Box Box
PHOTO 85 PHOTO 91
O11 Option VIEW 60 See page VIEW 67
YEL/BLK Connector 10-10.
K7
3 2
Accessory
Power
Socket
4 1 Relay
See page
14-12.
J16
A3 H13 (Not Used)
WHT/RED
See page 10-10.

BLK WHT/RED
1
Accessory
Power
Socket
PHOTO 107
2
See page 14-12. BLK
See page 14-10.

BLK
G581 BLK
G501
PHOTO 125 PHOTO 108

155
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Cigarette Lighter (Honda Accessory)

HOT WITH HEADLIGHT
SWITCH IN PARK OR HEAD HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ACC OR ON
Driver’s
See Circuit 11, Fuse 8 Under-dash
page 15. See page 10-3.
7.5A
Box
PHOTO 85
U T R VIEW 60
WHT
Cigarette
15A Lighter
In-line Fuse
RED/BLK YEL/RED
WHT/RED
3 2
Cigarette
Lighter
Relay
1 4
WHT/BLU BLK
3 4
Front
Cigarette Ashtray
Lighter
Ashtray
Light
1
BLK
BLK
G581
PHOTO 125

155-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Homelink Remote Control System (V6 Only)
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Passenger’s
Fuse 11 Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
7.5A
Box
VIEW 67
B3
WHT/BLU
See page 10-11.
WHT/BLU
1
Spotlights
Spotlights PHOTO 131
Homelink
Unit
Spotlights
3
BLK
See page 14-12.
BLK
G581
PHOTO 125

157
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
3. Front of Vehicle, at Hood Latch
HOOD
SWITCH
(2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
4. Below Center of Front Bumper
OUTSIDE AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
http://vnx.su/
6. Behind Right Side of Front Bumper
A/C
PRESSURE
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
7. Behind Left Side of Cowl Cover
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
MOTOR
http://vnx.su/
8. Left Rear of Engine Compartment
BRAKE
FLUID
LEVEL
SWITCH
(Inside)
INTERMITTENT
WIPER
RELAY
http://vnx.su/
9. Right Rear of Engine Compartment
SEAT HEATER RELAY
(All except ’01-’02 V6
Models)
(Canada)
TCS RELAY
(’01-’02 V6 Models)
http://vnx.su/
10. Top of L4 Engine
FUEL INJECTORS
http://vnx.su/
11. Front of L4 Engine
PRIMARY HO2S
CONNECTOR
(All except
’01-’02 L4 ULEV)
A/F SENSOR
(’01-’02 L4 ULEV)
(4-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
12. Left Front of L4 Engine
ALTERNATOR
http://vnx.su/
14. Left Rear of L4 Engine
IAT SENSOR
EVAP
CANISTER
PURGE
VALVE
G101
http://vnx.su/
15. Center Rear of L4 Engine
IAC
VALVE
http://vnx.su/
16. Right Side of L4 Engine
TP SENSOR MAP SENSOR
RADIATOR
FAN
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
EGR VALVE
and EGR
VALVE
POSITION
SENSOR
VTEC
SOLENOID
VALVE
CONNECTOR
(1-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
http://vnx.su/
19. Right Rear of L4 Engine Compartment (A/T)
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
CONNECTOR
(10-GRY)
COUNTERSHAFT
SPEED SENSOR
http://vnx.su/
BACK-UP
LIGHT
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
ECT SENSOR
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE SENDING UNIT
(’98-’99 MODELS)
http://vnx.su/
STARTER
http://vnx.su/
23. Right Front of L4 Engine Compartment
T3
http://vnx.su/
25. Right Side of L4 Engine Compartment
SHIFT
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE B
SHIFT
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE C
http://vnx.su/
27. Front of L4 Engine Compartment
RADIATOR FAN
MOTOR
CONNECTOR
(2-GRY)
CONDENSER FAN
MOTOR CONNECTOR
(2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
28. Left Front of L4 Engine Compartment
A/C COMPRESSOR
CONNECTOR
(1-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
29. Left Front of L4 Engine Compartment
G303
G301
ABS
MODULATOR
UNIT
ABS PUMP
MOTOR
http://vnx.su/
30. Left Side of L4 Engine Compartment
T4
G2
http://vnx.su/
CRUISE
CONTROL
ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR
(4-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
G302
http://vnx.su/
33. Center Rear of L4 Engine Compartment (A/T)
ENGINE
MOUNT
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE
http://vnx.su/
34. Right Rear of L4 Engine Compartment
C101
(10-GRY)
C102
(8-GRY) (ALL M/T EXCEPT ’00-’02 ULEV)
(14-GRY) (A/T)
(10-GRY) (M/T ’00-’02 ULEV)
http://vnx.su/
G202
http://vnx.su/
TEST TACHOMETER
CONNECTOR
(2-NAT)
http://vnx.su/
37. Right Rear of L4 Engine Compartment (M/T)
VSS
http://vnx.su/
G201
http://vnx.su/
40. Right Front of L4 Engine Compartment
G1
http://vnx.su/
41. Top of V6 Engine
FUEL INJECTORS NO.1, NO.2

and NO.3
FUEL INJECTORS NO.4, NO.5 and NO.6
http://vnx.su/
43. Left Side of V6 Engine
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE SENDING UNIT
(’98-’99 Models) ECT SENSOR
EGR VALVE and EGR

VALVE POSITION
SENSOR
http://vnx.su/
TP SENSOR
IAC VALVE
http://vnx.su/
RADIATOR
FAN
SWITCH A
G101
http://vnx.su/
48. Lower Left Rear of V6 Engine Compartment
C106
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(8-GRY) COUNTERSHAFT
SPEED SENSOR
http://vnx.su/
49. Left Rear of V6 Engine Compartment
IGNITION COIL
(’98-’99 Models)
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
CONNECTOR
(10-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
50. Left Front of V6 Engine Compartment
T2
T3
STARTER
http://vnx.su/
52. Left Rear of V6 Engine
IAT SENSOR
DISTRIBUTOR
(’98-’99 Models)
http://vnx.su/
53. Lower Rear Center of V6 Engine Compartment
PRIMARY
HO2S
CONNECTOR
(4-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
55. Right Front of V6 Engine
G2
(’98 EARLY
PRODUCTION T4
Models) (’98 EARLY
PRODUCTION
Models)
T102
ALTERNATOR
http://vnx.su/
56. Right Front of V6 Engine Compartment
A/C
COMPRESSOR
CONNECTOR
(1-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
57. Front of V6 Engine Compartment
RADIATOR FAN CONDENSER

MOTOR FAN MOTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(2-GRY) (2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
G1
http://vnx.su/
G301
http://vnx.su/
ENGINE
MOUNT
EVAP CANISTER CONTROL
PURGE VALVE SOLENOID
VALVE
TEST TACHOMETER
CONNECTOR
(2-NAT)
http://vnx.su/
C104
(10-GRY)
C103
(14-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
64. Left Side of V6 Engine Compartment
G302
http://vnx.su/
65. Right Rear of V6 Engine Compartment
G202
http://vnx.su/
66. Right Side of V6 Engine Compartment
CRUISE
CONTROL
ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR
(4-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
67. Right Front of V6 Engine Compartment
ABS PUMP MOTOR

G203 (All except ’01-’02 V6) ABS
MODULATOR
UNIT
G201
http://vnx.su/
69. Underside of Vehicle, Rear of L4 Engine
C103 OIL
JUNCTION PRESSURE
CONNECTOR SWITCH
(14-GRY)
KNOCK
SENSOR
(LX, EX, SE)
http://vnx.su/
70. Underside of Vehicle, Rear of L4 Engine
PSP
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
71. Behind Right (V6) or Left (L4) Side of Front Bumper
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
MOTOR
http://vnx.su/
72. Underside of Vehicle, Near Catalytic Converter
SECONDARY
HO2S
CONNECTOR
(4-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
73. Underside of Vehicle, Near Fuel Tank
FUEL TANK EVAP CANISTER
PRESSURE VENT SHUT
SENSOR VALVE
EVAP
BYPASS
SOLENOID
VALVE
http://vnx.su/
75. Underside of Vehicle, Right Rear of V6 Engine
VTEC OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
76. Underside of Vehicle, Right Rear of V6 Engine
VTEC SOLENOID
VALVE CONNECTOR
(1-GRY)
CKP SENSOR
CONNECTOR
(2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
77. Underside of Vehicle, Front of Transmission (V6)
SHIFT
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE B
SHIFT
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE C
http://vnx.su/
79. Underside of Vehicle, Near Catalytic Converter (V6)
PSP
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
80. Center Front of Dash
SUNLIGHT
SENSOR
http://vnx.su/
81. Left Side of Dash (Right Similar)
TWEETER
CONNECTOR
(2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
82. Right of Steering Column
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
http://vnx.su/
83. Center of Dash (Climate Control)
CLIMATE
CONTROL AUDIO
UNIT UNIT
http://vnx.su/
84. Left Side of Glove Box
GLOVE
BOX
LIGHT
http://vnx.su/
85. Behind Left Fuse Box Cover
DRIVER’S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
G503
http://vnx.su/
86. Behind Left Fuse Box Cover
DRIVER’S
MULTIPLEX
CONTROL
UNIT
C631
(2-GRY)
(LX)
C555
(2-BLU)
(LX)
http://vnx.su/
87. Left Side of Dash
CONNECTOR B CONNECTOR A CONNECTOR C

(22-GRN) (14-GRN) (16-GRN)
GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
http://vnx.su/
88. Left Side of Steering Column
COMBINATION
LIGHT SWITCH
IGNITION
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
89. Right Side of Steering Column
IMMOBILIZER
RECEIVER
UNIT
STEERING
LOCK
http://vnx.su/
90. Right Side of Steering Column
WINDSHIELD WIPER/
WASHER SWITCH
INTERMITTENT
DWELL TIME
CONTROLLER
CONNECTOR
(2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
91. Behind Right Fuse Box Cover
PASSENGER’S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
C204
(22-GRN)
C582
(16-LT BLU) (’00 Coupe)
(6–LT BLU) (’01-’02 Models)
http://vnx.su/
92. Behind Left Kick Panel (L4)
ABS CONTROL
UNIT
CONNECTOR B
(12-ORN)
ABS CONTROL
UNIT
CONNECTOR A
(22-ORN)
G304
http://vnx.su/
93. Behind ABS Control Unit (L4)
G305
http://vnx.su/
94. Behind Left Kick Panel (Optional)
FOG LIGHT
RELAY 1
G54
http://vnx.su/
95. Above Left Kick Panel
C501 DLC
(18-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
C502
(7-BRN)
G401
http://vnx.su/
97. Back of Driver’s Dashboard Lower Cover
KEYLESS OR TRUNK
KEYLESS/SECURITY OPENER
CONTROL UNIT RELAY
DISARM
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
(3-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
98. Behind Driver’s Dashboard Lower Cover
C301
(20-GRY)
C302
(16-GRY) (V6)
(8-GRY) (L4)
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

(2-BRN) (WITHOUT CRUISE)
(4-BRN) (WITH CRUISE)
http://vnx.su/
C401
(22-BLU)
PGM-FI
MAIN RELAY
http://vnx.su/
IN-LINE FUSE 3
IN-LINE
FUSE 1
IN-LINE
FUSE 2
http://vnx.su/
101. Behind Driver’s Dashboard Lower Cover (LX)
UNLOCK LIGHT
RELAY FLASHER
RELAY
http://vnx.su/
FOG
LIGHT
DIODE
http://vnx.su/
103. Behind Driver’s Dashboard Lower Cover (M/T)
CLUTCH
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
CLUTCH
PEDAL
POSITION
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
C504
(2-GRY)
(LX, DX)
MES CONNECTOR C402

(2-YEL) (4-GRY)
(US: LX, DX)
(8-PIN)
(Canada)
http://vnx.su/
MOONROOF MOONROOF
OPEN CLOSE
RELAY RELAY
http://vnx.su/
C503
(3-YEL)
(’98-’99
MODELS)
CRUISE MODE
CONTROL CONTROL
UNIT MOTOR
http://vnx.su/
107. Front of Center Console
ACCESSORY
POWER
SOCKET
http://vnx.su/
108. Behind Dash Center Panel
FRONT PASSENGER’S
AIRBAG CONNECTOR
(2-YEL) (’98-’99 Models)
FRONT PASSENGER’S AIRBAG
FIRST and SECOND INFLATOR
(4-YEL) (’00-’02 Models)
G501 G502
http://vnx.su/
109. Below Front of Center Console (’98-’99 Models)
SRS UNIT
G801
http://vnx.su/
110. Below Center Console
A/T GEAR POSITION

CONSOLE LIGHT
A/T GEAR POSITION

CONSOLE LIGHT/PAR-
K PIN SWITCH CON-
NECTOR (4-GRY)
PARK PIN SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
http://vnx.su/
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
113. Below Dash, Right Side of Heater Unit
AIR MIX
CONTROL
MOTOR
http://vnx.su/
114. Below Center of Dash, Right Side of Heater Unit
PCM/ECM
CONNECTOR D
(16-GRY)
CONNECTOR A
(32-GRY)
CONNECTOR C
(31-BLU)
CONNECTOR B
(25-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
115. Below Right Side of Dash
C105
JUNCTION C108 (’00-’02) (V6)
CONNECTOR JUNCTION
(20-BLK) (’98-’99) CONNECTOR
(20-ORN) (’00-’02) (20-ORN)
BLOWER BLOWER
POWER MOTOR
TRANSISTOR (Climate Control)
(Climate Control)
http://vnx.su/
116. Below Right Side of Dash (Manual A/C)
BLOWER BLOWER
RESISTOR MOTOR
http://vnx.su/
117. Behind Passenger’s Dashboard Lower Cover
RADIATOR EVAPORATOR
FAN CONTROL TEMPERATURE
MODULE (V6) SENSOR
CONNECTOR
(2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
118. Behind Passenger’s Dashboard Lower Cover
PASSENGER’S
MULTIPLEX
CONTROL UNIT
G504
http://vnx.su/
119. Behind Glove Box
RECIRCULATION BLOWER
CONTROL MOTOR
MOTOR HIGH RELAY
http://vnx.su/
120. Behind Glove Box
C201
(16-BLU)
C202 C203
(7-BRN) (5-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
122. Behind Right Kick Panel (V6) (’98-’00 Models)
ABS CONTROL
UNIT CONNECTOR
A (22-ORN)
ABS CONTROL
UNIT CONNECTOR
B (12-ORN)
http://vnx.su/
123. Behind Right Kick Panel
G205
(V6 ONLY)
G204
TAILLIGHT RELAY (EX) (V6 ONLY)
HIGH BEAM CUT RELAY
(Canada)
PRIMARY HO2S RELAY
(’98-’00 Models) (ULEV)
A/F SENSOR HEATED
CONTROL RELAY
(’01-’02 Models) (ULEV)
http://vnx.su/
124. Below Driver’s Seat, Carpet Pulled Back
DRIVER’S SIDE
IMPACT SENSOR
(’00-’02 Models)
G551
http://vnx.su/
125. Below Front Passenger’s Seat, Carpet Pulled Back
G581
FRONT PASSENGER’S
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
(’00-’02 Models)
http://vnx.su/
126. Left Side of Driver’s Seat (8-way)
DRIVER’S
CONNECTOR B
POWER SEAT
(6-GRY)
ADJUSTMENT
SWITCH
CONNECTOR A
(6-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
127. Underside of Driver’s Seat (8-way)
SLIDE
MOTOR
RECLINE
MOTOR
FRONT UP-DOWN
MOTOR
http://vnx.su/
C551
(10-GRY)
DRIVER’S SEAT BELT

SWITCH CONNECTOR
(2-GRY) (’98-’99 Models)
(3-GRY) (’00-’02 Models)
DRIVER’S
SIDE AIRBAG
INFLATOR
CONNECTOR REAR
(2-YEL) UP-DOWN
(’00-’02 Models) MOTOR
http://vnx.su/

SWITCH CONNECTOR
(2-GRY) (’98-’99 Models) C552
(3-GRY) (’00-’02 Models) (4-GRY)
HEIGHT
MOTOR
http://vnx.su/
130. Underside of Driver’s Seat (Without Power Seat)

SWITCH CONNECTOR
(2-GRY) (’98-’99 Models)
(3-GRY) (’00-’02 Models)
http://vnx.su/
131. Front Center of Headliner
SPOTLIGHTS/
HOMELINK
UNIT
http://vnx.su/
132. At Driver’s Sunvisor (Front Passenger’s Similar)
VANITY MIRROR
LIGHT CONNECTOR
(2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
133. Center of Rear Window
REAR WINDOW RADIO

ANTENNA CONNECTOR
(1-WHT)
http://vnx.su/
134. Above Center Rear of Headliner
MOONROOF
MOTOR
CONNECTOR
(2-BRN)
MOONROOF
LIMIT SWITCH
CONNECTOR
(4-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
135. Above Center Rear of Headliner
RADIO ANTENNA
SHIELD GROUND
http://vnx.su/
136. Near Driver’s Door Striker (Frt. Pass. Similar)
DOOR
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
137. Driver’s Door (Sedan)
DOOR MULTIPLEX CONNECTOR B

CONTROL UNIT (2-BRN)
CONNECTOR A
(20-BLU) POWER MIRROR
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
138. Rear of Driver’s Door Panel (EX)
SECURITY INDICATOR
CONNECTOR (2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
139. Driver’s Door (Frt. Pass. Similar)
LEFT POWER
MIRROR
CONNECTOR
(Right Similar)
(3-GRY) (USA)
(6-CAVITY)
(Canada) DOOR LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
(3-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
140. Driver’s Door (Frt. Pass. Similar) (Sedan)
WINDOW
MOTOR
(Behind)
WINDOW MOTOR
CONNECTOR
(4-GRY) (DRIVER’S)
(2-GRY) (FRT. PASS.)
DOOR
SPEAKER
http://vnx.su/
141. Driver’s Door (Frt. Pass. Similar)
DOOR KEY
CYLINDER
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
(3-GRY)
DOOR LOCK
KNOB SWITCH
(Behind)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(Behind)
http://vnx.su/
142. Left Center Pillar (Right Similar) (Sedan)
C553 (LEFT)
C581 (RIGHT)
(10-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
143. Left Rear Door (Right Similar)
DOOR WINDOW
LOCK MOTOR
KNOB CONNECTOR
SWITCH (2-GRY)
DOOR
LOCK
ACTUATOR
http://vnx.su/
144. Near Left Rear Door Striker (Right Similar)
DOOR
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
145. Front of Trunk
G552
http://vnx.su/
146. Front of Trunk
FUEL
TANK UNIT
http://vnx.su/
147. Left Side of Trunk (Sedan)
LEFT REAR TURN

SIGNAL LIGHT
(’98-’00 Models)
LEFT BRAKE
BRAKE LIGHT LIGHT/OUTER
FAILURE SENSOR TAILLIGHT
(’98-’00 Models)
http://vnx.su/
148. Left Rear of Trunk (Sedan)
G601
http://vnx.su/
149. Left Side of Trunk (Sedan)
TRAILER
LIGHTING
CONNECTOR
(6-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
150. Left Side of Trunk (Right Similar)
LEFT
REAR
SPEAKER
(Right similar)
C554
(12-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
151. Front of Trunk, Underside of Rear Shelf
WINDOW
WINDOW
ANTENNA COIL
ANTENNA COIL
CONNECTOR B
CONNECTOR A
(2-BRN)
(1-BRN)
http://vnx.su/
152. Front of Trunk, Underside of Rear Shelf (Optional)
HIGH MOUNT
BRAKE LIGHT
CONNECTOR
(2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
153. Center Rear of Trunk Lid (LX, DX)
TRUNK
LATCH
SWITCH
TRUNK
OPENER
http://vnx.su/
154. Right Rear of Trunk Lid (Left Similar) (Sedan)
INNER
TAILLIGHT
(’98-’00 Models)
BACK-UP
LIGHT
(’98-’00 Models)
TRUNK KEY TRUNK KEY CYLINDER

CYLINDER SWITCH CONNECTOR
SWITCH (2-GRN or GRY)
http://vnx.su/
155. Center Rear of Trunk Lid (EX)
TRUNK
LID LATCH
CONNECTOR
(6-GRY)
TRUNK
LID
LATCH
http://vnx.su/
156. Center Rear of Trunk Lid (Optional)
TRUNK LID
OPENER
ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR
(1-CLR)
TRUNK TRUNK LID

OPENER OPENER
ACTUATOR
http://vnx.su/
157. Center of Trunk Spoiler (Optional)
CONNECTOR B CONNECTOR A
(1-BLK) (1-BLK)
HIGH
MOUNT
BRAKE
LIGHT
http://vnx.su/
158. Left Rear of Trunk (Coupe)
TRAILER
LIGHTING
CONNECTOR
(6-GRY)
G601 BRAKE LIGHT

FAILURE SENSOR
http://vnx.su/
159. Left Rear of Trunk (Right Similar) (Coupe)
TAILLIGHT
ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR
(6-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
160. Center Rear of Trunk Lid (Coupe)
TRUNK KEY
CYLINDER SWITCH
TRUNK KEY
CYLINDER
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
(2-BLU)
http://vnx.su/
161. Left Rear of Trunk Lid (Right Similar) (Coupe)
INNER
BRAKE LIGHT/
TAILLIGHT
CONNECTOR
(3-GRY)
BACK-UP
LIGHT
http://vnx.su/
162. Above Rear License Plate (Coupe)
LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT
CONNECTOR
(2-BRN)
http://vnx.su/
163. Behind Center of Front Bumper
LOW AND
HIGH HORNS
http://vnx.su/
164. Rear of Driver’s Door Panel (Coupe)
DOOR MULTIPLEX DOOR MULTIPLEX

CONTROL UNIT CONTROL UNIT
CONNECTOR B (2-BRN) CONNECTOR A (20-BLU)
http://vnx.su/
165. Driver’s Door (Passenger’s Similar) (Coupe)
WINDOW
MOTOR
(Behind)
WINDOW MOTOR
CONNECTOR
(4-GRY) (DRIVER’S)
(2-GRY) (FRT. PASS.)
http://vnx.su/
166. Behind Driver’s Dashboard Lower Cover (M/T)
C404
(10-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
167. Right Side of V6 Engine Comp. (’98-’99 Models)
T4
G2
http://vnx.su/
170. Center of Dash (Manual A/C)
HEATER
CONTROL
PANEL
HEATER
FAN
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
171. Below Front of Center Console
(’00-’02 Coupe, ’01-’02 Sedan)
http://vnx.su/
(’00 Model only)
C503
(8-YEL) (Coupe)
(2-YEL) (Sedan)
http://vnx.su/
173. Below Driver’s Seat (Pass. Similar) (’00-’02 Coupe)
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
http://vnx.su/
174. In Front Passenger’s Seat-back (’00-’02 Models)
OPDS UNIT
CONNECTOR A
(2-YEL)
CONNECTOR D
(8-YEL)
CONNECTOR B CONNECTOR C
(4-YEL) (2-YEL)
http://vnx.su/
175. Center of Roof
CEILING
LIGHT
http://vnx.su/
176. Left Side of Rear Bumper (Coupe) (Right Similar)
REAR SIDE
MARKER
LIGHT
http://vnx.su/
177. Left Side of V6 Engine Compartment (’00-’02)
T4
G2
http://vnx.su/
178. Front Center of V6 Engine (’00-’02)
IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION

COIL NO. 4 COIL NO. 5 COIL NO. 6
http://vnx.su/
179. Rear Center of V6 Engine (’00-’02)
IGNITION
COIL NO. 1
IGNITION
COIL NO. 2
IGNITION
COIL NO. 3
http://vnx.su/
180. Lower Left Rear of V6 Engine Comp. (’00-’02)
C107
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(14-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
181. Right Rear of V6 Engine (’00-’02)
G102
http://vnx.su/
183. Right Side of Steering Wheel (LX, EX)
CRUISE CONTROL
SET/RESUME/
CANCEL SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
186. Below Front of Center Console (’00 Sedan)
CONNECTOR A SRS
(18-YEL) UNIT
CONNECTOR B
(14-YEL) CONNECTOR C
(8-YEL)
C505
(6-YEL)
G801
http://vnx.su/
187. Underside of Front Passenger’s Seat (’00-’02)
SLIDE MOTOR
CONNECTOR
(’01-’02 EX V6)
(2-GRY)
http://vnx.su/
188. Center of Trunk
HIGH MOUNT
BRAKE LIGHT
TRUNK LIGHT
http://vnx.su/
189. Below Steering Wheel (’98-’00 Models)
CABLE REEL
CONNECTOR B
(4-BLK)
http://vnx.su/
190. Right Side of Trunk (Sedan) (’98-’00 Models)
RIGHT REAR
TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT
RIGHT
BRAKE
LIGHT/
OUTER
TAILLIGHT
http://vnx.su/
191. Center of Dash
CLOCK
HAZARD
WARNING
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
192. Left Side of Dash
CRUISE CONTROL
MAIN SWITCH (All
except ’01-’02 V6)
CRUISE CONTROL/
TCS SWITCH
(’01-’02 V6)
MOONROOF
SWITCH (EX)
http://vnx.su/
193. Underside of Steering Column
CABLE REEL
CONNECTOR A
(2-YEL) (’98-’00)
(4-YEL) (’01-’02)
C410
(4-GRY)
(’01-’02 Models)
http://vnx.su/
194. Below Steering Wheel (’01-’02 Models)
http://vnx.su/
195. Behind Right Kick Panel (V6) (’01-’02 Models)
http://vnx.su/
196. Left B-pillar (Front Pass. Similar) (Coupe Similar)
(’01-’02 Models)
DRIVER’S
SEAT BELT
TENSIONER
(Right similar)
(2-YEL)
http://vnx.su/
197. Right Side of Front Passenger Seat
(’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan)
FRONT
PASSENGER’S
POWER SEAT
ADJUSTMENT
SWITCH
http://vnx.su/
198. Right Side of Front Passenger Seat
(’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan)
http://vnx.su/
199. Right Side of Trunk (Left Similar) (’01-’02 Sedan)
http://vnx.su/
200. Right Rear of Trunk Lid (Left Similar)
(’01-’02 Sedan)
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index Terminal Numbering
+ –
Connector Views
1. Brake Light Failure Sensor
– Gray
– Left rear corner of trunk
– On rear wire harness
1 2
3 4 5 6
Coupe: Sedan:
1 WHT/BLK (Brake switch input) 1
2 WHT/GRN (Safety indicator output) 2 GRN (Brake light input)
3 GRN (Brake light input) 3 BLK (G601)
4 4 WHT/GRN (Safety indicator output)
5 BLK (G601) 5 YEL (Fuse 9)
6 YEL (Ignition input) 6 WHT/BLK (Brake switch input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
2. Seat Heater Switch, Driver’s (Canada)
– Gray
– Front of center console
– On dashboard wire harness A
1 2
3 4 5 6
All except ’01-’02 V6: ’01-’02 V6:

1 RED (Illumination (–)) 1 RED (Illumination (–))
2 RED/BLK (Illumination (+)) 2 RED/BLK (Illumination (+))
3 BLK (G501) 3 BLK (G501)
4 WHT/RED (HIGH output) 4 WHT/RED (HIGH output)
5 WHT/BLU (LOW output) 5 WHT/BLU (LOW output)
6 WHT/BLK (Switched ignition input) 6 WHT/BLK (Switched ignition input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
3. EGR Valve and EGR Valve Position Sensor
– Gray
– Right (L4) or left (V6) side of engine
– On engine wire harness
1 2 3
4 5 6
L4: V6:
1 WHT/BLK (EGR valve lift sensor output) 1 WHT/BLK (EGR valve lift sensor output)
2 GRN/BLK (Sensor ground) 2 GRN/BLK (Sensor ground)
3 YEL/BLU (Reference voltage) 3 YEL/BLU (Reference voltage)
4 PNK (EGR valve control input) 4 PNK (EGR valve control input)
5 5
6 BLK (G101) 6 BLK (G101)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
4. Seat Heater Switch, Front Passenger’s (Canada)
– Blue
– Front of center console
1 2
3 4 5 6
All; except ’00-’02 V6: ’00-’02 V6:

3 BLK (G501) 3 BLK (G501)
4 GRN/RED (HIGH output) 4 GRN/RED (HIGH output)
5 GRN/BLU (LOW output) 5 GRN/BLU (LOW output)
6 WHT/BLK (Switched ignition input) 6 WHT/BLK (Switched ignition input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
5. Window Switch, Front Passenger’s
– Gray
– In front passenger’s door pull pocket trim
– On front passenger’s door wire harness
1 2
3 4 5 6
’98-’99 Models: ’00 Model: ’01-’02 Models:

1 BLU/YEL (Motor control) 1 BLU/YEL (Motor control) 1 BLU/YEL (Motor control)
2 WHT/RED (Main switch enable) 2 WHT/RED (Main switch enable) 2 BLU/YEL (Master switch control – UP)
3 BLU/BLK (Switched power) 3 BLU/BLK (Switched power) 3 BLU (Main switch enable)
4 BLU/WHT (Motor control) 4 BLU/WHT (Motor control) 4 WHT/RED (Master switch control – DOWN)
5 BLU (Master switch control – DOWN) 5 BLU (Master switch control – DOWN) 5 BLU/BLK (Switched power)
6 BLU/YEL (Master switch control – UP) 6 BLU/YEL (Master switch control – UP) 6 BLU/WHT (Motor control)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
6. Power Mirror (Canada), Left
– Gray
– In front of driver’s door
– On driver’s door wire harness
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 Male – BLK 4 Male – BLU/WHT

Female – BLU Female – GRY
(G551) (Up/down control)
2 Male – ORN/WHT 5 Male – BLU/GRN
Female – BLU Female – YEL
(Defogger control) (Common)
3 6 Male – BLU/ORN
Female – LT GRN
(Left/right control)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
7. Window Switch, Left Rear
– Gray
– In left rear door pull pocket trim
– On left rear door wire harness
1 2
3 4 5 6

1 RED/YEL (Motor control) 1 RED/YEL (Motor control) 1 GRN/BLU (Master switch control – UP)
2 WHT/RED (Main switch enable) 2 WHT/RED (Main switch enable) 2 RED/YEL (Motor control)
3 WHT/YEL (Switched power) 3 WHT/YEL (Switched power) 3 GRN (Master switch control – DOWN)
4 RED/BLU (Motor control) 4 RED/BLU (Motor control) 4 WHT/RED (Main switch enable)
5 GRN (Master switch control – DOWN) 5 EGN (Master switch control – DOWN) 5 WHT/YEL (Switched power)
6 GRN/BLU (Master switch control – UP) 6 GRN/BLU (Master switch control – UP) 6 RED/BLU (Motor control)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
8. Taillight Assembly (Coupe only), Left
– Gray
– Left rear of trunk
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 RED/BLK (Taillights) 4 Male – GRN/YEL

2 Male – WHT/BLK Female – GRN/BLU
Female – GRN (Turn signal lights)
(Brake lights) 5
3 Male – BLK/WHT 6 BLK (G601)
female – BLK
(G601)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
9. Moonroof Switch
– Gray
– On left side of dashboard
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 RED (Illumination (–))

2 BLK (G501)
3 RED/BLK (Illumination (+))
4 GRY/RED (CLOSE output)
5 YEL/RED (TILT output)
6 GRY/YEL (OPEN output)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
10. Power Mirror (Canada), Right
– Gray
– Front passenger’s door
– On front passenger’s door wire harness
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 Male – BLK 4 Male – BLU/WHT

Female – BLU Female – GRY
(G581) (Up/down control)
2 Male – ORN/WHT 5 Male – YEL/WHT
Female – BLU Female – YEL
(Defogger control) (Common)
3 6 LT GRN (Left/right control)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
11. Window Switch, Right Rear
– Gray
– In right rear door pull pocket trim
– On right rear door wire harness
1 2
3 4 5 6

1 RED/YEL (Motor control) 1 RED/YEL (Motor control) 1 YEL (Master switch control – UP)
2 WHT/RED (Main switch enable) 2 WHT/RED (Main switch enable) 2 RED/YEL (Motor control)
3 WHT/BLK (Switched power) 3 WHT/BLK (Switched power) 3 YEL/GRN (Master switch control – DOWN)
4 RED/BLU (Motor control) 4 RED/BLU (Motor control) 4 WHT/RED (Main switch enable)
5 YEL/GRN (Master switch control – DOWN) 5 YEL/GRN (Master switch control – DOWN) 5 WHT/BLK (Switched power)
6 YEL (Master switch control – UP) 6 YEL (Master switch control – UP) 6 RED/BLU (Motor control)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
12. Taillight Assembly (Coupe only), Right
– Gray
– Right rear of trunk
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 RED/BLK (Taillights)
2 Male – WHT/BLK
Female – GRN
(Brake lights)
3 Male – BLK/WHT
Female – BLK
(G601)
4 GRN/YEL (Turn signal lights)
5
6 BLK (G601)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
13. Trailer Lighting Connector
– Gray
– Left side of trunk
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 GRN/BLU (L turn signal input)

2 BLK (G601)
3 RED/BLK (Lights ON input)
4 WHT/BLK (Brake input)
5 GRN/BLK (Reverse input)
6 GRN/YEL (R turn signal input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
14. Trunk Lid Latch (EX only)
– Gray
– Center rear of trunk lid
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 Male – BRN
Female – ORN
L4: (Trunk latch switch-safety indicator)
V6: (Trunk latch switch-safety indicator)
2 Male – GRN
Female – BLU/GRN
(Trunk latch switch-security)
3 Male – BLU/GRN
Female – WHT/RED
(Opener solenoid control)
4 BLK (G601)
5
6 Male – BLU
Female – BLK
(G601)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
15. Unlock Relay (LX)
– Brown
– Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover, right of steering column
– On optional keyless or security wire harness
1 2 3
4 5 6
1 WHT/RED (Battery input – contacts)

2 LT GRN (To driver’s door lock actuator)
3 YEL/RED (Coil control input)
4 LT GRN/RED (To passenger door lock actuators)
5
6 WHT/RED (Battery input – coil)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
16. Intermittent Wiper Relay
– Brown
– Left rear of engine compartment
– On left-side engine compartment wire harness
1 2 3
4 5 6
L4: V6:
1 BLK (G302) 1 BLK (G302)
2 WHT (Wiper motor LOW winding control) 2 WHT (Wiper motor LOW winding control)
3 GRN/BLK (Fuse 12 – Driver’s) 3 GRN/BLK (Fuse 12 – Driver’s)
4 BLU/WHT (PARK/RUN input from wiper motor) 4 BLU/WHT (PARK/RUN input from wiper motor)
5 5
6 GRN/RED (Intermittent control input) 6 GRN/RED (Intermittent control input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
17. C202
– Brown
– Behind glove box
– Connects right-side engine compartment wire harness to dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
L4: V6:
1 WHT (Fuse 42) 1 WHT (Fuse 42)
2 With ABS: BRN/BLK (ABS) 2 BLK/YEL (Wiper/washer)
3 YEL/BLK 3 YEL/BLK
Manual A/C: (Blower controls) Manual A/C: (Blower controls)
Climate Control: (Blower controls) Climate Control: (Blower controls)
4 ORN/WHT 4 ORN/WHT
Canada: (Headlights) Canada: (Headlights)
USA EX: (Headlights) USA EX: (Headlights)
USA DX, SE, LX: (Headlights) USA DX. SE. LX: (Headlights)
5 BLK/WHT (Starting system) 5 WHT/BLK (Circuit 13)
6 WHT/YEL (Fuse 47) 6 WHT/YEL (Fuse 47)
7 With ABS: WHT/BLU (ABS) 7 All except ’01-’02 V6: GRY (ABS)
’01-’02 V6: GRY (ABS/TCS)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
18. C502 (EX only)
– Brown
– Mounted to driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box
– Connects dashboard wire harness A to moonroof wire harness
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
1
2 BLK (G501)
3 WHT/YEL (Moonroof)
4 YEL/RED (Moonroof)
5 GRY/RED (Moonroof)
6 GRY/YEL (Moonroof)
7 GRN (Moonroof)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
19. Air Mix Control Motor
– Green
– Right side of heater unit
– On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Manual A/C: Climate Control:

1 RED/WHT (Mode – COOL) 1 RED/WHT (Mode – COOL)
2 RED/YEL (Mode – HOT) 2 RED/YEL (Mode – HOT)
3 PNK/BLK (AMD-P) 3 PNK/BLK (AMD-P)
4 4
5 YEL/GRN (S-COM) 5 YEL/GRN (S-COM)
6 6
7 GRY (S5V) 7 GRY (S5V)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
20. Heater Fan Switch (Manual A/C)
– Brown
– On heater control panel
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
1 BLK (G401)
2 GRN (Fan ON output)
3 BLU/RED (Speed 4 output)
4 BLU (Speed 1 output)
5 BLU/YEL (Speed 2 output)
6 BLU/BLK (Speed 3 output)
7

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
21. Mode Control Motor
– Green
– Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 BLU/BLK (Mode – DEF) 1 BLU/BLK (Mode – DEF)
2 BLU/WHT (Mode – VENT) 2 BLU/WHT (Mode – VENT)
3 BLU/GRN (Mode 4) 3 BLU/GRN (Mode 4)
4 LT GRN/BLK (Mode 3) 4 LT GRN/BLK (Mode 3)
5 GRN/YEL (Mode 2) 5 GRN/YEL (Mode 2)
6 GRN/BLK (Mode 1) 6 GRN/BLK (Mode 1)
7 YEL/GRN (S-COM) 7 YEL/GRN (S-COM)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
22. PGM-FI Main Relay
– Brown
– Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover, left of steering column
– On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
L4: V6:
1 GRN/YEL (Fuel pump control input) 1 GRN/YEL (Fuel pump control input)
2 BLU/ORN (Start input) 2 BLU/ORN (Start input)
3 BLK (G101) 3 BLK (G101)
4 BLK/YEL (Fuel pump output) 4 BLK/YEL (Fuel pump output)
5 RED/WHT (Fuse 1 – Driver’s) 5 RED/WHT (Fuse 1 – Driver’s)
6 YEL/BLK, YEL/BLK (Power output) 6 YEL/BLK, YEL/BLK (Power output)
7 WHT/GRN, WHT/GRN (Fuse 46) 7 WHT/GRN, WHT/GRN (Fuse 46)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
23. Recirculation Control Motor
– Green
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 BLK/YEL (IG2) 1 BLK/YEL (IG2)
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 GRN/RED (FRS) 5 GRN/RED (FRS)
6 6
7 GRN/WHT (Rec) 7 GRN/WHT (Rec)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
24. Steering Lock
– Green
– Right side of steering column
– On dashboard wire harness B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 BLU/WHT (Ignition key switch output)

2
3 BLK (G401)
4
5 A/T: WHT/RED (Park pin switch input)
6 WHT/BLK (Ignition key light control input)
7 WHT/YEL (Fuse 47)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
25. C106 Junction Connector (V6)
– Gray
– Lower left rear of engine compartment
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
1 YEL/BLK 5 YEL/BLK
(Switched ignition input) (To IAC valve)
2 YEL/BLK 6 YEL/BLK
(To fuel injector) (To fuel injector)
3 YEL/BLK 7 YEL/BLK
4 YEL/BLK 8 YEL/BLK
Terminals grouped together are connected by the same bus bar.

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
26. C402 Security System Connector (Honda Accessory) (Canada only)
– Gray
– Above left kick panel
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
1 BLK/WHT (Ceiling light control)

2 BLU/WHT (Ignition key reminder)
3 LT GRN/BLU (Horns)
4 BLK/YEL (Door open input)
5 RED/GRN (Fuse 10 – Pass.)
6 RED/BLK (Circuit 11)
7
8 BLK (G401)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
27. Fog Light Switch
– Gray
– On left side of dash
– On optional fog light switch harness
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
Canada: USA:
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 BLK (G54) 4 BLK (G54)
5 GRN (ON output) 5 GRN (ON output)
6 BLU (Switched power input) 6 BLU (Switched power input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
28. Radiator Fan Control Module (V6)
– Black
– Behind passenger’s dashboard lower cover
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
1 YEL (Radiator fan relay control)

2 BLK/YEL (Ignition ON input)
3 YEL/WHT (Condenser fan relay control)
4 BLK (G401)
5 WHT/GRN (Radiator fan switch B input)
6 WHT (Fuse 58)
8 GRN (Radiator fan switch A input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
29. C101 (L4)
– Gray
– Behind under-hood fuse/relay box
– Connects engine wire harness to right-side engine compartment wire harness
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10
1 YEL/BLU (Evaporative emission control system)

2 YEL/GRN
’98-’99 Models: (Gauges)
’00-’02 Models: (Gauges)
3 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
4 YEL/BLK (Fuel supply system)
5 WHT/YEL (ECM/PCM power and ground)
6 GRN (Fans)
7 WHT/BLU (Circuit E03)
8 RED/YEL (Evaporative emission control system)
9 BLK/WHT (Starting system)
10 BLK/YEL (Ignition system)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
30. C104 (V6)
– Gray
– Connects engine wire harness to left-side engine compartment wire harness
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10
1 GRN/BLK 6 WHT/YEL (Fuse 13 – Pass.)

’98-’99 Models: (Circuit Z28) 7 YEL/BLK
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit Z28) ’98-’99 Models: (Circuit D04)
2 ’00-’02 Models: (Circuit D04)
3 YEL/BLU (Circuit D46) 8 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
4 RED/WHT 9 BLK/WHT (Starting system)
’98-’99 Models: (Circuit E90) 10 BLK/YEL
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit E90) ’98-’99 Models: (Ignition system)
5 BLK ’00-’02 Models: (Ignition system)
’98-’99 Models: (G101)
’00-’02 Models: (G101)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
31. C551 (w/8-way adjustable seat)
– Gray
– Underside of driver’s seat
– Connects left side wire harness to power seat wire harness
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1 ’00-’02 Models: BLU/RED

’00 Sedan: (SRS)
’00 Coupe: (SRS)
’01-’02 Models: (SRS)
2 BLK (G551)
3 BLK (G551)
4 Canada: WHT/BLU
All except ’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters)
’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters)
5 Canada: BLK (G551)
6 RED/BLU
7 RED (Power seat)
8 BLK (G551)
9 BLU (Power seat)
10 Canada: WHT/RED

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
32. C553 (Sedan)
– Gray
– In left center pillar
– Connects left side wire harness to left rear door wire harness
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1 EX: BLK (G551) 7 WHT/BLU (Door courtesy lights)

2 WHT/RED 8 LT GRN/RED
’98-’99 LX, EX: (Power windows) LX without optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
’00-’02 LX, EX: (Power windows) LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
3 GRN EX, SE: (Power door locks)
’98-’99 LX, EX: (Power windows) 9 WHT/RED
4 GRN/BLU LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
’98-’99 LX, EX: (Power windows) EX, SE: (Power door locks)
’00-’02 LX, EX: (Power windows) 10 WHT/YEL
5 EX: GRY (Security system) ’98-’99 LX, EX: (Power windows)
6 YEL/GRN (Door courtesy lights) ’00-’02 LX, EX: (Power windows)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
33. C581 (Sedan)
– Gray
– In right center pillar
– Connects right side wire harness to right rear door wire harness
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1 EX: BLK (G581) 7 WHT/BLU (Door courtesy lights)

2 WHT/RED 8 LT GRN/RED
’00-’02 LX, EX: (Power windows) LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
3 YEL/GRN EX, SE: (Power door locks)
’98-’99 LX, EX: (Power windows) 9 WHT/RED
4 YEL LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
’98-’99 LX, EX: (Power windows) EX, SE: (Power door locks)
’00-’02 LX, EX: (Power windows) 10 WHT/BLK
5 EX, SE: RED/BLU (Security system) ’98-’99 LX, EX: (Power windows)
6 YEL/WHT (Door courtesy lights) ’00-’02 LX, EX: (Fuse 16 – Pass.)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
34. Transmission Range Switch
– Gray
– Lower right (L4) or left (V6) rear of engine compartment
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10
1 Male – GRY 5 BLU (Position 2 output)

Female – BLU/WHT 6 Male – GRN
(Park/neutral output) Female – PNK
2 Male – PNK (Position D3 output)
Female – LT BLU 7 YEL (Position D4 output)
(Cruise disengage output) 8 Male – RED
3 Male – RED/WHT Female – RED/BLK
Female – BLK (Neutral output)
(G101) 9 WHT (Reverse output)
4 BRN (Position 1 output) 10 BLK/BLU (Park output)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
35. ABS Modulator Unit (All except ’01-’02 V6 Models)
– Orange
– Left (L4) or right (V6) front of engine compartment
– On left-side (L4) or right-side (V6) engine compartment wire harness
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10
1 RED/BLK (FR-IN)
2 RED/GRN (RL-IN)
3 RED/WHT (RR-IN)
4 RED/BLU (FL-IN)
5 YEL/BLK (FR-OUT)
6 YEL/GRN (RL-OUT)
7 YEL/WHT (RR-OUT)
8 YEL/BLU (FL-OUT)
9
10 BRN/BLK (Power input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
36. Hazard Warning Switch
– Gray
– Center of dash
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
’98-’00 Coupe: ’98-’00 Sedan:

1 GRN/RED (Turn signal/hazard relay input) 1 GRN/RED (Turn signal/hazard relay input)
2 GRN/BLU (Hazard ON output – left) 2 GRN/BLU (Hazard ON output – left)
3 GRN/YEL (Hazard ON output – right) 3 GRN/YEL (Hazard ON output – right)
4 4
5 GRN/WHT (Turn signal/hazard relay control output) 5 GRN/WHT (Turn signal/hazard relay control output)
8 8
9 WHT/GRN (Fuse 49) 9 WHT/GRN (Fuse 49)
10 YEL/RED (Fuse 10 – Driver’s) 10 YEL/RED (Fuse 10 – Driver’s)
’01-’02 Coupe: ’01-’02 Sedan:

1 YEL/RED (Fuse 10 – Driver’s) 1 YEL/RED (Fuse 10 – Driver’s)
2 GRN/WHT (Turn signal/hazard relay control output) 2 GRN/WHT (Turn signal/hazard relay control output)
4 GRN/RED (Turn signal/hazard relay input) 4 GRN/RED (Turn signal/hazard relay input)
7 GRN/BLU (Hazard ON output – left) 7 GRN/BLU (Hazard ON output – left)
8 8
9 9
10 GRN/YEL (Hazard ON output – right) 10 GRN/YEL (Hazard ON output – right)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
37. Power Mirror Switch
– Gray
– Driver’s door
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
USA: Canada:
1 YEL/BLK (Fuse 4) 1 YEL/BLK (Fuse 4)
2 BLK (G551) 2 BLK (G551)
3 3 YEL/BLK (Fuse 4)
4 BLU/WHT (Up/down control) 4 BLU/WHT (Up/down control)
5 5
6 6 ORN/WHT (Defogger control output)
7 BLU/GRN (Left mirror control) 7 BLU/GRN (Left mirror control)
8 YEL/WHT (Right mirror control) 8 YEL/WHT (Right mirror control)
9 BLU/ORN (Left mirror control) 9 BLU/ORN (Left mirror control)
10 LT GRN (Right mirror control) 10 LT GRN (Right mirror control)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
38. C554
– Gray
– Left side of trunk
– Connects left side wire harness to rear wire harness
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 EX, SE: WHT/RED (Keyless entry) 8 RED/BLK

2 GRN/BLK Coupe: (Taillights)
M/T: (Back-up lights) Sedan: (Taillights)
A/T: (Back-up lights) 9 GRN/BLU (Circuit 17)
3 ORN (Circuit 178) 10 GRN/YEL (Circuit 16)
4 YEL 11 WHT/GRN
Coupe: (Brake lights) Coupe: (Safety indicator)
Sedan: (Brake lights) Sedan: (Safety indicator)
5 EX, SE: GRN/ORN (Security system) 12 LX, EX, SE: BLU/GRN
6 Coupe: RED/BLK (Taillights) LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
7 WHT/BLK EX, SE: (Security system)
Coupe: (Brake lights)
Sedan: (Brake lights)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
39. C103 Junction Connector (L4)
– Gray
– Lower center rear of engine
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11
12 13 14
1 YEL/BLK 8 BRN/BLK (G101)

(To fuel injector) 9 BRN/BLK (G101)
2 YEL/BLK 10 BLK (G101)
(To fuel injector) 11 BLK (G101)
3 YEL/BLK
(To fuel injector)
12 GRN/BLK (Circuit Z28)
4 YEL/BLK
(To fuel injector) 13 GRN/BLK (Circuit Z28)
5 YEL/BLK 14 GRN/BLK (Circuit Z28)
(To IAC valve)
6 YEL/BLK
(Fuel supply system)
7 YEL/BLK
(Switch ignition input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
40. C102 (L4)
– Gray
– Behind under-hood fuse/relay box
– Connects engine wire harness to right-side engine compartment wire harness
A/T: M/T (except ULEV):

1 2 3
4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4
8 9 10 11 5 6 7 8
12 13 14
1 BRN/BLK (G101) 1 BLU/WHT (Circuit E93)

2 GRN/BLK (Circuit Z28) 2 BRN/BLK (G101)
3 BLK (G101) 3 GRN/BLK (Circuit Z28)
4 ULEV: GRN/RED (PGM-FI system) 4 BLK (G101)
5 BLK/BLU (Circuit M35) 5
6 WHT (Circuit M34) 6 GRN/BLK (Back-up lights)
7 YEL/RED (Indicators) 7 YEL (Fuse 9 – Driver’s)
8 RED/BLK (A/T gear position indicator) 8 YEL/RED (Indicators)
9 PNK (Circuit M31)
10 BLU (Circuit M29)
11 BRN (Circuit M28)
12 ULEV: WHT (PGM-FI system)
13 LT BLU (Circuit M37)
14 BLU/WHT (Circuit M36)
M/T (ULEV):
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10
1 BRN/BLK (G101)
2 GRN/BLK (Circuit Z28)
3 BLK (G101)
4 GRN/RED (PGM-FI system)
5 YEL (Fuse 9 – Driver’s)
6 YEL/RED (Indicators)
7 BLU/WHT (Circuit E93)
8 WHT (PGM-FI system)
9
10 GRN/BLK (Back-up lights)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
41. C103 (V6)
– Gray
– Connects engine wire harness to left-side engine compartment wire harness
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11
12 13 14
1 YEL/RED (Indicators) 8 BLK/BLU (Circuit M35)

2 ’98-’99 Models: YEL/GRN 9 WHT
(Engine coolant temperature gauge) ’98-’99 Models: (Circuit M34)
’02 Model: ’00-’02 Models: (Circuit M34)
Male: YEL/GRN 10 RED/BLK (A/T gear position indicator)
Female: 11 PNK
(Not used) ’98-’99 Models: (Circuit M31)
3 WHT/GRN (Fans) ’00-’02 Models: (Circuit M31)
4 GRN (Fans) 12 BLU
5 BRN/BLK ’98-’99 Models: (Circuit M29)
’98-’99 Models: (G101) ’00-’02 Models: (Circuit M29)
’00-’02 Models: (G101) 13 BRN
6 LT BLU (Circuit M37) ’98-’99 Models: (Circuit M28)
7 BLU/WHT ’00-’02 Models: (Circuit M28)
’98-’99 Models: (Circuit M36) 14 WHT/BLU (Circuit E03)
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit M36)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
42. Combination Light Switch
– Gray
– Left side of steering column
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 Except ’02 Model: LT GRN/BLU (Horns) 10 Canada: ORN Canada: (High beam control output)
2 USA: ORN/WHT
3 EX: RED/WHT USA EX: (High beam control output)
USA: (Auto lighting OFF input) USA DX, SE, LX: (High beam control output)
Canada: (Auto lighting OFF input) 11 BLK
4 BLU/RED Canada: (G401)
Canada: (Headlight relay control output) USA EX: (G401)
USA EX: (Headlight relay control output) USA DX, SE, LX: (G401)
USA DX, SE, LX: (Headlight relay control output) 12 GRN/BLU
5 Coupe: (Turn signal switch output – left)
Sedan: (Turn signal switch output – left)
6 DX, LX: RED/GRN (Fuse 10 – Pass.)
EX: RED/YEL (Taillight relay control output) 13 GRN/RED
Coupe: (Turn signal/hazard relay input)
7 DX, LX: RED/BLK (Lights ON output)
Sedan: (Turn signal/hazard relay input)
EX: BLK (G401)
14 GRN/YEL
8
Coupe: (Turn signal switch output – right)
9 Sedan: (Turn signal switch output – right)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
43. Cruise Control Unit
– Blue
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 BRN (Actuator control)

2 GRY (Brake input)
3 BLK (G501)
4
5 WHT/BLK (Brake input)
6 LT GRN/RED (Set/cancel signal input)
7 LT GRN/BLK (Resume/cancel signal input)
8 A/T: BLU/GRN (Cruise control signal output)
9 BRN/WHT (Actuator control)
10 BLU/BLK (Indicator light control)
11 BRN/BLK (Actuator control)
12 BLU/WHT (Vehicle speed input)
13 LT GRN (Power input)
14 LT BLU (Disengage input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
44. DRL Control Unit (Canada)
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 RED/WHT (L high beam control)

2 RED/BLU (Battery input)
3 RED/YEL (L low beam input)
4 BLK (G401)
5 RED/GRN (R low beam input)
6 GRN/WHT (Parking brake input)
7 BLK (G401)
8 BLU/RED (Lights ON request input)
9 BLU/WHT (DRL indicator light control)
10 ORN/WHT (High beam request)
11 RED/ORN (R high beam control)
12 YEL/RED (Ignition ON input)
13 GRN/RED (Brake indicator output)
14

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
45. C201
– Blue
– Connects right-side engine compartment wire harness to dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L4: V6:
1 YEL/GRN 1 YEL/GRN
Manual A/C: (A/C compressor controls) Manual A/C: (A/C compressor controls)
Climate Control: (A/C compressor controls) Climate Control: (A/C compressor controls)
2 BLK (G101) 2 ’01-’02 V6: BLU (Circuit F44)
3 RED/YEL 3 RED/YEL
Canada: (Headlights) Canada: (Headlights)
USA EX: (Headlights) USA EX: (Headlights)
USA DX, SE, LX: (Headlights) USA DX, SE, LX: (Headlights)
5 With ABS: YEL/GRN (ABS) 5 LT BLU
6 With ABS: GRN (ABS) All except ’01-’02 V6: (ABS)
7 With ABS: GRN/BLK (ABS) ’01-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)
8 With ABS: YEL/RED (ABS) 6 BRN
All except ’01-’02 V6: (ABS)
9 EX: RED/GRN (Fuse 10 – Pass.)
’01-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)
7 GRN/BLU
11 All except ’01-’02 V6: (ABS)
12 GRN/YEL (Circuit 16) ’01-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)
13 A/T: BLU/WHT (Circuit M36) 8 GRN
14 YEL/BLK (Circuit D04) All except ’01-’02 V6: (ABS)
15 EX: BLU/WHT ’01-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)
USA (Headlights) 9 EX: RED/GRN (Fuse 10 – Pass.)
Canada (Headlights) 10 YEL/BLK
’01-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)
11 LT BLU (Circuit F29)
12 GRN/YEL (Circuit 16)
13 YEL/WHT (Fans)
14 YEL (Fans)
15 EX: BLU/WHT
USA: (Headlights)
Canada: (Headlights)
16 BRN/WHT (Climate controls)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
46. C302
– Gray
– Connects left-side engine compartment wire harness to dashboard wire harness A
L4: V6:
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 LX, EX, SE: BRN (Cruise control) 1 GRN/WHT (Engine mount control system)
2 Canada: PNK 2 USA: RED/YEL
’98-’99 Models: (Indicators) EX: (Headlights)
’00-’02 Models: (Indicators) DX, SE, LX: (Headlights)
3 LX, EX, SE: BRN/WHT (Cruise control) 3 GRN/RED
4 LX, EX, SE: BRN/BLK (Cruise control) USA: (Circuit 207)
5 GRN/RED Canada: (Circuit 207)
USA: (Circuit 207) 4 RED/YEL (Evaporative emission control system)
Canada: (Circuit 207) 5 LT BLU (Circuit M37)
6 USA: RED/YEL 6 ’01-’02 Model Canada EX: WHT/BLK (Heat seat)
EX: (Headlights) 7 ’01-’02 Model Canada EX: WHT/GRN (Heat seat)
DX, SE, LX: (Headlights) 8 BRN
7 GRN (Idle control system) All except ’00-’02 V6 (Circuit M28)
8 BLU/WHT (ABS) ’00-’02 V6 (Circuit M28)
9 BLU
All except ’00-’02 V6 (Circuit M29)
’00-’02 V6 (Circuit M29)
10 PNK
All except ’00-’02 V6 (Circuit M31)
’00-’02 V6 (Circuit M31)
11 RED/BLK (A/T gear position indicator)
13 BLU (Tachometer)
14 ’98-’99 Models: YEL/GRN (Gauges)
15 YEL/RED (Indicators)
16

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
47. DLC
– Gray
View from terminal side
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
L4: V6:
1 (9) 1 (9)
2 (10) 2 (10)
3 (11) 3 (11)
4 (12) BLK (G401) (Ground for PGM Tester) 4 (12) BLK (G401) (Ground for PGM Tester)
5 (13) BRN/BLK (G101) (Signal ground for communication network) 5 (13) BRN/BLK (G101) (Signal ground for communication network)
6 (14) 6 (14)
7 (15) GRY 7 (15) GRY
(DLC and MIL circuits) (K line for off-board communication) (DLC and MIL circuits) (K line for off-board communication)
8 (16) 8 (16)
9 (1) BRN (Circuit F28) 9 (1) BRN (Circuit F28)
10 (2) 10 (2)
11 (3) 11 (3)
12 (4) RED/WHT 12 (4) RED/WHT
13 (5) 13 (5)
14 (6) LT BLU (Circuit F29) 14 (6) LT BLU (Circuit F29)
15 (7) 15 (7)
16 (8) WHT/GRN (Fuse 46) (Power for PGM Tester (B+, 4 amps max)) 16 (8) WHT/GRN (Fuse 46) (Power for PGM Tester (B+, 4 amps max))
( ) = Non-SAE terminal number used in service manual.

NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The num-
bers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face.
This view of the DLC is the same as if you were looking at it installed in the vehicle.

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
48. C501
– Gray
– Connects dashboard wire harness A to left side wire harness
All except ’00-’02 Sedan with ’00-’02 Sedan with seat heater
seat heater: (Canada Only):
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 Canada EX: WHT/BLU 1 WHT/BLU

All except ’01-’02 V6 (Seat heaters) All except ’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters)
’01-’02 V6 (Seat heaters) ’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters)
Sedan: BLU/RED 2 WHT/RED (Keyless entry)
’00 Model: (SRS) 3 RED
’01-’02 Models: (SRS) 2-way adjustable seat: (Power seat)
2 EX, SE: WHT/RED (Keyless entry) 8-way adjustable seat: (Power seat)
3 RED 4 LT GRN/WHT
2-way adjustable seat: (Power seat) L4: (Evaporative emission control system)
8-way adjustable seat: (Power seat) V6: (Evaporative emission control system)
4 LT GRN/WHT 5 BLU
L4: (Evaporative emission control system) L4: (Evaporative emission control system)
V6: (Evaporative emission control system) V6: (Evaporative emission control system)
5 BLU 6 LT GRN
L4: (Evaporative emission control system) L4: (Evaporative emission control system)
V6: (Evaporative emission control system) V6: (Evaporative emission control system)
6 LT GRN 7 GRN/ORN (Security system)
L4: (Evaporative emission control system) 8 WHT/YEL (Fuse 7 – Pass.)
V6: (Evaporative emission control system)
9 BLU/RED
7 EX, SE: GRN/ORN (Security system) ’00 Model: (SRS)
8 Except ’00-’02 Coupe LX, EX: WHT/YEL (Fuse 7 – Pass.) ’01-’02 Models: (SRS)
’00 Coupe with SRS: BLU/RED (SRS) 10 WHT/RED
’01-’02 Coupe with SRS: BLU/RED (SRS) All except ’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters)
9 Canada EX: WHT/RED ’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters)
All except ’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters) 11 BLU/GRN (Security system)
12 BLU (Power seat)
10 EX, SE: BLU/GRN (Security system)
13 WHT/GRN
11 8-way adjustable seat: BLU (Power seat) L4: (Safety indicator)
12 WHT/GRN V6: (Safety indicator)
L4: (Safety indicator) 14 GRY/WHT (Stereo sound system)
V6: (Safety indicator)
15 BLU/YEL (Stereo sound system)
13 GRY/WHT (Stereo sound system)
16 YEL/BLU
14 BLU/YEL (Stereo sound system) L4: (Gauges)
15 YEL/BLU V6: (Gauges)
L4: (Gauges) 17 LT GRN/RED
V6: (Gauges) L4: (Indicators)
16 LT GRN/RED V6: (Indicators)
L4: (Indicators) 18 ORN (Circuit 178)
V6: (Indicators)
19 GRY (Security system)
17 ORN (Circuit 178)
20
18 Except ’00-’02 Coupe EX: GRY (Security system)
’00-’02 Coupe: BLK (G501)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
49. C105 Junction Connector (V6)
– Black (’98-’99) or Orange (’00-’02)
– Below right side of dash
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
’98-’99 Models: ’00-’02 Models:

1 YEL/BLU (Circuit D46) 11 BLK/YEL 1 BLU (Circuit M29) 11 BRN (Circuit M28)
2 YEL/BLU (Circuit D46) (Fuse 6 – Driver’s) 2 BLU (Circuit M29) 12 BRN (Circuit M28)
3 YEL/BLU (Circuit D46) 12 BLK/YEL 3 BLU (Circuit M29) 13 BRN (Circuit M28)
4 YEL/BLU (Circuit D46) (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
13 BLK/YEL
(Fuse 6 – Driver’s) 4 *: BRN/BLK (G101) 14 PNK (Circuit M31)
5 BRN/BLK (G101) 14 BLK/YEL 5 *: BRN/BLK (G101) 15 PNK (Circuit M31)
6 BRN/BLK (G101) (Fuse 6 – Driver’s) 6 *: BRN/BLK (G101) 16 PNK (Circuit M31)
7 BRN/BLK (G101)
15 BLK (G101) 7 BLK (G101) 17 YEL/BLK (Circuit D04)
8 GRN/BLK (Circuit Z28) 16 BLK (G101) 8 BLK (G101) 18 YEL/BLK (Circuit D04)
19 BLK (G101)
20 BLK (G101)
* = ’00 late production, ’01-’02

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
50. Audio Unit
– Blue
– Center of dashboard
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 11
2 WHT/RED (Switched ignition input) 12
3 EX-V6: GRN/RED (Radio remote switch input) 13
4 EX: BLU (Security output) 14 EX: BLK (G501)
5 RED/YEL (Right rear speaker +) 15 BRN/WHT (Right rear speaker –)
6 BLU/YEL (Left rear speaker +) 16 GRY/WHT (Left rear speaker –)
7 RED/GRN (Frt. pass. door speaker +) 17 BRN/BLK (Frt. pass. door speaker –)
8 BLU/GRN (Dr. door speaker +) 18 GRY/BLK (Dr. door speaker –)
9 RED/BLK (Illumination (+)) 19 RED (Illumination (–))
10 WHT/GRN (Battery input) 20 BLK (G502)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
51. C301
– Gray
– Connects left-side engine compartment wire harness to dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L4: V6:
1 With ABS: YEL/GRN (ABS) 1 BRN/BLK
2 With ABS: BRN/BLK (ABS) ’98-’99 Models: (G101)
3 With ABS: BLU/YEL (ABS) ’00-’02 Models: (G101)
4 With ABS: GRN/YEL (ABS) 2
5 With ABS: GRN (ABS) 3
6 With ABS: GRN/BLK (ABS) 4 ’01-’02 Canada EX: BLK/YEL (Seat heater)
7 With ABS: YEL/RED (ABS) 5 BRN
All except ’01-’02 V6: (ABS)
8 With ABS: GRN (ABS)
’01-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)
9
6 GRN/BLU
11 Canada: GRN/RED (Circuit 207) ’01-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)
12 Canada: RED/WHT (Headlights) 7
13 RED/YEL 8
Canada: (Headlights) 9 YEL/BLK
USA EX: (Headlights) ’98-’99 Models: (Circuit D04)
USA DX, SE, LX: (Headlights) ’00-’02 Models: (Circuit D04)
14 With ABS: WHT/BLU (ABS) 10 Climate Control: RED/WHT
15 BLU/YEL (Wiper/washer) ’98-’99 Models: (Circuit E90)
16 BLU (Wiper/washer) ’00-’02 Models: (Circuit E90)
17 WHT (Wiper/washer) 11 Canada: GRN/RED (Circuit 207)
18 12 Canada: RED/WHT (Headlights)
19 13 RED/YEL
20 Canada: (Headlights)
USA EX: (Headlights)
USA DX, SE, LX: (Headlights)
14
15 BLU/YEL (Wiper/washer)
16 BLU (Wiper/washer)
17 WHT (Wiper/washer)
18 GRN (Fans)
19 WHT/GRN (Fans)
20 BLK
’98-’99 Models: (G101)
’00-’02 Models: (G101)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
52. C204
– Green
– Behind right fuse box cover
– Connects right-side engine compartment wire harness to dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
L4: V6:
1 WHT/BLU (Circuit E03) 1 ’01-’02 Models: BLU (ABS/TCS)
2 WHT/GRN 2 WHT/GRN
Coupe: (Hazard warning lights) Coupe: (Hazard warning lights)
Sedan: (Hazard warning lights) Sedan: (Hazard warning lights)
3 EX, SE, LX: RED/GRN (Dash and console lights) 3 EX: RED/GRN (Dash and console lights)
4 4 ’01-’02 Models: ORN/WHT (ABS/TCS)
5 EX, SE: YEL (Security system) 5 EX, SE: YEL (Security system)
6 A/T: BRN (Circuit M28) 6 ’01-’02 Models: PNK (ABS/TCS)
M/T: YEL (Fuse 9 – Driver’s) 7 BRN (Circuit F28)
7 A/T: BLU (Circuit M29) 8 All except ’01-’02 V6: BLU/WHT (ABS)
8 A/T: RED/BLK (A/T gear position indicator) ’01-’02 V6: BLU/WHT (ABS/TCS)
9 A/T: PNK (Circuit M31) 9 Canada: PNK (Indicators)
10 YEL/RED (Indicators) 10 GRN/RED
11 GRN/BLK (Circuit Z28) USA: (Circuit 207)
12 WHT/RED Canada: (Circuit 207)
Except ULEV: (PGM-FI system) 11 GRN/BLK
ULEV: (PGM-FI system) ’98-’99 (Circuit Z28)
13 BLK/WHT ’00-’02 (Circuit Z28)
Except ULEV: (PGM-FI system) 12 WHT/RED (PGM-FI system)
ULEV: (PGM-FI system) 13 BLK/WHT (PGM-FI system)
14 A/T: GRN/WHT (Engine mount control system) 14 ’01-’02 Models: RED/BLU (ABS/TCS)
15 YEL/BLU (Evaporative emission control system) 15 ’01-’02 Models: LT GRN (ABS/TCS)
16 YEL/GRN 16 ’01-’02 Models: WHT/RED (ABS/TCS)
’98-’99 Models: (Gauges) 17 BRN (Cruise control)
’00-’02 Models: (Gauges) 18 BRN/BLK (Cruise control)
17 A/T: WHT (Circuit M34) 19 BRN/WHT (Cruise control)
M/T: GRN/BLK (Back-up lights)
20 GRN (Idle control system)
18 A/T: BLK/BLU (Circuit M35)
21 Manual A/C: RED (A/C compressor controls)
19 BLU
22 GRN/RED
’98-’99 Models: (Tachometer)
’98-’99 Models: (Charging system)
’00-’02 Models: (Tachometer)
’00-’02 Models: (Charging system)
20 RED/YEL (Evaporative emission control system)
21 Manual A/C: RED (A/C compressor controls)
22 GRN/RED (Charging system)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
53. C401
– Blue
– Above driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box
– Connects dashboard wire harness A to dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
4 5 6 7
1 2 3 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 Climate Control: YEL/RED (A/C compressor controls) 14 LX, EX: GRN/WHT

2 With steering mounted control: GRN/RED (Stereo sound system) L4: (Wiper/washer)
3 Canada: GRN/WHT (Circuit 207) V6: (Wiper/washer)
4 Canada: BLU/WHT 15 All except ’01-’02 Canada EX Sedan: GRN/BLU (Seat heaters)
L4: (Indicators) ’01-’02 V6 Canada EX Sedan: GRN/BLU (Seat heaters)
V6: (Indicators) ’00 Sedan L4 without side SRS: BLU (SRS)
5 Canada: RED/WHT (Headlights) 16 All except ’01-’02 Canada EX Sedan: GRN/RED (Seat heaters)
’01-’02 V6 Canada EX Sedan: GRN/RED (Seat heaters)
6 LX, EX: GRN/YEL
’00 Sedan L4 without side SRS: YEL/BLU (SRS)
L4 (Wiper/washer)
V6 (Wiper/washer) 17 A/T: WHT/RED (Interlock system)
7 With cruise: GRY (Cruise control) 18 ’01-’02 Sedan: BLU (ABS/TCS)
’01-’02 Coupe: GRN/BLK (Fuse 12 – Driver’s)
8 Climate control: WHT/RED (A/C compressor controls)
19 With cruise: LT GRN/RED (Cruise control)
9 GRY
L4: (DLC and MIL circuits) 20 With cruise: LT GRN/BLK (Cruise control)
V6: (DLC and MIL circuits) 21 GRN/YEL
10 All except ’01-’02 Coupe (LX, EX): YEL/GRN (Fuse 7 – Driver’s) L4: (Fuel supply system)
V6: (Fuel supply system)
11 With cruise: LT GRN (Cruise control)
22 EX: RED/WHT
12 BLU (Immobilizer system)
USA (Headlights)
13 RED (Immobilizer system) Canada (Headlights)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
54. Heater Control Panel (Manual A/C)
– Green
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 GRN/WHT (Recirc control) 11 GRN/RED (Fresh control)

2 BLK/YEL (Ignition ON input) 12 RED/YEL (Air mix hot)
3 WHT/YEL (Battery input) 13 RED/WHT (Air mix cool)
4 BRN/YEL (Rear window defogger ON output) 14 BLU/WHT (Mode – VENT +)
5 YEL/GRN (A/C ON output) 15 BLU/BLK (Mode – DEF +)
6 BLU/GRN (Mode 4 output) 16 GRY (Reference voltage)
7 LT GRN/BLK (Mode 3 output) 17 YEL/GRN (Sensor ground)
8 GRN/YEL (Mode 2 output) 18 GRN/BLK (Mode 1 output)
9 BLK (Ground) 19 PNK/BLK (Air mix potential)
10 RED/BLK (Illumination (+)) 20 BRN (Evaporator temp sensor input)
21 GRN (Heater fan switch input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
55. Keyless or Keyless/Security Control Unit
– Green
– Mounted to driver’s dashboard lower cover
– On optional keyless or keyless/security harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 12
2 BLK/YEL (Door open input) 13 BLK (Ground)
3 ORN (Trunk open input) 14 With security: RED (LED control)
4 With security: YEL/RED (Hood open input) 15 BLU/WHT (Key in ignition input)
5 With security: BLU (Disarm switch input) 16 BLK/WHT (Ceiling light control)
6 BLK/WHT (Lock output) 17 BLU/RED (Light flasher relay control)
7 YEL/RED (Unlock relay control) 18 LT GRN/BLU (Horn control)
8 GRN/RED (Unlock output) 19
9 With security: RED (Siren control) 20 GRN/BLU (Trunk opener relay control)
10 WHT/BLU (Battery input) 21 With security: WHT (Siren control)
11 YEL/BLU (Ignition ON input) 22

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
56. ABS Control Unit (All except ’01-’02 V6)
– Behind left (L4) or right (V6) kick panel
Connector A Connector B
– Orange – Orange
– On left-side (L4) or right-side (V6) engine – On left-side (L4) or right-side (V6) engine
compartment wire harness compartment wire harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 BLK (GND3) 12 BLK (GND4) 1 BLU/WHT (WALP) 7 BLK (GND2)

2 13 2 BLK (GND1) 8 RED/WHT (RR-IN)
3 14 BRN (SCS) 3 YEL/WHT (RR-OUT) 9 RED/BLU (FL-IN)
4 GRN/RED (PARK) 15 4 YEL/BLU (FL-OUT) 10 RED/GRN (RL-IN)
5 16 GRN (MCK) 5 YEL/GRN (RL-OUT) 11 RED/BLK (FR-IN)
6 BRN 17 LT BLU 6 YEL/BLK (FR-OUT) 12 YEL/RED (PMR)
L4: (FLW (–)) L4: (RLW (+))
V6: (FLW (–)) V6: (RLW (+))
7 GRN/BLU 18 GRY
L4: (FLW (+)) L4: (RLW (–))
V6: (FLW (+)) V6: (RLW (–))
8 GRN 19 GRN/YEL
L4: (FRW (–)) L4: (RRW (+))
V6: (FRW (–)) V6: (RRW (+))
9 GRN/BLK 20 BLU/YEL
L4: (FRW (+)) L4: (RRW (–))
V6: (FRW (+)) V6: (RRW (–))
10 WHT/BLK (STOP) 21 YEL/GRN (FSR)
11 YEL/BLK (IG2) 22 LT BLU (DLC)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
57. Climate Control Unit
– Black – Gray
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 4 5 6 7 8

1 PNK/BLK (Air mix potential) 12 WHT/RED
(Sunlight sensor input) 2 WHT/YEL (Fuse 13 – Pass.)
2 YEL/GRN (A/C ON output)
13 GRY (Reference voltage) 3 RED/WHT (Engine coolant temp. input)
3 GRN/RED (Fresh control)
14 BRN (Evaporator temp 4 BLU/ORN (Blower motor high relay control)
4 GRN/WHT (Recirc control)
sensor input) 5 ORN/BLK (Power transistor control)
5 BLU/BLK (Mode – DEF)
15 BRN/WHT 6 BLU/RED (Blower motor feedback)
6 BLU/WHT (Mode – VENT)
(Outside air temp input) 7 BRN/YEL (Rear window defogger ON output)
7 RED/YEL (Air mix hot)
16 YEL/RED (In-car temp input) 8 BLK (G401)
8 RED/BLK (Illumination (+))
17 BLU/GRN (Mode 4)
9 RED/WHT (Air mix cool)
18 LT GRN/BLK (Mode 3)
19 GRN/YEL (Mode 2)
11 YEL/GRN (Sensor ground)
20 GRN/BLK (Mode 1)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
58. Multiplex Control Unit, Door
– Driver’s door
Connector A
– Light Blue
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 WHT/YEL 11 RED/BLU
’98-’99 Models: (Fuse 13 – Pass.) ’98-’99 Models: (Driver’s window motor control)
’00-’02 Models: (Fuse 13 – Pass.) ’00-’02 Models: (Driver’s window motor control)
2 GRN/WHT 12 BLK (G401)
’98-’99 Models: (Switched power input) 13
’00-’02 Models: (Switched power input) 14
3 15 BRN
4 RED LX without optional keyless or security: (Communication line)
’98-’99 Models: (Dr. window motor pulser input) LX with optional keyless or security: (Communication line)
’00-’02 Models: (Dr. window motor pulser input) EX, SE: (Communication line)
5 16 BLU
6 EX, SE: BLU/WHT (Dr. door key cyl. switch – LOCK) LX without optional keyless or security:
7 PNK (Dr. door key cyl. switch – UNLOCK)
LX without optional keyless or security: LX with optional keyless or security:
(Dr. door knob switch – LOCK) (Dr. door key cyl. switch – UNLOCK)
LX with optional keyless or security: EX, SE: (Dr. door key cyl. switch – UNLOCK)
(Dr. door knob switch – LOCK) 17 BLK/RED
EX, SE: (Dr. door knob switch – LOCK) LX without optional keyless or security:
8 BLK/WHT (Dr. door knob switch – UNLOCK)
LX without optional keyless or security: LX with optional keyless or security:
(Dr. door lock switch – UNLOCK) (Dr. door knob switch – UNLOCK)
LX with optional keyless or security: EX, SE: (Dr. door knob switch – UNLOCK)
(Dr. door lock switch – UNLOCK) 18 GRN/RED
EX, SE: (Dr. door lock switch – UNLOCK) LX without optional keyless or security:
9 (Dr. door lock switch – UNLOCK)
10 RED/YEL LX with optional keyless or security:
’98-’99 Models: (Driver’s window motor control) (Dr. door lock switch – UNLOCK)
’00-’02 Models: (Driver’s window motor control) EX, SE: (Dr. door lock switch – UNLOCK)
19 BLK (G551)
20
Connector B
– Brown
1 BLK (G551)
2 WHT/RED
’98-’99 Models: (Main switch output)
’00-’02 Models: (Main switch output)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
59. Multiplex Control Unit, Driver’s
– On driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box
– Connects driver’s multiplex control unit to driver’s – Green
under-dash fuse/relay box – On dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 (Ignition key light control) 1 All except DX: PNK (Communication line)
2 (Communication line) 2
3 L4 A/T: (A/T gear position PARK input) 3 RED/WHT
V6 A/T: (A/T gear position PARK input) L4: (Dash lights brightness controller input)
4 L4: (Not used: Circuit M36) V6: (Dash lights brightness controller input)
’98-’99 V6: (Not used: Circuit M36) 4 WHT/RED
’00-’02 V6: (Not used: Circuit M36) L4: (Dash lights brightness controller input)
5 EX, SE: (Security indicator control) V6: (Dash lights brightness controller input)
6 (Lights ON input) 5 WHT/BLU (Alternator input)
7 ’98-’99 Models: (Left rear window motor control) 6 EX, SE: YEL (Hood open input)
’00-’02 Models: (Left rear window motor control) 7 EX, SE: GRN/ORN (Trunk key cylinder switch input)
8 (Brake switch input) 8 EX: BLU/GRN
9 L4: (Windshield wiper INT input) L4: (Trunk open input)
V6: (Windshield wiper INT input) V6: (Trunk open input)
10 EX: (Headlight relay control) 9 EX, SE: GRY (Left rear door knob switch input)
11 L4: (Wiper intermittent relay control) 10
V6: (Wiper intermittent relay control) 11 BLK (G503)
12 (Battery input) 12 A/T: WHT/RED (Interlock control input)
13 (Key in ignition input) 13 EX: RED/WHT (Headlight relay control)
14 (Ground) 14 BLU/WHT
15 (Check connector input) A/T: (Vehicle speed input)
16 (Driver’s door open input) M/T: (Vehicle speed input)
17 EX: (Left rear door open input) 15 Canada: GRN/WHT (Parking brake input)
USA: GRN/RED (Parking brake input)
18 ’98-’99 Models: (Driver’s seat belt switch input)
’00-’02 Models: (Driver’s seat belt switch input) 16 EX: RED/GRN (Taillight relay control)
19 ’98-’99 Models: (Left rear window motor control) 17 YEL/RED (Low oil pressure indicator flasher control)
’00-’02 Models: (Left rear window motor control) 18
20 (Dim control) 19
21 L4: (Windshield washer ON input) 20
V6: (Windshield washer ON input) 21
22 EX: (Taillight relay control) 22 A/T: GRN (Shift lock solenoid control)
23 L4: (Windshield wiper PARK/RUN input)
V6: (Windshield wiper PARK/RUN input)
24 (Ignition ON input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
60. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box, Driver’s
– Behind left fuse box cover
– Light Green – Light Green
– On left side wire harness – On left side wire harness
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 RED/BLK (Circuit 11) 1 YEL/BLU

2 Sedan except DX: GRN L4: (Evaporative emission control system)
’98-’99 Models: (Power windows) V6: (Evaporative emission control system)
’00-’02 Models: (Power windows) 2 Sedan except DX: LT GRN/RED
3 GRN/ORN (Circuit 174) LX without optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
4 BLK/YEL LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
L4: (Fuel supply system) EX, SE: (Power door locks)
V6: (Fuel supply system) 3 GRN/BLK
5 Sedan except DX: GRN/BLU L4: (Circuit Z28)
’98-’99 Models: (Power windows) ’98-’99 V6: (Circuit Z28)
’00-’02 Models: (Power windows) ’00-’02 V6: (Circuit Z28)
6 GRN/BLK 4 Sedan except DX: YEL/GRN (Door courtesy lights)
A/T: (Circuit M06) 5 WHT/BLK (Circuit 13)
M/T: (Circuit M06) 6 YEL (Fuse 9 – Driver’s)
7 RED/BLU 7
’98-’99 Models: (Circuit 177) 8 BLK/YEL
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit 177) L4: (Evaporative emission control system)
8 GRN/BLU (Circuit 17) V6: (Evaporative emission control system)
9 GRN/YEL (Circuit 16) 9 Sedan except DX: WHT/RED
10 Sedan: GRN/YEL (Circuit 173) LX without optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
EX, SE: (Power door locks)
10 BLK (G551)
11 Sedan except DX: WHT/RED
’98-’99 Models: (Power windows)
12 WHT/BLU (Fuse 11 – Pass.)
13 With ABS or ABS/TCS: LT BLU
L4: (ABS)
’98-’99 V6: (ABS)
’00-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)
14 With ABS or ABS TCS: GRY
L4: (ABS)
’98-’99 V6: (ABS)
’00-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
Connector C Connector F (Canada Only)

– On left-side engine compartment wire harness – On driver’s door wire harness
1 2 1 2
3 4 5 3 4 5 6
1 BLU/WHT 1 ORN/WHT (Power mirror defoggers)

L4: (Wiper/washer) 2
V6: (Wiper/washer) 3
2 GRN/BLK (Fuse 12 – Driver’s) 4
3 L4: BLK/YEL (Wiper/washer) 5
4 6
5 V6: BLK/WHT (Starting system)
Connector E Connector G
– On left-side engine compartment wire harness – On driver’s door wire harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 ORN/WHT 1 EX, SE: YEL (Power door locks)

Canada: (Headlights) 2 LX, EX, GRN/WHT (Power windows)
USA EX: (Headlights) 3 LX, EX: WHT/RED
USA DX, SE, LX: (Headlights) ’98-’99 (Power windows)
2 L4 with ABS: BRN (Circuit F28) ’00-’02 (Power windows)
3 L4 with ABS: LT BLU (Circuit F29) 4 LX, EX, SE: WHT/RED
4 V6: YEL/BLU (Evaporative emission control system) LX without optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
5 V6: WHT/YEL (Fuse 13 – Pass.) LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
6 EX, SE: (Power door locks)
7 GRN/BLU (Circuit 17) 5 LX, EX: BLK (G551)
8 L4 with ABS: LT BLU (ABS) 6 LX: LT GRN/RED
LX without optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
9 L4 with ABS: GRY (ABS)
10 V6: WHT
7 WHT/YEL (Fuse 13 – Pass.)
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit M34) 8 LX, EX: YEL/WHT
USA (Power mirrors)
11 V6: BLK/YEL (Fuse 11 – Driver’s)
Canada (Power mirrors)
12 V6: BLU/WHT
9 EX, SE: RED/BLU (Security system)
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit M36) 10 LX, EX: YEL/BLU (Circuit 174)
13 V6: BLK/YEL (Fuse 6 – Driver’s) 11 LX, EX: LT GRN
USA (Power mirrors)
14 V6: GRN/BLK
’98-’99 Models: (Circuit Z28)
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit Z28) 12 GRY/BLK (Stereo sound system)
15 L4 with ABS: WHT/BLK (Circuit 13) 13 BLU/GRN (Stereo sound system)
16 All except ’01-’02 V6 with ABS: YEL/BLK (ABS) 14 LX, EX: BRN (Multiplex control system)
17 V6: BLK/BLU (Circuit M35) 15 LX, EX: BLU/WHT
USA (Power mirrors)
19
16 LX, EX: BLK (G401)
20 GRN/RED
17 LX, EX: YEL/BLK (Fuse 4 – Driver’s)
L4: (Wiper/washer)
V6: (Wiper/washer) 18 LX, EX: WHT/BLU (Fuse 11 – Pass.)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
Connector I Connector K
– On dashboard wire harness A – On dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 GRN/WHT 1 ORN/WHT
Coupe: (Turn signal lights) Canada: (Headlights)
Sedan: (Turn signal lights) USA EX: (Headlights)
2 EX: GRY/BLK (Stereo sound system) USA DX, SE, LX: (Headlights)
3 GRY/BLK (Stereo sound system) 2 M/T: GRN/BLK (Back-up lights)
4 YEL (Fuse 9 – Driver’s) 3 GRN/BLU (Circuit 17)
5 YEL/GRN (Fuse 7 – Driver’s) 4
6 RED (Dash and console lights) 5 GRN/YEL (Circuit 16)
7 YEL/RED (Turn signal lights) 6
8 GRN/BLK 7 WHT/BLK (Circuit 13)
L4: (Circuit Z28) 8
’98-’99 V6: (Circuit Z28) 9
’00-’02 V6: (Circuit Z28) 10 A/T: BLK/BLU
9 LT BLU (Circuit F29) L4: (Circuit M35)
10 EX: BLU/GRN (Stereo sound system) V6: (Circuit M35)
11 EX: BLU/GRN (Stereo sound system) 11 A/T: WHT
12 BLK/YEL L4: (Circuit M34)
L4: (Fuse 6 – Driver’s) ’98-’99 V6: (Circuit M34)
V6: (Fuse 6 – Driver’s) ’00-’02 V6: (Circuit M34)
13 RED/BLK (Circuit 11) 12 RED/BLU
14 GRN/ORN (Circuit 174) ’98-’99 Models: (Circuit 177)
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit 177)
13 EX, SE: YEL (Power door locks)
16 GRN/RED
Coupe: (Hazard warning lights) 14 BRN (Circuit F28)
Sedan: (Hazard warning lights) 15 RED (Dash and console lights)
17 L4: YEL/BLU (Evaporative emission control system) 16 RED/BLK (Circuit 11)
18 17
18 BLU/ORN
L4: (Idle control system)
V6: (Idle control system)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
– Left end of dashboard
Connector M Connector O
– Brown – Light Green
– On ignition switch harness – On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 4 YEL (Fuse 42) 1 RED/WHT (ECM/PCM power and ground)

2 WHT (Fuse 42) 5 BLK/YEL (Fuse 42) 2 V6: LT BLU
3 WHT/BLK (Fuse 42) 6 BLK/WHT (Starting system) ’98-’00 Models: (ABS)
’01-’02 Models: (ABS/TCS)
4 LX, EX, SE: LT GRN/RED
5 LX, EX, SE: WHT/RED
6 BLK (G401)
7 BLK/YEL
L4: (Fuel supply system)
V6: (Fuel supply system)
8 WHT/BLK (Multiplex control system)
Connector N 9 BLU/WHT (Multiplex control system)
10 V6: GRY
– Yellow ’98-’00 Models: (ABS)
– On SRS main wire harness ’01-’02 Models: (ABS/TCS)
11 YEL/BLK (Accessory power socket)
12 L4: BLU/WHT L4: (Starting system)
1 2 14 V6: BLK/YEL (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
15 V6: YEL/BLK
’98-’00 Models: (ABS)
1 ’98-’99 Models: RED/BLU or GRN (SRS) ’01-’02 Models: (ABS/TCS)
’00 Sedan: RED/WHT or GRN (SRS) 16 LX, EX: LT GRN
’00 Coupe: RED/BLU or GRN (SRS) USA (Power mirrors)
’01-’02 Models: RED/WHT or GRN (SRS) Canada (Power mirrors)
2 ’98-’99 Models: BLK/WHT or GRN (SRS) 17 LX, EX: BLU/WHT
’00 Sedan: PNK or GRN (SRS) USA (Power mirrors)
’00 Coupe: BLK/WHT or GRN (SRS) Canada (Power mirrors)
’01-’02 Models: PNK or GRN (SRS) 18 LX, EX: YEL/WHT
USA (Power mirrors)
20 WHT/BLK (Circuit 13)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
– Left end of dashboard
Connector P Connector Q
– On dashboard wire harness B (left branch) – On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
4 5 6 7
1 2 3 1 2 3 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
4 5 6 7
1 L4: BLK/WHT (Starting system) 1 GRN/BLU (Circuit 17)

2 2 WHT/BLU (Fuse 11 – Pass.)
3 WHT (Fuse 42) 3 LT BLU (Circuit F29)
4 ’01-’02 Coupe: GRN/BLK (Fuse 12 – Driver’s) 4 RED (Dash and console lights)
5 BLK/YEL 5 BLK/YEL (Fuse 3 – Driver’s)
L4: (Wiper/washer) 6 EX: BLU/WHT (Headlights)
V6: (Wiper/washer) 7 EX: RED/YEL (Circuit 14)
6 8 RED/BLK (Circuit 11)
7 L4: BLK/YEL (Fuse 11 – Driver’s) 9 BRN (Circuit F28)
10 BLU/ORN
L4: (ECM/PCM power and ground)
V6: (PCM power and ground)
11 L4 A/T: BLK (G401)
12 ORN/WHT
Canada: (Headlights)
USA EX: (Headlights)
USA DX, SE, LX: (Headlights)
13 LX, EX: GRN/WHT (Power windows)
14 Canada: YEL/RED (DRL)
15 BLK (G401)
16 LX, EX: WHT/RED
’98-’99 (Power windows)
18 GRN
L4: (Wiper/washer)
V6: (Wiper/washer)
19
20 Canada: ORN/WHT (Power mirror defoggers)
21 GRN/RED
Coupe: (Turn signal lights)
Sedan: (Turn signal lights)
22

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
61. Gauge Assembly (L4)
– Green
– Left side of dashboard
Connector A Connector C
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 Sedan: GRN/YEL 9 ORN (Circuit 178) 1 LT GRN/RED 8 GRN/YEL (Circuit 16)

(Circuit 173) 10 DX, LX: BLK/WHT (Low fuel indicator input) 9 BLU (SRS indicator input)
2 GRN/ORN (Circuit 174) (Door open output) 2 YEL/GRN 10 BLU/WHT
3 11 WHT/GRN ’98-’99 Models: (ABS indicator input)
4 Canada: YEL (Brake light failure sensor input) (Engine coolant temp. input) 11 YEL/BLU (Fuel level input)
(Fuse 9 – Driver’s) 12 ORN/WHT ’00-’02 Models:
12 A/T: GRN/BLK
(High beam indicator input) (Engine coolant temp. input)
5 Canada: BLU/WHT (D4 indicator control input)
(DRL indicator input) 13 Canada: RED/WHT 3 RED/BLU (Circuit 177)
13
6 With cruise: BLU/BLK (High beam indicator input) 4 A/T: WHT (Circuit M34)
14 GRN/RED (Circuit 207)
(Cruise control indicator input) USA: RED/YEL 5 A/T: BRN (Circuit M28)
15 A/T: BLK/BLU (Circuit M35)
7 GRN (Circuit 176) (High beam indicator input) 6 A/T: PNK (Circuit M31)
16 A/T: RED/BLK (Neutral input)
8 Sedan: GRN/WHT 14 GRN/BLU (Circuit 17) 7 A/T: BLU (Circuit M29)
(Circuit 175)
Connector B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 BLU 13
’98-’99 Models: (Circuit F44) 14
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit F44) 15
2 BLU/WHT 16 BLK
’98-’99 Models: (Circuit E93) ’98-’99 Models: (G501)
’00-’02 Models: (Circuit E93) ’00-’02 Models: (G501)
3 17 With side SRS: GRN (Side
4 RED/WHT (Dash lights airbag indicator light input)
brightness control) 18
5 WHT/RED (Dash lights 19 PNK
brightness control) (Immobilizer indicator input)
6 GRN/ORN (MIL control input) 20 WHT/YEL (Fuse 13 – Pass.)
7 YEL/RED (Low oil 21 WHT/YEL
pressure indicator input) ’98-’99 Models:
8 WHT/BLU (Circuit E03) (Fuse 13 – Pass.)
9 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6 – Driver’s) ’00-’02 Models:
10 RED (Circuit 12) (Fuse 13 – Pass.)
11 YEL (Fuse 9 – Driver’s) 22 RED/BLK (Circuit 11)
12 Canada: PNK
’98-’99 Models:
(Washer fluid level input)
’00-’02 Models:
(Washer fluid level input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
61. Gauge Assembly (V6)
– Green
– Left side of dashboard
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 Sedan: GRN/YEL (Circuit 173) 1 LT GRN/RED (Low fuel indicator input)

2 GRN/ORN (Circuit 174) 2 YEL/GRN (Engine coolant temp. input)
3 3 RED/BLU (Circuit 177)
4 Canada: YEL (Fuse 9 – Driver’s) 4 A/T: WHT (Circuit M34)
5 Canada: BLU/WHT (DRL indicator input) 5 A/T: BRN (Circuit M28)
6 With cruise: BLU/BLK (Cruise control indicator input) 6 A/T: PNK (Circuit M31)
7 GRN (Circuit 176) 7 A/T: BLU (Circuit M29)
8 Sedan: GRN/WHT (Circuit 175) 8 GRN/YEL (Circuit 16)
9 ORN (Circuit 178) 9 BLU (SRS indicator input)
10 DX, LX: BLK/WHT (Door open output) 10 BLU/WHT (ABS indicator input)
11 WHT/GRN (Brake light failure sensor input) 11 YEL/BLU (Fuel level input)
12 ORN/WHT (High beam indicator input) 12 A/T: GRN/BLK (D4 indicator control input)
13 Canada: RED/WHT (High beam indicator input) 13
USA: RED/YEL (High beam indicator input) 14 GRN/RED (Circuit 207)
14 GRN/BLU (Circuit 17) 15 A/T: BLK/BLU (Circuit M35)
16 A/T: RED/BLK (Neutral input)
Connector B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 BLU (Circuit F44)

2 BLU/WHT (Circuit E93)
3
4 RED/WHT (Dash lights brightness control)
5 WHT/RED (Dash lights brightness control)
6 GRN/ORN (MIL control input)
7 YEL/RED (Low oil pressure indicator input)
10 RED (Circuit 12)
12 Canada: PNK (Washer fluid level input)
13
14
15
16 BLK (G501)
17 With side SRS: GRN (Side airbag indicator light input)
18 ’01-’02 Models: RED/WHT (ABS/TCS)
19 PNK (Immobilizer indicator input)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
62. Multiplex Control Unit, Passenger’s
– On passenger’s under-dash fuse/relay box
Connector A
– Connects passengers multiplex control unit
to passenger’s under-dash fuse/relay box
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
1 12 ’98-’99 LX, EX: (Power window relay control)

2 ’00-’02 LX, EX: (Power window relay control)
3 EX, SE: (Frt. pass. door knob switch input – UNLOCK) 13 Sedan EX: (Right rear door knob switch input – LOCK)
4 LX without optional keyless or security: 14 (Right rear door open input)
(Frt. pass. door lock switch input – UNLOCK) 15 (Frt. pass. door open input)
LX with optional keyless or security: 16 LX without optional keyless or security:
(Frt. pass. door lock switch input – UNLOCK) (Frt. pass. door lock switch input – LOCK)
EX, SE: (Frt. pass. door lock switch input – UNLOCK) LX with optional keyless or security:
5 LX without optional keyless or security: (Frt. pass. door lock switch input – LOCK)
(Frt. pass. door key cylinder switch input – LOCK) EX, SE: (Frt. pass. door lock switch input – LOCK)
LX with optional keyless or security: 17 LX without optional keyless or security:
(Frt. pass. door key cylinder switch input – LOCK) (Frt. pass. door key cylinder switch input – UNLOCK)
EX, SE: (Frt. pass. door key cylinder switch input – LOCK) LX with optional keyless or security:
6 ’98-’99 LX, EX: (Right rear window motor control) (Frt. pass. door key cylinder switch input – UNLOCK)
’00-’02 LX, EX: (Right rear window motor control) EX, SE: (Frt. pass. door key cylinder switch input – UNLOCK)
7 ’98-’99 LX, EX: (Right rear window motor control) 18 ’98-’99 LX, EX: (Frt. pass. window motor control)
’00-’02 LX, EX: (Right rear window motor control) ’00-’02 LX, EX: (Frt. pass. window motor control)
8 (G581) 19 ’98-’99 LX, EX: (Frt. pass. window motor control)
9 EX: (Horn relay control) ’00-’02 LX, EX: (Frt. pass. window motor control)
10 LX without optional keyless or security: 20 EX: Canada (Headlight relay control)
(Power door lock actuator control) USA (Headlight relay control)
LX with optional keyless or security: 21 EX: (Ceiling light control)
(Power door lock actuator control) 22 (Fuse 9 – Driver’s)
EX, SE: (Power door lock actuator control) 23 (Fuse 12 – Pass.)
11 LX without optional keyless or security: 24 (Fuse 13 – Pass.)
(Power door lock actuator control)
LX with optional keyless or security:
(Power door lock actuator control)
EX, SE: (Power door lock actuator control)
Connector B
– Green
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 EX, SE: WHT/RED (Trunk opener control) 13

2 14
3 15 All L4 except DX: GRN/WHT (Intermittent wiper time input)
4 V6: GRN/WHT (Intermittent wiper time input)
5 16 All L4 except DX: GRN/YEL (Intermittent wiper time input)
6 V6: GRN/YEL (Intermittent wiper time input)
7 17
8 18
9 PNK (Communication line) 19
10 20
11 EX, SE: YEL (Driver’s door lock actuator control) 21 EX: BLU (Audio unit input)
12 22 LX, EX: BLK (G504)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
63. Driver’s Power Seat Adjustment Switch (8-way)
– Gray
– On left side of driver’s seat
– On driver’s power seat wire harness
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 BLU (Slide motor control) 1 BLK (G551)
2 GRN/YEL (Rear up-down motor control) 2 RED (Fuse 2 – Pass.)
3 RED/YEL (Front up-down motor control) 3 YEL/GRN (Recline motor control)
4 RED (Front up-down motor control) 4 YEL (Recline motor control)
5 BLU/YEL (Slide motor control) 5 BLK (G551)
6 GRN (Rear up-down motor control) 6 BLU (Fuse 4 – Pass.)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
64. SRS Unit (’98-’99 Models)
– Yellow
– Below center of dash
– On SRS main harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 GRN or BRN (Driver’s inflator)

2
3 GRN or WHT/BLK (Fuse 2 – Driver’s)
4
5
6 GRN or BLU (SRS indicator control)
7 GRN or RED/BLU (Fuse 1 – Driver’s)
8 GRN or LT GRN/BLK (MES)
9 GRN or RED (DLC input/output)
10 GRN or YEL (Front passenger inflator)
11
12
13 GRN (Driver’s inflator)
14 GRN or BLU/YEL (Front passenger inflator)
15 GRN or LT GRN/RED (DLC input/output)
16 GRN or BLK (G801)
17 GRN or BLK (G801)
18 GRN or BLK (MES)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
64. SRS Unit (’00-’02 Sedan)
– Yellow
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
’00 Sedan: ’00 Sedan:

1 1 GRN or BLU (OPDS)
2 2
3 GRN or RED/WHT (Fuse 1 – Driver’s) 3
4 GRN or PNK (Fuse 2 – Driver’s) 4 GRN or GRN/YEL (Driver’s side impact sensor)
5 GRN or WHT (Front passenger’s second inflator) 5 GRN or RED/YEL (Front passenger’s side impact sensor)
6 GRN or BLU/YEL (Front passenger’s first inflator) 6 GRN or GRN/WHT (Driver’s side airbag inflator)
7 GRN (Driver’s inflator) 7 GRN or RED/WHT (Front passenger’s side airbag inflator)
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11 GRN or LT GRN (Driver’s side impact sensor)
12 GRN or BLK (G801) 12 GRN or PNK (Front passenger’s side impact sensor)
13 GRN or BLK (G801) 13 GRN (Driver’s side airbag inflator)
14 GRN or RED/YEL (Front passenger’s second inflator) 14 GRN or RED (Front passenger’s side airbag inflator)
15 GRN or YEL (Front passenger’s first inflator)
16 GRN or GRN/BLK (Driver’s inflator)
17
18
’01-’02 Sedan: ’01-’02 Sedan:

2 GRN or GRN/WHT (Driver’s second inflator) 2
4 GRN or PNK (Fuse 2 – Driver’s) 4 GRN or GRN/YEL (Driver’s side impact sensor)
5 GRN or WHT (Front passenger’s second inflator) 5 GRN or RED/YEL (Front passenger’s side impact sensor)
6 GRN or BLU/YEL (Front passenger’s first inflator) 6 GRN or GRN/WHT (Driver’s side airbag inflator)
7 GRN (Driver’s first inflator) 7 GRN or RED/WHT (Front passenger’s side airbag inflator)
8 GRN or RED/WHT (Left side seat belt tensioner) 8
9 GRN or RED/YEL (Right side seat belt tensioner) 9
10 10
11 GRN or GRN/YEL (Driver’s second inflator) 11 GRN or LT GRN (Driver’s side impact sensor)
16 GRN or GRN/BLK (Driver’s first inflator)
17 GRN or RED/BLU (Left side seat belt tensioner)
18 GRN or RED/BLK (Right side seat belt tensioner)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
64. SRS Unit (’00-’02 Sedan)
– Yellow
Connector C
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
’00 Sedan: ’01-’02 Sedan:

1 LT GRN/BLK (MES) 1 LT GRN/BLK (MES)
2 LT BLU (DLC input/output) 2 LT BLU (DLC input/output)
3 BLU (Front passenger’s seat belt switch) 3 BLU (Front passenger’s seat belt switch)
4 RED/BLU (Driver’s seat belt switch) 4 RED/BLU (Driver’s seat belt switch)
5 BLU (SRS indicator control) 5 BLU (SRS indicator control)
6 BRN (DLC input/output) 6 BRN (DLC input/output)
7 YEL/BLU (Front passenger’s seat belt switch) 7 YEL/BLU (Front passenger’s seat belt switch)
8 BLU/RED (Driver’s seat belt switch) 8 BLU/RED (Driver’s seat belt switch)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
64. SRS Unit (’00-’02 Coupe)
– Yellow
– On SRS main wire harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
’00 Coupe: ’00 Coupe:

2 2
3 GRN or RED/BLU (Fuse 1 – Driver’s) 3
4 GRN or BLK/WHT (Fuse 2 – Driver’s) 4 GRN or RED/YEL (Driver’s side airbag inflator)
5 GRN or RED/YEL (Front passenger’s second inflator) 5 GRN or BLU/YEL (Front passenger’s side airbag inflator)
6 GRN or BLU/YEL (Front passenger’s first inflator) 6 GRN or GRN/WHT (Driver’s side impact sensor)
7 GRN (Driver’s inflator) 7 GRN or RED/WHT (Front passenger’s side impact sensor)
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11 GRN or GRN/ORN (Driver’s side impact sensor)
12 GRN or BLK (G801) 12 GRN or RED/BLU (Front passenger’s side impact sensor)
13 GRN or BLK (G801) 13 GRN or RED (Driver’s side airbag inflator)
14 GRN or WHT (Front passenger’s second inflator) 14 GRN or YEL (Front passenger’s side airbag inflator)
16 GRN or BRN (Driver’s inflator)
17
18
’01-’02 Coupe: ’01-’02 Coupe:

2 GRN or GRN/WHT (Driver’s second inflator) 2
4 GRN or PNK (Fuse 2 – Driver’s) 4 GRN or GRN/YEL (Driver’s side airbag inflator)
5 GRN or WHT (Front passenger’s second inflator) 5 GRN or RED/YEL (Front passenger’s side airbag inflator)
6 GRN or BLU/YEL (Front passenger’s first inflator) 6 GRN or GRN/WHT (Driver’s side impact sensor)
7 GRN (Driver’s first inflator) 7 GRN or RED/WHT (Front passenger’s side impact sensor)
8 GRN or RED/WHT (Driver’s seat belt tensioner) 8
9 GRN or RED/YEL (Front passenger’s seat belt tensioner) 9
10 10
11 GRN or GRN/YEL (Driver’s second inflator) 11 GRN or LT GRN (Driver’s side impact sensor)
16 GRN or GRN/BLK (Driver’s first inflator)
17 GRN or RED/BLU (Driver’s seat belt tensioner)
18 GRN or RED/BLK (Front passenger’s seat belt tensioner)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
64. SRS Unit (’00-’02 Coupe)
– Yellow
Connector C
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
’00 Coupe: ’01-’02 Coupe:

– On SRS main wire harness – On dashboard wire harness A
1 GRN or LT GRN/BLK (MES) 1 LT GRN/BLK (MES)

2 GRN or LT BLU (DLC input/output) 2 LT BLU (DLC input/output)
3 GRN or BLU/GRN (Front passenger’s seat belt switch) 3 BLU (Front passenger’s seat belt switch)
4 GRN or RED/BLU (Driver’s seat belt switch) 4 RED/BLU (Driver’s Seat belt switch)
5 GRN or BLU (SRS indicator control) 5 BLU (SRS indicator control)
6 GRN or BRN (Service check connector input) 6 BRN (Service check connector input)
7 GRN or BLU/WHT (Front passenger’s seat belt switch) 7 YEL/BLU (Front passenger’s seat belt switch)
8 GRN or BLU/RED (Driver’s seat belt switch) 8 BLU/RED (Driver’s seat belt switch)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
65. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
– Natural
– Right side of steering column
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
L4: L4:
1 BLK/YEL (Washer motor control) 1 BLK/YEL (Washer motor control)
2 GRN (Intermittent wiper output) 2 GRN (Intermittent wiper output)
3 BLU (To wiper motor LOW winding) 3 BLU (To wiper motor LOW winding)
4 BLU/YEL (To wiper motor HI winding) 4 BLU/YEL (To wiper motor HI winding)
5 WHT (To intermittent wiper relay) 5 WHT (To intermittent wiper relay)
6 6
7 All except ’01-’02 Coupe: YEL/GRN (Fuse 7 – Driver’s) 7 All except ’01-’02 Coupe: YEL/GRN (Fuse 7 – Driver’s)
’01-’02 Coupe: GRN/BLK (Fuse 12 – Driver’s) ’01-’02 Coupe: GRN/BLK (Fuse 12 – Driver’s)
8 BLK (G401) 8 BLK (G401)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
66. ECM or PCM
– Below center of dash, right side of heater unit
– Gray
Connector A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
L4: V6:
1 17 RED (ACC) 1 ’00-’02 LX, EX: 16 ’01-’02 Models:
2 A/T: GRN/WHT (MCS) 18 GRN/ORN (MIL) YEL/GRN (MTRTW) BLU (IMEON)
3 BLU (2WBS) 19 BLU 2 A/T: GRN/WHT (MCS) 17 RED (ACC)
4 LT GRN/WHT (VSV) ’98-’99 Models: (NEP) 3 BLU (2WBS) 18 GRN/ORN (MIL)
5 A/T with cruise: ’00-’02 Models: (NEP) 4 LT GRN/WHT (VSV) 19 BLU
BLU/GRN (CRS) 20 GRN (FANC) 5 A/T with cruise: ’98-’99 Models: (NEP)
6 RED/YEL (PCS) 21 GRY (K-LINE) BLU/GRN (CRS) ’00-’02 Models: (NEP)
7 22 6 RED/YEL (PCS) 20 GRN (FANC)
8 BLK/WHT 23 WHT/RED 7 ’01-’02 Models: 21 GRY (K-LINE)
Except ULEV: (SO2SHTC) Except ULEV: (SHO2S) WHT/RED (VREF) 22 ’01-’02 Models:
ULEV: (SO2SHTC) ULEV: (SHO2S) 8 BLK/WHT (SO2SHTC) PNK (FPTDRS)
9 A/T: BLU/WHT (VSSOUT) 24 BLU/ORN (STS) 9 A/T: BLU/WHT (VSSOUT) 23 WHT/RED (SHO2S)
10 BRN (SCS) 25 RED (IMOCD) 10 BRN (SCS) 24 BLU/ORN (STS)
11 26 GRN (PSPSW) 11 ’01-’02 Models: 25 RED (IMOCD)
12 PNK (IMOLMP) 27 BLU/RED (ACS) LT GRN (ATSFTP) 26 GRN (PSPSW)
13 BLU (IMOEN) 28 A/T: WHT/RED (ILU) 12 PNK (IMOLMP) 27 BLU/RED (ACS)
14 A/T: GRN/BLK (D4IND) 29 LT GRN (PTANK) 13 Except ’01-’02 Models: 28 A/T: WHT/RED (ILU)
15 GRN/YEL (IMO FLR) 30 GRN/RED (EL) BLU (IMOEN) 29 LT GRN (PTANK)
31 ’01-’02 Models: BLU (PFINH) 30 GRN/RED (ELD)
16
32 WHT/BLK (BKSW) 14 A/T: GRN/BLK (D4IND) 31 ’01-’02 Models:
15 GRN/YEL (IMO FLR) RED/BLU (THLOUT)
32 WHT/BLK (BKSW)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
66. ECM or PCM
– Gray
Connector B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
L4: V6:
1 YEL/BLK (IGP1) 14 ’98-’99 A/T: (OP2SW) 1 YEL/BLK (IGP1) 14 ’00-’02 Models:
2 BLK (PG1) 15 2 BLK (PG1) BLU/WHT (ATPPN)
3 RED (INJ2) 16 ULEV: GRN/RED 3 BLK/RED (INJ5) 15 V6: BLU (INJ3)
4 L4: BLU (INJ3) (PO2SHTCR) 4 YEL (INJ4) 16
5 L4: YEL (INJ4) 17 A/T: RED (LSA+) 5 RED (INJ2) 17 A/T: RED (LSA+)
6 18 A/T: GRN (LSB–) 6 WHT/BLU (INJ6) 18 A/T: GRN (LSB–)
7 PNK (E-EGR) 19 ULEV: BLK/WHT 7 PNK (E-EGR) 19
8 A/T: WHT (LSA–) (PO2SHTC) 8 A/T: WHT (LSA–) 20 BRN/BLK (LG1)
9 YEL/BLK (IGP2) 20 BRN/BLK (LG1) 9 YEL/BLK (IGP2) 21 WHT/YEL (VBU)
10 BLK (PG2) 21 WHT/YEL (VBU) 10 BLK (PG2) 22 ’98-’99 Models:
11 BRN (INJ1) 22 BRN/BLK (LG2) 11 BRN (INJ1) BLK (LG2)
23 BLK/BLU (IACV) ’00-’02 Models:
12 LX, EX, SE: 12 LX, EX, SE:
24 A/T: BLU/WHT (OP3SW) BRN/BLK (LG2)
GRN/YEL (VTS) GRN/YEL (VTS)
25 A/T: ORN (LSB+) 23 BLK/BLU (IACV)
13 YEL/GRN (ICM) 13 All except ’00-’02 Models:
YEL/GRN (ICM) 24 A/T: BLU/WHT (OP3SW)
25 A/T: ORN (LSB+)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
66. ECM or PCM
– Blue
Connector C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
L4: V6:
1 Except ULEV: 16 Except ULEV: 1 BLK/WHT (PO2SHTC) 14 ’00-’02 Models:
BLK/WHT (PO2SHTC) WHT (PHO2S) 2 WHT/GRN BLU/RED (IGPLS2)
2 WHT/GRN (ALTC) 17 RED/GRN (MAP) ’98-’99 Models: (ALTC) 15
3 LX, EX, SE: 18 GRN/BLK (SG2) ’00-’02 Models: (ALTC) 16 All except ULEV:
RED/BLU (KS) 19 YEL/RED (VCC1) 3 ’00-’02 Models: WHT (PHO2S)
4 20 GRN (TDCP) WHT/BLU (IGPL3) 17 RED/GRN (MAP)
5 WHT/RED (ALTF) 21 RED (TDCM) 4 ’00-’02 Models: 18 GRN/BLK (SG2)
6 WHT/BLK (EGRL) YEL/GRN (IGPLS1) 19 YEL/RED (VCC1)
22
7 GRN/WHT (SG1) 5 WHT/RED 20 GRN (TDC1P)
23 M/T: BLU/WHT (VSS)
’98-’99 Models: (ALTC)
8 BLU (CKPP) 24 ’00-’02 Models: 21 RED (TDC1M)
’00-’02 Models: (ALTF)
9 WHT (CKPM) YEL/GRN (MTRTW) 22
6 WHT/BLK (EGRL)
10 LX, EX, SE: 25 RED/YEL (IAT) 23 ’00-’02 Models:
7 GRN/WHT (SG1)
BLU/BLK (VTM) 26 RED/WHT (ECT) BRN/WHT (IGPLS6)
8 BLU (CKPP)
11 27 RED/BLK (TPS) 24
9 WHT (CKPM)
12 28 YEL/BLU (VCC2) 25 RED/YEL (IAT)
10 LX, EX, SE:
13 ULEV: WHT 29 YEL (CYPP) 26 RED/WHT (ECT)
BLU/BLK (VTM)
(PO2SHTC+) 30 BLK (CYPM) 27 RED/BLK (TPS)
11
14 ULEV: RED (PHO2S+) 31 28 YEL/BLU (VCC2)
12 ’00-’02 Models:
15 ULEV: BLU (PHO2S–) 29 YEL (TDC2P)
BLK/RED (IGPLS5)
13 ’00-’02 Models: 30 BLK (TDC2M)
BRN (IGPLS4) 31

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
66. ECM or PCM
– Gray
Connector D (A/T only)
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 YEL (LC) 10 BLU (NC)

2 GRN/WHT (SHB) 11 RED (NM)
3 GRN (SHC) 12 WHT (NMSG)
4 13 All except ’00-’02 V6: BLU/WHT (ATPPN)
5 BLK/YEL (VBSOL) ’00-’02 V6: BLU/BLK (OP2SW)
6 WHT (ATPR) 14 BLU (ATP2)
7 BLU/YEL (SHA) 15 BRN (ATP1)
8 PNK (ATPD3) 16 GRN (NCSG)
9 YEL (ATPD4)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
67. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box, Passenger’s
– Light Green
– On right side wire harness – On roof wire harness
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 LX, EX: BLK (G581)

2 BLK/WHT
DX, LX except ’02 models: (Ceiling light)
EX & ’02 Models (Entry light control system)
1 3 WHT/BLU (Fuse 11 – Pass.)
2 Sedan except DX: WHT/RED 4 LX, EX: RED/BLK (Circuit 11)
3 BLK (G581) Connector C
4 BLK/GRN – On right-side engine compartment wire harness
Manual A/C: (Rear window defogger)
Climate control: (Rear window defogger)
5 Sedan except DX: LT GRN/RED 1 2 3 4 5 6
LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks) 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
6 Sedan except DX: WHT/BLK (Fuse 16 – Pass.) 1 GRN
7 L4: (Circuit F12)
8 Sedan EX, SE: RED/BLU (Security system) V6: (Circuit F12)
9 BRN/WHT (Stereo sound system) 2 ’98-’00 Canada EX: WHT/BLK
10 RED/YEL (Stereo sound system) ’01-’02 Canada EX: WHT/GRN
11 Sedan except DX: YEL (Fuse 59)
’98-’99 Models: (Power windows) 3 BLK/YEL
’00-’02 Models: (Power windows) L4: (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
12 Sedan except DX: YEL/GRN V6: (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
’98-’99 Models: (Power windows) 4 With ABS: WHT/BLU (ABS)
’00-’02 Models: (Power windows) 5 YEL (Fuse 54)
13 6 BLU/RED
14 Sedan: GRN/WHT (Circuit 175) Manual A/C: (A/C compressor controls)
15 Sedan except DX: YEL/WHT (Door courtesy lights) Climate control: (A/C compressor controls)
16 GRN (Circuit 176) 7 Climate control: YEL/GRN (Circuit 408)
17 With ABS: BLU/YEL 8 BLK/YEL (Fuse 3 – Driver’s)
L4: (ABS) 9 L4 A/T: LT BLU (Circuit M37)
’98-’99 V6: (ABS) ’01-’02 V6: RED/WHT (ABS/TCS)
’00-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS) 10 BLK/YEL
18 With ABS: GRN/YEL L4: (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
L4: (ABS) V6: (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
’98-’99 V6: (ABS) 11 V6: BLU/YEL
’00-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS) ’98-’00 V6: (ABS)
19 Sedan except DX: WHT/BLU (Door courtesy lights) ’01-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS)
20 Sedan except DX: WHT/RED 12 M/T: BLU/WHT (Circuit E93)
LX without optional keyless or security: (Power door locks) 13 BLU/RED (Headlights)
LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks) 14 LT GRN/BLU (Circuit 60)
EX, SE: (Power door locks) 15 L4: WHT/YEL (ECM/PCM power and ground)
16 V6: GRN/YEL
’98-’00 Models: (ABS)
’01-’02 Models: (ABS/TCS)
18 BRN/BLK
L4: (G101)
’98-’99 V6: (G101)
’00-01 V6: (G101)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
– Light Green
Connector D Connector F
– On right-side engine compartment wire harness – On front passenger’s door wire harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 L4 EX, SE all V6, all Canada: YEL/GRN (Fuse 55) 1 LX, EX: BLK (G581)
2 WHT/GRN (Fuse 53) 2 EX, SE: GRN/BLK (Security system)
3 WHT/BLU (Fuse 51) 3 LX, EX, SE: BLK/BLU
4 LX, EX: LT GRN
USA (Power mirrors)
5 LX, EX, SE: BLU/ORN
6 LX, EX, SE: BLK/ORN
7 LX, EX, SE: ORN
8 LX, EX: YEL (Circuit 176)
9 LX, EX: BLU/YEL
Connector E (Canada only) ’98-’99 (Power windows)
– On front passenger’s door wire harness ’00-’02 (Power windows)
10 LX, EX: WHT/BLU (Fuse 11 – Pass.)
11 LX, EX: YEL/WHT
USA (Power mirrors)
12 BRN/BLK (Stereo sound system)
1 2
13 RED/GRN (Stereo sound system)
14 LX, EX: WHT/RED
1
2 ORN/WHT (Power mirror defoggers) LX with optional keyless or security: (Power door locks)
16 LX, EX,: BLU/BLK (Fuse 11 – Pass.)
17 LX, EX, SE: LT GRN/RED
18 LX, EX: BLU
19 LX, EX: BLU/WHT
USA (Power mirrors)
20

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
– Light Green
Connector G Connector I
– On right side wire harness – On dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Canada EX:
1
2 GRN/RED 1 All except ’01-’02 V6 Coupe: BLU/WHT
All except ’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters) A/T: (Circuit E93)
’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters) M/T: (Circuit E93)
3 GRN/BLU ’01-’02 V6 Coupe: BLU (Circuit F44)
All except ’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters) 2 RED/GRN (Stereo sound system)
3 BRN/BLK (Stereo sound system)
4
’00 DX, LX only (L4 without side SRS): 5 RED/YEL (Stereo sound system)
6 BRN/WHT (Stereo sound system)
1
7 Climate Control: YEL/GRN (Circuit 408)
2 YEL/BLU (SRS)
8 DX, LX: BLK/WHT (Ceiling light)
3 BLU (SRS)
9 GRN (Circuit 176)
10 EX: RED/GRN (Stereo sound system)
11 EX: BRN/BLK (Stereo sound system)
Connector H 12 BLK/YEL
– Dashboard wire harness A L4: (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
V6: (Fuse 6 – Driver’s)
13 Canada EX: WHT/BLK (Seat heaters)
1 2 3 4 5 6 Canada V6 EX: WHT/GRN (Seat heater)
14
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
15 L4 with cruise: LT BLU (Circuit M37)
’01-’02 V6: RED/WHT (ABS/TCS)
16 GRN/WHT (Circuit 175)
1 EX: BLU (Fuse 4 – Pass.) 17 GRN
2 EX: RED (Fuse 2 – Pass.) L4: (Circuit F12)
3 EX: GRN (Fuse 1 – Pass.) V6: (Circuit F12)
4 ’01-’02 V6 SedanEX: RED (Fuse 3 – Pass.) 18 ’01-’02 V6 Sedan EX: WHT/RED (Fuse 5 – Pass.)
5
6 All except ’01-’02 LX, EX Coupe: YEL/GRN (Fuse 7 – Driver’s)
’01-’02 Coupe: GRN/BLK (Fuse 12 – Driver’s)
8
10 LX, EX: WHT/YEL (Fuse 7 – Pass.)
11 WHT/GRN (Fuse 9 – Pass.)
12
13 WHT/RED (Accessory power socket)
14 BRN/BLK
L4: (G101)
’98-’99 V6: (G101)
’00-’02 V6: (G101)
17 BLU/RED
Manual A/C: (A/C compressor controls)
Climate control: (A/C compressor controls)
18

s
http://vnx.su/
t
s
+ –
Connector Views
– Light Green
Connector J Connector K
– On dashboard wire harness B (right branch) – On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 Canada: RED/BLU (DRL) 1 WHT/BLU (Fuse 11 – Pass.)

USA (ULEV): RED/BLU (Fuse 6 – Pass.) 2 L4 with ABS: GRN/YEL (ABS)
2 RED/BLK (Circuit 11) 3 LX, EX: WHT/RED
3 BRN/BLK ’98-’99 (Power windows)
L4: (G101) ’00-’02 (Power windows)
’98-’99 V6: (G101) 4
’00--’02 V6: (G101) 5 Climate Control: YEL/GRN Climate Control: (Circuit 408)
4 LX, EX, SE: LT GRN/RED 6
7 YEL/BLK (Fuse 8 – Driver’s)
EX, SE: (Power door locks) 8 LX, EX: BLU/WHT
USA (Power mirrors)
5 With ABS: GRN (ABS)
6 LT GRN/BLU (Circuit 60)
9
7 BLU/RED (Headlights)
10 L4 with ABS: BLU/YEL (ABS)
8 Canada EX: GRN/BLU
11 M/T with cruise: LT BLU (Circuit M37)
’01-’02 V6: (Seat heaters) 12 LX, EX: YEL/WHT
’00 only L4 without side SRS: BLU (SRS) USA (Power mirrors)
9 RED/GRN (Fuse 10 – Pass.)
13 LX, EX: LT GRN
10 LX, EX: GRN/WHT (Fuse 15 – Pass.)
USA (Power mirrors)
11 Canada EX: GRN/RED Canada (Power mirrors)
14 V6: GRN (Circuit F12)
’00 only L4 without side SRS: YEL/BLU (SRS) 15 BLK/YEL (Fuse 3 – Driver’s)
12 WHT/YEL (Fuse 13 – Pass.) 16 Canada: ORN/WHT (Power mirror defoggers)
13
15 BRN/YEL
Manual A/C: (Rear window defogger)
Climate control: (Rear window defogger)
16

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
68. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box
– Right-side rear of engine compartment
– Green or Blue – Brown
– On right-side engine compartment wire harness – On right-side engine compartment wire harness
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 1 YEL/BLK
2 Manual A/C: (Blower controls)
3 RED/YEL (Fuse 45) Climate control: (Blower controls)
4 RED/GRN 2 WHT (Fuse 42)
USA: (Headlights) 3 WHT/GRN (Fuse 53)
Canada: (Fuse 43)
5 RED/GRN (Fuse 43)
6 With ABS: WHT/GRN (ABS)
7 EX, SE: BLU/WHT (Headlights) Connector D
8 BLU/RED (Horns) – Green (All except ’98-’99 V6) or Blue (’98-’99 V6)
9 BLU/RED (Horns) – On right-side engine compartment wire harness
10
11 LT GRN/BLU (Horns)
12
1 2 3 4 5 6
13 BLU/RED (Headlights)
14 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
15
16
17 WHT/GRN (Fuse 46)
18
2 Canada EX: WHT/GRN (Fuse 59)
3 BLU/BLK
L4: (Fans)
V6: (Fans)
4 BLU/YEL
Connector B L4: (Fans)
– Brown V6: (Fans)
– On right-side engine compartment wire harness 5
6
7 RED
Manual A/C: (A/C compressor controls)
Climate control: (A/C compressor controls)
1 2 3
8 L4: BLK/YEL (Fans)
4 5 6 7 V6: YEL (Fans)
9
10 V6: WHT (Fans)
1 With ABS: WHT 11 RED
All except ’01-’02 V6: (ABS) Manual A/C: (A/C compressor controls)
’01-’02 V6: (ABS/TCS) Climate control: (A/C compressor controls)
2 USA EX, SE all Canada: YEL/GRN (Fuse 55) 12 GRN
3 ’01-’02 V6: BLU (ABS/TCS) L4: (Circuit F12)
V6: (Circuit F12)
4 WHT/GRN (Hazard warning lights)
13
5 WHT/YEL (Fuse 47)
14 BLK (G202)
6 WHT/BLU (Fuse 51)
15
7 YEL (Fuse 54)
16 L4: BLK/YEL (Fans)
V6: YEL/WHT (Fans)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
69. C404 (M/T)
– Gray
– Left of steering column
– Connects dashboard wire harness B (left branch) to clutch wire harness
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1 With cruise control: LT BLU (Circuit M37)

2
3
4 BLU/WHT (Starting system)
5 BLK (G401)
6
7
8
9
10 With cruise control: BLK (G401)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
70. C505 (’00 Sedan only with Side Airbags)
– Yellow
– Under middle of dash
– Connects SRS floor harness to dashboard wire harness A
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 Male – GRN
Female – BLK
(G501)
2 BLU (SRS)
3 Male – GRN
Female – YEL/GRN
(Fuse 7 – Driver’s)
4 GRN (SRS)
5 BLK (G501)
6 YEL/BLU (SRS)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
71. C108 Junction Connector (’00-’02 V6)
– Orange
– Behind blower unit, taped to harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 BLU/WHT (Circuit M36) 11 WHT (Circuit M34)

4 GRN/BLK (Circuit Z28) 14 RED/WHT (Circuit E90)

7 YEL/BLU (Circuit D46) 17 BLK/YEL

9 YEL/BLU (Circuit D46) 18 BLK/YEL
19 BLK/YEL
20 BLK/YEL

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
72. C107 Junction Connector (’00-’02 V6)
– Gray
– Lower left of engine compartment
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11
12 13 14
1 BLK/YEL 8 BLK (G101)

(Ignition system) 9 BLK (G101)
(Ignition system) 11 BLK (G101)
(Ignition system)
13
4 BLK/YEL
14 BLK (G101)
(Ignition system)
5 BLK/YEL
(Ignition system)
6 BLK/YEL
(Ignition system)
7 BLK/YEL
(Ignition system)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
73. C503 (’00 Coupe only)
– Yellow
– Under middle of dash
– Connects SRS main harness to dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
1 5 Male – BRN
2 Male – BLU/GRN Female – BRN or GRN
Female – BLU/GRN or GRN (SRS)
(SRS) 6 Male – BLU
3 Male – BLU/WHT Female – BLU or GRN
Female – BLU/WHT or GRN (SRS)
(SRS) 7 Male – RED/BLU
4 Male – LT BLU Female – RED/BLU or GRN
Female – LT BLU or GRN (SRS)
(SRS) 8 Male – BLU/RED
Female – BLU/RED or GRN
(SRS)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
74. C582
– Light Blue
– Connects right side wire harness to dashboard wire harness A
’00 Coupe: ’01-’02 Models:
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3 4 5 6
1 9 YEL/GRN 1 Sedan: WHT/RED (Fuse 5 – Pass.)

2 (Fuse 7 – Driver’s) 2 Sedan: RED (Fuse 3 – Pass.)
3 10 BLU/WHT (SRS) 3 YEL/BLU (SRS)
4 11 BLU/GRN (SRS) 4 BLU (SRS)
5 12 5 GRN (SRS)
6 13 GRN (SRS) 6 YEL/GRN (Fuse 7 – Driver’s)
7 14
8 15
16

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
75. OPDS Unit (’00-’02 Models)
– Left side of front passenger’s seat back
’00 Sedan:
– Yellow – Yellow
– To side element of sensor – To upper element of sensor
1 1
2 2
1 1 GRY (Upper element sensor)

2 GRY (Side element sensor) 2 GRY (Upper element sensor)
Connector B Connector D
– To lower element of sensor – On OPDS wire harness
1 2 1 2 3 4
3 4 5 6 7 8
1 GRY (Lower element sensor) 1

3 GRY (Lower element sensor) 3 GRN (Side airbag indicator)
4 GRY (Lower element sensor) 4 WHT/RED (Fuse 7 – Driver’s)
5
6
7 BLU (Sensor output)
8 BLK (G581)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
’00 Coupe:
1 1
2 2

1 2 1 2 3 4
3 4 5 6 7 8

5
6
8 BLK (G581)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
’01-’02 Models:
1 1
2 2

1 2 1 2 3 4
3 4 5 6 7 8

5
6
8 BLK (G581)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
76. ABS/TCS Control Unit (’01-’02 V6)
– Orange
– Behind right kick panel
– On right-side engine compartment wire harness
Connector B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 BLK (GND1) 14 1 PNK (FPTDR) 9 RED/BLU (THLOUT)

2 YEL/GRN (NCL) 15 RED/GRN (NCR) 2 WHT/RED (VREF) 10 BLU (PFINH)
3 GRY (NOL) 16 LT BLU (NOR) 3 11 BLU (NEP)
4 BLU/WHT (ABS) 17 4 ORN/WHT (TCS SW) 12
5 18 RED/WHT (TCS1) 5 13 GRN/YEL (TCSR)
6 BRN (SCS) 19 6 14 GRN/RED (PARK)
7 20 GRN (MCK) 7 LT GRN (ATSFTP) 15 YEL/RED (PMR)
8 BRN (FLW (–)) 21 LT BLU (RLW (+)) 8 16 RED/WHT (TCS2)
9 GRN/BLU (FLW (+)) 22 GRY (RLW (–))
10 GRN (FRW (–)) 23 GRN/YEL (RRW (+))
11 GRN/BLK (FRW (+)) 24 BLU/YEL (RRW (–))
12 WHT/BLK (STOP) 25 YEL/GRN (FSR)
13 YEL/BLK (IG2) 26 LT BLU (DLC)
Connector C
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 7 BLK (GND3)
2 BRN/BLK (LG) 8 RED/WHT (RR-IN)
3 YEL/WHT (RR-OUT) 9 RED/BLU (FL-IN)
4 YEL/BLU (FL-OUT) 10 RED/GRN (RL-IN)
5 YEL/GRN (RL-OUT) 11 RED/BLK (FR-IN)
6 YEL/BLK (FR-OUT) 12 BLK (GND2)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
77. ABS/TCS Modulator Unit (’01-’02 V6)
– Gray
– Right side of engine compartment
– On right-side of engine compartment wire harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
1 WHT/BLU 13 RED/WHT (RR-IN)

(Pump motor control) 14 RED/BLU (FL-IN)
2 BRN/BLK (Power input) 15
3 16 BLK (G203)
4 17 RED/BLU (Power input)
5 LT BLU (NOR) 18
6 RED/GRN (NCR) 19 YEL/BLK (FR-OUT)
7 YEL/GRN (NCL) 20 YEL/GRN (RL-OUT)
8 GRY (NOL) 21 YEL/WHT (RR-OUT)
9 22 YEL/BLU (FL-OUT)
10 23
11 RED/BLK (FR-IN) 24
12 RED/GRN (RL-IN)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
78. Cruise Control/TCS Switch (’01-’02 V6)
– Gray
– Left-side of dash
– On dash board wire harness A
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8

2 RED (Circuit 12)
3
4 LT GRN (Cruise control)
6 ORN/WHT (ABS/TCS)
7 BLK (G501)
8

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
79. C701 (’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan)
– Gray
– Right-side of front passenger’s seat
– Connects right side wire harness to front passenger’s seat wire harness (4-way Adjustable)
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1 YEL/BLU (SRS)
2 BLK (G581)
3 Canada: GRN/RED (Seat heater)
4 Canada: GRN/BLU (Seat heater)
5 BLU (SRS)
6 BLK (G581)
7 Male - RED
Female - WHT/RED
(Fuse 3 – Pass.)
8 BLK (G581)
9 Male - WHT/RED
Female - RED
(Fuse 5 – Pass.)
10 Canada: BLK (G581)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
+ –
Connector Views
80. Power Seat Adjustment Switch (4-way) (’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan),
Front Passenger’s
– Gray
– Right-side of front passenger’s seat
– On front passenger’s seat wire harness (4-way Adjustable
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 1 WHT/RED (Fuse 3 – Pass.)
2 BLU/YEL (Slide motor control) 2 BLK (G581)
3 3 RED (Fuse 5 – Pass.)
4 BLU (Slide motor control) 4 BLK (G581)
5 5 YEL (Recline motor control)
6 6 YEL/GRN (Recline motor control)

s
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Connector to Harness Index
Starter Cable (L4)

Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/ Location Connects to Notes
Color
2 T1 Right side of engine compartment Under-hood fuse/relay box
3 T2 Right side of engine compartment Starter motor
+ Battery Battery positive terminal
Battery Ground Cable (L4)

Color
1 G1 Right front of engine compartment Body ground via battery ground cables
6 T3 Right front of engine compartment Transmission housing
– Battery Battery negative terminal
Engine Ground Cable (L4)

Color
4 T4 Left side of engine compartment Cylinder head cover
5 G2 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via engine ground cable
ENGINE GROUND CABLE

STARTER CABLE 4
–
5
BATTERY GROUND CABLE

203
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Starter Cable (V6)

Color
1 T1 Right side of engine compartment Under-hood fuse/relay box
2 T2 Left front of engine compartment Starter motor
+ Battery Battery positive terminal
Battery Ground Cable (V6)

Color
5 G1 Left front of engine compartment Body ground via battery ground cables
6 T3 Left front of engine compartment Transmission housing
– Battery Battery negative terminal
Engine Ground Cable (’98 Early Production V6 model)

Color
7 G2 Right front of engine compartment Body ground via engine ground cable
8 T4 Right front of engine compartment Valve cover
Engine Ground Cable (’98 Late Production V6 and ’99 V6 model)

Color
9 G2 Right side of engine compartment Body ground via engine ground cable
10 T4 Right side of engine compartment Engine
Engine Ground Cable (’00-’02 V6 models)

Color
3 G2 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via engine ground cable
4 T4 Left side of engine compartment Transmission housing
STARTER CABLE 2
3
1
10
ENGINE 9
GROUND 8
CABLE 4
BATTERY ENGINE
6 GROUND GROUND
CABLE CABLE

203-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Engine Wire Harness (L4)

Color
1 T101 Inside under-hood fuse/relay box
2 C102 14-GRY Right rear of engine compartment Right-side engine compartment A/T
wire harness (see page 203-8)
2 C102 8-GRY Right rear of engine compartment Right-side engine compartment *2 (M/T)
2 C102 10-GRY Right rear of engine compartment Right-side engine compartment *3 (M/T)
3 C101 10-GRY Right rear of engine compartment Right-side engine compartment
4 PCM/ECM connector B 25-GRY Below center of dash, right side of
heater unit
5 PCM/ECM connector C 31-BLU Below center of dash, right side of
heater unit
6 PCM/ECM connector D 16-GRY Below center of dash, right side of
heater unit
7 TP sensor 3-BLU Right side of engine
8 MAP sensor 3-GRY Right side of engine
9 EGR valve and EGR valve position sensor 6-GRY Right side of engine
10 IAC valve 3-GRY Center rear of engine
11 Oil pressure switch 1-NAT Underside of vehicle, rear of engine
12 C103 Junction connector 14-GRY Underside of vehicle, rear of engine
13 Knock sensor 1-BLK Underside of vehicle, rear of engine
14 EVAP canister purge valve 2-BLK Left rear of engine
15 IAT sensor 2-GRY Left rear of engine
16 G101 Left rear of engine Engine ground via engine wire
harness
17 Fuel injector No. 1 2-BLK Top of engine
18 CKP/TDC sensor 4-GRY Left side of engine
22 T102 Left front of engine Alternator
23 Alternator 4-LT GRN Left front of engine
24 VTEC solenoid valve 1-GRY Right side of engine
25 VTEC oil pressure switch 2-LT GRN Right side of engine
26 Primary HO2S or A/F sensor (ULEV) 4-GRY Front of engine
27 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve/shift 2-GRY Right side of engine compartment A/T
control solenoid valve A
28 Shift control solenoid valve B 2-BLK Right side of engine compartment A/T
29 Starter solenoid 1-BLK Right side of engine
30 Shift control solenoid valve C 2-BRN Right side of engine compartment A/T
31 Back-up light switch connector B (–) 1-BLK Right side of engine M/T
32 Back-up light switch connector A (+) 1-BLK Right side of engine M/T
33 3rd clutch pressure switch 1-BLK Underside of vehicle, end of A/T
transmission
34 Mainshaft speed sensor 2-BLK Underside of vehicle, end of A/T
transmission
35 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A 2-BRN Right side of engine compartment A/T
36 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B 2-BLK Right side of engine compartment A/T
37 ECT sensor 2-GRY Right side of engine
38 Coolant temperature gauge sending unit 1-BLK Right side of engine *1
39 Distributor 4-BLK Right side of engine
40 Radiator fan switch 2-GRY Right side of engine
41 Countershaft speed sensor 2-BLK Right rear of engine compartment A/T
42 Transmission range switch 10-GRY Right rear of engine compartment A/T
43 2nd clutch pressure switch 1-BLK Right side of engine A/T
44 VSS 3-GRY Right rear of engine compartment M/T
*1: ’98-99 models *2: ’98-99 models, ’00-’02 models (except California) *3: ’00-’02 models (California)

203-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
ENGINE WIRE HARNESS (L4)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
12
11 14 16
13
15
44
43
17
42 18
41
19
40
39
20
38
21
37
36
35
34
33
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22

203-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
t
s
Menu Circuit Index
Engine Wire Harness (’98-99 V6 models)

Color
1 VTEC oil pressure switch 2-GRY Underside of vehicle, right rear of
engine
2 Oil pressure switch 1-NAT Underside of vehicle, right rear of
engine
3 VTEC solenoid valve 1-GRY Underside of vehicle, right rear of
engine
5 CKP sensor 2-GRY Underside of vehicle, right rear of
engine
10 C105 Junction connector 20-BLK Below right side of dash
11 PCM connector D 16-GRY Below center of dash, right side of
heater unit
12 PCM connector B 25-GRY Below center of dash, right side of
heater unit
14 PCM connector C 31-BLU Below center of dash, right side of
heater unit
15 Primary HO2S 4-GRY Lower rear center of engine
compartment
18 Transmission range switch 10-GRY Left rear of engine compartment
19 ICM 3-— Left side of engine compartment
20 Countershaft speed sensor 2-BLK Lower left rear of engine compartment
21 C106 Junction connector 8-GRY Lower left rear of engine compartment
22 Ignition coil 3-BLK Left side of engine
23 C103 14-GRY Left rear of engine compartment Left-side engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-14)
25 Radiator fan switch A 2-GRY Left side of engine
26 G101 Left side of engine Engine ground via engine
wire harness
27 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A 2-BRN Left side of engine compartment
28 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B 2-BLK Left side of engine compartment
29 Mainshaft speed sensor 2-BLK Underside of vehicle, front of
transmission
30 3rd clutch pressure switch 1-BLK Underside of vehicle, front of
transmission
31 Starter solenoid 1-BLK Left front of engine compartment
32 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve/shift 3-GRY Left side of engine compartment
33 2nd clutch pressure switch 1-BLK Lower left side of engine on transaxle
34 Shift control solenoid valve C 2-BRN Underside of vehicle, front of
transmission
35 IAC valve 3-GRY Left side of engine
36 Shift control solenoid valve B 2-BLK Underside of vehicle, front of
transmission
37 TP sensor 3-GRY Left side of engine
38 MAP sensor 3-GRY Top of engine
39 ECT sensor 2-GRY Left side of engine
40 EGR valve and EGR valve position sensor 6-GRY Left side of engine
41 Coolant temperature gauge sending unit 1-GRY Left side of engine
42 Distributor 3-BLK Left rear of engine
43 Alternator 4-LT GRN Right front of engine
44 T102 Right front of engine Alternator
45 TDC sensor (1 and 2) 4-GRY Right side of engine
46 Radiator fan switch B 2-GRY Right side of engine

203-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
10 11 12 14 15
16 17
9 13 18 26
5 19
20
4
21
3 22
2 23
24
1
25
46
27
45
28
29
ENGINE 6 7 8
WIRE 30
HARNESS
31
44
43
42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32

203-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Engine Wire Harness (’00-’02 V6 models)

Color
1 VTEC oil pressure switch 2-GRY Underside of vehicle, right rear of engine
2 Oil pressure switch 1-NAT Underside of vehicle, right rear of engine
3 VTEC solenoid valve 1-GRY Underside of vehicle, right rear of engine
5 CKP sensor 2-GRY Underside of vehicle, right rear of engine
6 C108 Junction connector 20-ORN Below right side of dash
7 C105 Junction connector 20-ORN Below right side of dash
8 G102 Right side of engine Body ground via engine wire
harness
9 Ignition coil No. 1 3-BLK Rear center of engine
11 PCM connector D 16-GRY Below center of dash, right side of
heater unit
12 PCM connector B 25-GRY Below center of dash, right side of
heater unit
14 PCM connector C 31-BLU Below center of dash, right side of
heater unit
15 Primary HO2S 4-GRY Lower left rear of engine compartment
18 Transmission range switch 10-GRY Left rear of engine compartment
19 Countershaft speed sensor 2-BLK Lower left rear of engine compartment
24 Radiator fan switch A 2-GRY Left side of engine
25 G101 Left side of engine Body harness via engine wire
harness
26 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A 2-BRN Left side of engine compartment
27 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B 2-BLK Left side of engine compartment
28 Mainshaft speed sensor 2-BLK Underside of vehicle, front of
transmission
29 3rd clutch pressure switch 1-BLK Underside of vehicle, front of
transmission
30 Starter solenoid 1-BLK Left front of engine compartment
31 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve/shift 3-GRY Left side of engine compartment
32 2nd clutch pressure switch 1-BLK Lower left side of engine, on transaxle
33 Shift control solenoid valve C 2-BRN Underside of vehicle, front of
transmission
34 IAC valve 3-GRY Left side of engine
35 Shift control solenoid valve B 2-BLK Top of engine
36 TP sensor 3-GRY Left side of engine
37 MAP sensor 3-GRY Top of engine
38 EGR valve and EGR valve position sensor 6-GRY Left side of engine
39 ECT sensor 2-GRY Left side of engine
40 Ignition coil No. 6 3-BLK Front center of engine
44 Alternator 4-GRN Right front of engine
45 T102 Right front of engine Alternator
48 TDC sensor (1 and 2) 4-GRY Right side of engine
51 Radiator fan switch B 2-GRY Right side of engine

203-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
8
11 12 14 15 25
9 16
7 17
6 18
5
19
4
3 20
21
2
22
1 23
10 13 24
51
26
27
28
50
29
49
30
48
47
46
44 42 40 38 36 34 32
45
43 41 39 37 35 33 31

203-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Right-side Engine Compartment Wire Harness (L4)

Color
1 DRL diode 2-— Behind right kick panel Canada
2 Primary H02S relay 5-BLK Behind right kick panel
2 High beam cut relay 5-BLK Behind right kick panel Canada
2 A/F sensor heated control relay 5-BLK Behind right kick panel
3 Taillight relay 5-BLK Behind right kick panel
4 Passenger’s under-dash fuse/relay box 18-LT GRN Behind right fuse box cover
connector C (see page 6-4)
connector D (see page 6-4)
6 ABS pump motor relay 5-BLK Right rear of engine compartment
7 ABS fail-safe relay 5-BLK Right rear of engine compartment
8 Seat heater relay 5-BLK Right rear of engine compartment Canada
9 Under-hood fuse/relay box connector D 16-GRN or Right rear of engine compartment
(see page 6-7) BLU
10 Under-hood fuse/relay box connector C 3-BRN Right rear of engine compartment
(see page 6-7)
11 Under-hood fuse/relay box connector B 7-BRN Right rear of engine compartment
(see page 6-7)
12 Under-hood fuse/relay box connector A 18-GRN or Right rear of engine compartment
(see page 6-7) BLU
13 ELD unit 3-GRY Inside under-hood fuse/relay box
14 C201 16-BLU Behind glove box Dashboard wire harness B (right
branch) (see page 203-17)
15 C202 7-BRN Behind glove box Dashboard wire harness B (right
16 C204 22-GRN Behind right fuse box cover Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-18)
17 C203 5-GRY Behind glove box Dashboard wire harness B (right
18 C101 10-GRY Right rear of engine compartment Engine wire harness
(see page 203-2)
19 C102 14-GRY Right rear of engine compartment Engine wire harness A/T
(see page 203-2)
19 C102 8-GRY Right rear of engine compartment Engine wire harness *1 (M/T)
(see page 203-2)
19 C102 10-GRY Right rear of engine compartment Engine wire harness *2 (M/T)
(see page 203-2)
20 Engine mount control solenoid valve 2-GRY Center rear of engine compartment A/T
21 Secondary HO2S 4-GRY Underside of vehicle, near catalytic
converter
22 Condenser fan motor 2-GRY Front of engine compartment
23 A/C compressor 1-GRY Right front of engine compartment
24 High horn 1-BLK Behind center of front bumper
25 Hood switch 2-GRY Front of vehicle, at hood latch
26 Low horn 1-BLK Behind center of front bumper
27 Radiator fan motor 2-GRY Front of engine compartment
28 A/C pressure switch 2-GRY Behind right side of front bumper
29 Right headlight connector B 2-BLU Behind right headlight assembly
30 Right front parking light 2-BRN/NAT Behind right headlight assembly
31 Right headlight connector A 2-WHT Behind right headlight assembly
32 G201 Right side of engine compartment Body ground via right engine
compartment wire harness
33 Right front turn signal/side marker light 3-WHT Behind right front of bumper
34 Test tachometer connector 2-NAT Right side of engine compartment
35 Right front wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Right side of engine compartment
36 G202 Right side of engine compartment Body ground via right engine
*1: ’98-99 models, ’00-’02 models (except California)

*2: ’00-’02 models (California)

203-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

MULTI-RELAY 10 11 12
BOX
9
8
6 7
PASSENGER’S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX 18
19
14
16
5 15 20
17
13
4 21
3 22
2
23
24
25
36
28
35
34
31 30 29 27 26
33
RIGHT-SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WIRE HARNESS (L4)
32

203-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index

Right-side Engine Compartment Wire Harness (V6)
Color
1 ABS control unit connector A 12-ORN Behind right kick panel *1
1 ABS/TCS control unit connector B 16-ORN Behind right kick panel *2
2 ABS control unit connector B 22-ORN Behind right kick panel *1
2 ABS/TCS control unit connector C 12-ORN Behind right kick panel *2
connector C (see page 6-4)
connector D (see page 6-4)
5 ABS pump motor relay 5-BLK Right rear of engine compartment
6 ABS fail-safe relay 5-BLK Right rear of engine compartment
7 Seat heater relay 5-BLK Right rear of engine compartment *1 Canada
7 TCS relay 5-BLK Right rear of engine compartment *2
8 Under-hood fuse/relay box connector D 16-GRN or Right rear of engine compartment
(see page 6-7) BLU
9 Under-hood fuse/relay box connector C 3-BRN Right rear of engine compartment
(see page 6-7)
10 Under-hood fuse/relay box connector B 7-BRN Right rear of engine compartment
(see page 6-7)
11 Under-hood fuse/relay box connector A 18-GRN or Right rear of engine compartment
(see page 6-7) BLU
12 ELD unit 3-GRY Inside under-hood fuse/relay box
13 C201 16-BLU Behind glove box Dashboard wire harness B (right
14 C202 7-BRN Behind glove box Dashboard wire harness B (right
15 C203 5-GRY Behind glove box Dashboard wire harness B (right
16 C204 22-GRN Behind right fuse box cover Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-18)
17 G202 Right rear of engine compartment Body ground via right engine
18 Secondary HO2S 4-GRY Underside of vehicle, near catalytic
converter
19 PSP switch 2-GRY Underside of vehicle, near catalytic
converter
20 Right front wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Right side of engine compartment
21 Cruise control actuator 4-GRY Right side of engine compartment
22 ABS modulator unit 10-ORN Right front of engine compartment
22 ABS/TCS modulator unit 24-GRY Right side of engine compartment *2
23 ABS pump motor 2-ORN Right front of engine compartment
24 Radiator fan motor 2-GRY Front of engine compartment
25 High horn 1-BLK Behind center of front bumper
26 Hood switch 2-GRY Front of vehicle, at hood latch
27 Outside air temperature sensor 2-GRY Below center of front bumper
28 Low horn 1-BLK Behind center of front bumper
29 Condenser fan motor 2-GRY Front of engine compartment
30 A/C pressure switch 2-GRY Behind right side of front bumper
31 A/C compressor 1-GRY Right front of engine compartment
32 Right headlight connector B 2-BLU Behind right headlight assembly
33 Right front parking light 2-BRN/NAT Behind right headlight assembly
34 Right headlight connector A 2-WHT Behind right headlight assembly
35 G201 Right front of engine compartment Body ground via right engine
36 G203 Right front of engine compartment Body ground via right engine
37 Windshield washer motor 2-GRN/NAT Behind right of front bumper
38 Washer fluid level sensor 2-N/A Behind right of front bumper Canada
39 Right front turn signal/side marker light 3-WHT Behind right of front bumper
40 DRL diode 2-N/A Behind right kick panel Canada
41 Taillight relay 5-BLK Behind right kick panel
42 High beam cut relay 5-BLK Behind right kick panel Canada
43 G204 Behind right kick panel Body ground via right engine
44 G205 Behind right kick panel Body ground via right engine
45 ABS/TCS control unit connector A 26-ORN Behind right kick panel *2
*1: All except ’01-’02 V6 *2: ’01-’02 V6
203-10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
8 9 10 11 UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
17
5 6
MULTI-RELAY
BOX
18
13 14 15 19
12 16 20
PASSENGER’S 21
UNDER-DASH 22
FUSE/RELAY 23
BOX
4
24
3
2
1
45
44
42
41
25
40
26
27
28
39
29
38 31
37 32
RIGHT-SIDE ENGINE 33 30
43 34
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS (V6)
36
35

203-11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Left-side Engine Compartment Wire Harness (L4)

Color
1 G302 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via left engine
2 G305 Behind ABS control unit Body ground via left engine
3 G304 Behind left kick panel Body ground via left engine
4 Intermittent wiper relay 6-BRN/NAT Left rear of engine compartment
5 Brake fluid level switch connector A (+) 1-BLK Left side of engine compartment
6 Brake fluid level switch connector B (–) 1-BLK Left side of engine compartment
7 Windshield wiper motor 5-GRY Behind left side of cowl cover
8 C301 20-GRY Behind driver’s door dashboard lower Dashboard wire harness B (left
cover branch) (see page 203-16)
9 C302 8-GRY Behind driver’s door dashboard lower Dashboard wire harness A
cover (see page 203-19)
10 C303 1-BRN Above left kick panel Coupe
11 Driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box connector 5-LT GRN Behind left fuse box cover
C (see page 6-1)
E (see page 6-1)
13 ABS control unit connector B 12-ORN Behind left kick panel
14 ABS control unit connector A 22-ORN Behind left kick panel
15 Left front wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Left side of engine compartment
16 C304 1-BRN Left side of engine compartment Coupe
17 Cruise control actuator 4-GRY Left side of engine compartment
18 Left front turn signal/side marker light 3-WHT Behind left of front bumper
19 Washer fluid level sensor 2-N/A Behind left of front bumper Canada
20 Windshield washer motor 2-GRN/NAT Behind left of front bumper
21 G303 Left front of engine compartment Body ground via left engine
23 ABS pump motor 2-ORN Left front of engine compartment
24 ABS modulator unit 10-ORN Left front of engine compartment
25 Left headlight connector A 2-WHT Behind left headlight assembly
26 Left front parking light 2-BRN/NAT Behind left headlight assembly
27 Left headlight connector B 2-BLU Behind left headlight assembly
28 PSP switch 2-GRY Underside of vehicle, rear of engine

203-12
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
DRIVER’S
6 7 8 9 10 UNDER-DASH
5 FUSE/RELAY BOX
4
11
12
13
14
LEFT-SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WIRE HARNESS (L4)
28 16
15
17
23
27 26 25 24 20 19 18
21
22

203-13
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Left-side Engine Compartment Wire Harness (V6)

Color
1 Test tachometer connector 2-NAT Left rear of engine compartment
2 C103 14-GRY Left rear of engine compartment Engine wire harness (see page
203-4 (’98-’99) or 203-6 (’00-’02))
3 EVAP canister purge valve 2-BLK Left rear of engine compartment
4 Engine mount control solenoid valve 2-GRY Left rear of engine compartment
5 G302 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via left engine
6 Brake fluid level switch connector A (+) 1-BLK Left rear of engine compartment
7 Brake fluid level switch connector B (–) 1-BLK Left rear of engine compartment
8 Windshield wiper motor 5-GRY Behind left side of cowl cover
9 C301 20-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Dashboard wire harness B (left
10 C302 16-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-19)
11 C303 1-BRN Above left kick panel Coupe
C (see page 6-1)
E (see page 6-1)
14 Seat heater relay 5-N/A Behind left kick panel ’01-’02
Canada
15 Intermittent wiper relay 6-BRN/NAT Left rear of engine compartment
16 C104 10-GRY Left rear of engine compartment Engine wire harness (see page
203-4 (’98-’99) or 203-6 (’00-’02))
17 Left front wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Left side of engine compartment
18 C304 1-BRN Left side of engine compartment Coupe
19 Left front turn signal/side marker light 3-WHT Behind left of front bumper
21 Left headlight connector A 2-WHT Behind left headlight assembly
22 Left front parking light 2-BRN/NAT Behind left headlight assembly
23 Left headlight connector B 2-BLU Behind left headlight assembly

203-14
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
1
2
3 DRIVER’S UNDER-DASH
4 FUSE/RELAY BOX
6 7
8 9 10 11
12
13
14
15
16
17
LEFT-SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS (V6)
18
23 19
22 21
20

203-15
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Dashboard Wire Harness B (left branch)

Color
O (see page 6-1)
Q (see page 6-1)
P (see page 6-1)
4 C402 8-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Security system wire harness Canada
(Optional)
4 C402 4-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Security system wire harness USA
(Optional)
5 Clutch interlock switch 2-YEL Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover *1 (M/T)
(without clutch wire harness)
6 Brake pedal position switch 2-BRN Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover w/o
Cruise
6 Brake pedal position switch 4-BRN Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Cruise
7 PGM-FI main relay 7-BRN Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover
8 C301 20-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Left-side engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-12 (L4)
or 203-14 (V6))
9 Windshield wiper/washer switch 8-NAT Right side of steering column
10 Intermittent dwell time controller 2-GRY Right side of steering column
11 Immobilizer receiver unit 5-GRN Right side of steering column
12 Ignition switch 7-BRN Left side of steering column
13 Combination light switch 14-GRY Left side of steering column
14 Cable reel connector B 4-BLK Below steering wheel ’98-’00
14 C410 4-GRY Underside of steering column Cable reel connector B sub-harness ’01-’02
15 DRL control unit 14-N/A Under left side of dash Canada
16 C401 22-BLU Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-19)
17 Clutch pedal position switch 3-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover *1 (M/T)
(without clutch wire harness)
18 DLC 16-GRY Above left kick panel
19 G401 Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Body ground via dashboard wire
harness B
20 C404 (with clutch wire harness) 10-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Clutch wire harness M/T
(see page 203-35)
*1: 98-’99 models
7 8 9 DASHBOARD WIRE
DRIVER’S 6 HARNESS B (left branch)
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY 5
BOX Continues to Right Branch
4
3
10
2
11
12
1
13
15
16 14
19 18 17 or 20

203-16
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Dashboard Wire Harness B (right branch)

Color
1 Heater fan switch 7-BRN Center of dash Man. A/C
2 Climate control unit connector B 8-GRY Center of dash Climate
Control
2 Mode control motor 7-GRN Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover
3 Climate control unit connector A 20-BLK Center of dash Climate
Control
3 Heater control panel 22-GRN Center of dash Man. A/C
4 Evaporator temperature sensor 2-GRY Behind passenger’s dashboard lower
cover
5 Recirculation control motor 7-GRN Behind glove box
6 C201 16-BLU Behind glove box Right-side engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-8 (L4) or
203-10 (V6))
7 C403 2-GRY Behind glove box Security system wire harness
(Optional)
8 Passenger’s under-dash fuse/relay box 16-LT GRN Behind fuse box cover
connector J (see page 6-4)
9 Passenger’s under-dash fuse/relay box 16-LT GRN Behind fuse box cover
connector K (see page 6-4)
10 Blower power transistor 5-NAT Below right side of dash Climate
Control
11 Blower motor high relay 4-NAT Behind glove box Climate
Control
12 Blower motor 2-WHT Below right side of dash
13 Blower resistor 5-BLK Below right side of dash Man.
A/C
14 C203 5-GRY Behind glove box Right-side engine compartment wire
203-10 (V6))
15 C202 7-BRN Behind glove box Right-side engine compartment wire
203-10 (V6))
16 Air mix control motor 7-GRN Below right dash, right side of heater
unit
17 Radiator fan control module 8-BLK Behind passenger’s dashboard lower V6
cover
DASHBOARD WIRE
Continues to Left Branch HARNESS B (right 5 6
branch)
7
PASSENGER’S
1 UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
8
3
10
4
17
15
16 14 11
13 12

203-17
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Dashboard Wire Harness A

Color
1 G503 Behind left fuse box cover Body ground via dashboard wire
harness A
2 Driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box connector I 18-LT GRN Behind left fuse box cover
(see page 6-1)
3 Driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box connector K 18-LT GRN Behind left fuse box cover
(see page 6-1)
4 Driver’s multiplex control unit connector B 22-GRN Left fuse box cover
5 C502 7-BRN Above left kick panel Moonroof wire harness
(see page 203-26)
6 Cruise control main switch 5-GRY Left side of dash *1
6 Cruise control/TCS switch 8-GRY Behind left side of dash ’01-’02
V6
7 Moonroof switch 6-GRY Left side of dash
8 Left tweeter 2-GRY Left side of dash
9 Gauge assembly connector B 22-GRN Left side of dash
10 Gauge assembly connector A 14-GRN Left side of dash
11 Gauge assembly connector C 16-GRN Left side of dash
12 C503 3-YEL Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover SRS main harness ’98-99
(see page 203-36)
12 C503 2-YEL Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover SRS main harness ’00 Sedan
(see page 203-37)
12 C503 8-YEL Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover SRS main harness ’00 Coupe
(see page 203-38)
13 Hazard warning switch 10-GRY Center of dash
14 Sunlight sensor 2-GRY Center front of dash Climate
Control
15 Clock 5-GRY Center of dash
16 Audio unit 20-BLU Center of dash
17 G501 Behind dash center panel Body ground via dashboard wire
harness A
18 G502 Behind dash center panel Body ground via dashboard wire
harness A
19 Right tweeter 2-GRY Right side of dash
connector H (see page 6-4)
connector I (see page 6-4)
22 Passenger’s multiplex control unit connector B 22-GRN Behind passenger’s dashboard lower
cover
23 G504 Behind passenger’s dashboard lower Body ground via dashboard wire
cover harness A
24 C582 16-LT BLU Behind right fuse box cover Right side wire harness ’00
(see page 203-23) Coupe
24 C582 6-LT BLU Behind right fuse box cover Right side wire harness *2
(see page 203-22 (sedan) or
203-23 (coupe))
25 C204 22-GRN Behind right fuse box cover Right-side engine compartment wire
203-10 (V6))
26 Glove box light 2-NAT Left side glove box
27 ECM connector A 32-GRY Below center of dash, right side of M/T
heater unit
27 PCM connector A 32-GRY Below center of dash, right side of A/T
heater unit
28 Accessory power socket 2-BLK Front of center console
29 Passenger’s seat heater switch 6-N/A Behind middle of dash Canada
EX
30 Driver’s seat heater switch 6-GRY Behind middle of dash Canada
EX
31 A/T gear position console light/park pin switch 4-GRY Below center console
32 SRS unit connector C 8-YEL Below front of center console *3
33 Shift lock solenoid 2-GRY Below front of center console A/T
34 C505 6-YEL Below front of center console SRS floor harness ’00 Sedan
(see page 203-37) w/ side
airbags
35 Parking brake switch 1-NAT Below center console
*1: All except ’01-’02 V6 *2: ’01-’02 model *3: ’00-’02 sedan, ’01 coupe

203-18
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Dashboard Wire Harness A

Color
36 In-car temperature sensor 2-GRY Behind left side of dash Climate
Control
37 Cruise control unit 14-BLU Behind left side of dash
38 C302 8-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Left-side engine compartment wire L4
38 C302 16-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Left-side engine compartment wire V6
39 C401 22-BLU Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Dashboard wire harness B (left
40 C504 2-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Security system wire harness DX, LX
(Optional)
41 C501 18-GRY Above left kick panel Left side wire harness *1
(see page 203-20 (Sedan)
or 203-21 (Coupe))
41 C501 20-GRY Above left kick panel Left side wire harness *2
(see page 203-20)
*1: All ’98-99 models, ’00-’02 models except Canada EX *2: ’00-’02 Canada EX
18
DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A
7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15
6
12 16 17
PASSENGER’S 19
UNDER-DASH
DRIVER’S FUSE/RELAY
UNDER-DASH BOX
FUSE/RELAY
BOX 20
4 5
21
3
22
2
1
27 26 25 24 23
41
28
29
40 39 38 37 36 30
31
32
33
35 34

203-19
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Left Side Wire Harness (Sedan)

Color
1 C501 18-GRY Above left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A *1
(see page 203-19)
1 C501 20-GRY Above left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A *2
(see page 203-19)
A (see page 6)
B (see page 6)
4 C555 2-BLU Behind left fuse box cover Security system wire harness
(Optional)
5 C551 10-GRY Underside of driver’s seat Driver’s power seat wire harness 8-way
(see page 203-27)
(see page 203-27)
6 Driver’s seat belt switch 2-GRY Underside of driver’s seat ’98-99
6 Driver’s seat belt switch 3-GRY Underside of driver’s seat ’00-’02
7 C556 4-YEL Under center console SRS main harness *3
(see page 203-37)
8 C557 4-YEL Under center console SRS main harness *3
(see page 203-37)
9 EVAP canister vent shut valve 2-BRN Under side of vehicle, near fuel tank
10 EVAP bypass solenoid valve 2-BLK Under side of vehicle, near fuel tank
11 Fuel tank pressure sensor 3-GRY Under side of vehicle, near fuel tank
12 Left rear wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Behind left rear wheel
13 Left rear door switch 1-WHT Near left rear door striker
14 G552 Front of trunk Body ground via left side wire
harness
15 Left rear speaker 2-GRY Side of trunk
16 High mount brake light 2-GRY Center of trunk
17 Trunk light 2-GRY Center of trunk
18 Fuel tank unit 5-GRY Front of trunk
19 C554 12-GRY Left side of trunk Rear wire harness
(see page 203-24)
20 Driver’s side airbag inflator 2-YEL Under driver’s seat *3
21 Driver’s seat belt tensioner 2-YEL Left B-pillar *3
22 C553 10-GRY Center pillar Left rear door wire harness
(see page 203-33)
23 Driver’s door switch 1-WHT Near driver’s door striker
24 Driver’s side impact sensor 2-YEL Under driver’s seat *3
25 G551 Below driver’s seat, carpet pulled back Body ground via left side wire
harness
*1: All ’98-99 models, ’00-’02 models except Canada EX *2: ’00-’02 Canada EX *3: ’01-’02 models
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4
13
3
2 14
16
24 17
21 15
23 22 18
20
19
LEFT SIDE
25 WIRE HARNESS

203-20
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Left Side Wire Harness (Coupe)

Color
1 C501 18-GRY Above left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-19)
A (see page 6-1)
B (see page 6-1)
4 C555 2-BLU Behind left fuse box cover Security system wire harness
(Optional)
5 Driver’s seat belt switch 2-GRY Under-driver’s seat ’98-99
5 Driver’s seat belt switch 3-GRY Under driver’s seat ’00-’02
6 C556 4-YEL Below front of center console SRS main harness ’00-’02
(see page 203-38)
7 C557 4-YEL Under center console SRS main harness ’01-’02
(see page 203-38)
8 EVAP canister vent shut valve 2-BRN Underside of vehicle, near fuel tank
9 EVAP bypass solenoid valve 2-BLK Underside of vehicle, near fuel tank
10 Fuel tank pressure sensor 3-GRY Underside of vehicle, near fuel tank
11 G552 Front of trunk Body ground via left side wire
harness
12 High mount brake light 2-GRY Center of trunk
13 Trunk light 2-GRY Center of trunk
14 Fuel tank unit 5-GRY Front of trunk
15 Left rear speaker 2-GRY Side of trunk
16 C554 12-GRY Left side of trunk Rear wire harness
(see page 203-25)
17 Left rear wheel speed sensor connector 2-ORN Behind left wheel wheel
18 Driver’s seat belt tensioner 2-YEL Left B-pillar ’01-’02
19 Driver’s side impact sensor 2-YEL Below driver’s seat, carpet pulled back ’00-’02
20 Driver’s door switch 1-WHT Near driver’s door striker
21 Driver’s side airbag inflator 2-YEL In driver’s seat back ’00-’02
(see page 203-27)
(see page 203-27)
23 G551 Below driver’s seat, carpet pulled back Body ground via left side wire
harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
7
11
12
23
13
14
22
21
20 15
19
16
18
17
LEFT SIDE WIRE HARNESS

203-21
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Right Side Wire Harness (All ’98-99 models, ’00-’02 Sedan)

Color
1 C581 10-GRY Right center pillar Right rear door wire harness Sedan
(see page 203-34)
2 Front passenger’s side airbag inflator 2-YEL Underside of front passenger’s seat *5
3 Front passenger’s seat heater 3-N/A Underside of front passenger’s seat *2
3 C701 10-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat Passenger’s seat wire harness *4
(see page 203-28)
4 Front passenger’s seat belt switch 3-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat *1
5 C583 4-YEL SRS main harness *4
(see page 203-36)
6 C584 4-YEL SRS main harness *4
(see page 203-36)
connector A (see page 6-4)
8 Passenger’s under-dash fuse/relay box 3-LT GRN Behind right fuse box cover Canada
connector G (see page 6-4)
9 C582 6-LT BLU Behind right kick panel Dashboard wire harness A *4
(see page 203-18)
10 G581 Below front passenger’s seat, carpet Body ground via right side
pulled back wire harness
11 Front passenger’s side impact sensor 2-YEL Underside of front passenger’s seat *5
12 C851 4-GRY OPDS wire harness *4
(see page 203-39)
13 Front passenger’s door switch 1-WHT Near front passenger’s door striker
14 Front Passenger’s seat belt tensioner 2-YEL Right B-pillar *4
15 Right rear door switch 1-WHT Near right rear door striker Sedan
16 Right rear wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Behind right rear wheel
17 Right rear speaker 2-GRY Front of trunk, underside of rear shelf
18 Window antenna coil connector A 1-BRN Front of trunk, underside of rear shelf
*1: ’00-’02 models except Canada EX *2: ’98-99 models *3: ’00-’02 Canada EX *4: ’01-’02 models *5: ’01-’02 Sedan
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
11
12
10
14
18 13
15
17 16
RIGHT SIDE WIRE HARNESS

203-22
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Right Side Wire Harness (’00-’02 Coupe)

Color
1 G581 Below front passenger’s seat, carpet Body ground via right side
pulled back wire harness
2 C583 4-YEL Below front of center console SRS main harness *6
(see page 203-38)
3 C584 4-YEL Below front of center console SRS main harness *6
(see page 203-38)
4 C585 (Connects to C586) 1-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat *6
connector A (see page 6-4)
connector G (see page 6-4)
7 C582 16-LT BLU Behind right fuse box cover Dashboard wire harness A *4
(see page 203-18)
7 C582 6-LT BLU Behind right fuse box cover Dashboard wire harness A *5
(see page 203-18)
8 C586 (Connects to C585) 1-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat *6
9 Front Passenger’s seat belt tensioner 2-YEL Right B-pillar *5
11 C851 4-GRY OPDS wire harness *6
(see page 203-39)
12 Front passenger’s seat belt switch 3-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat *1
13 Front passenger’s door switch 1-WHT Near front passenger door striker *6
14 Front passenger’s side impact sensor 2-YEL Below front passenger’s seat, carpet
pulled back
15 Front passenger’s side airbag inflator 2-YEL *6
16 Right rear wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Behind right rear wheel
17 Right rear speaker 2-GRY Front of trunk underside of rear shelf
18 Window antenna coil connector A 1-BRN Front of trunk underside of rear shelf
*1: ’00-’02 models w/o seat heater *2: ’98-99 models w/ seat heater (Canada) *3: ’00-’02 models *4: ’00 model *5: ’01-’02 model *6: ’00-’02 models
RIGHT SIDE
WIRE HARNESS 2 3 4 5 6 7
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
203-23
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Rear Wire Harness (Sedan)

Color
1 C554 12-GRY Left side of trunk Left side wire harness
(see page 203-20)
2 Trailer lighting connector 6-GRY Left side of trunk
3 Right brake light/outer taillight 4-GRY Right side of trunk ’01-’02
3 Right rear turn signal light 2-GRY Right side of trunk ’98-’00
4 Right rear turn signal light 2-GRY Right side of trunk ’01-’02
4 Right brake light/outer taillight 4-GRY Right side of trunk ’98-’00
5 Right back-up light 3-GRY Right rear of trunk lid ’98-’00
5 Right inner taillight 2-GRY Right rear of trunk lid ’01-’02
6 Right inner taillight 2-GRY Right rear of trunk lid ’98-’00
6 Right back-up light 3-GRY Right rear of trunk lid ’01-’02
7 Trunk lid latch 6-GRY Center rear of trunk lid EX
8 Trunk key cylinder switch 2-GRN Right rear of trunk lid EX
9 License plate light 2-GRY Above rear license plate
10 Trunk latch switch 2-BLK Center rear of trunk lid DX, LX
11 C601 1-— Middle of trunk Security system wire harness
(Optional)
12 Left back-up light 3-GRY Left rear of trunk lid ’01-’02
12 Left inner taillight 2-GRY Left rear of trunk lid ’98-’00
13 Left inner taillight 2-GRY Left rear of trunk lid ’01-’02
13 Left back-up light 3-GRY Left rear of trunk lid ’98-’00
14 G601 Left side of trunk Body ground via rear
wire harness
15 Brake light failure sensor 6-GRY Left rear of trunk
16 Left rear turn signal light 2-GRY Left side of trunk ’01-’02
16 Left brake light/outer taillight 4-GRY Left side of trunk ’98-’00
17 Left brake light/outer taillight 4-GRY Left side of trunk ’01-’02
17 Left rear turn signal light 2-GRY Left side of trunk ’98-’00
1 2 REAR WIRE HARNESS
13 4
5
6
9
12
10
17
11
16
15
14

203-24
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Rear Wire Harness (Coupe)

Color
1 C554 12-GRY Left side of trunk Left side wire harness
(see page 203-21)
2 Left taillight assembly 6-GRY Left rear of trunk
3 Left inner brake light/taillight 3-GRY Left rear of trunk lid
4 Left back-up light 2-GRY Left rear of trunk lid
5 C601 1-— Middle of trunk Security system wire harness LX
(Optional)
6 Trunk lid latch 6-GRY Center rear of trunk lid EX
7 Trunk key cylinder switch 2-GRN Center rear of trunk lid EX
8 Right rear side marker light 2-BRN Right side rear bumper
9 Right taillight assembly 6-GRY Right rear of trunk
10 Right inner brake light/taillight 3-GRY Right side rear bumper
11 Right back-up light 2-GRY Right side of trunk lid
12 License plate light 2-BRN Above rear license plate
13 Trunk latch switch 2-GRN Center of trunk lid DX, LX
14 G601 Left rear of trunk Body ground via rear
wire harness
15 Brake light failure sensor 6-GRY Left rear corner of trunk
16 Trailer lighting connector 6-GRY Left rear of trunk
17 Left rear side marker light 2-BRN Left side of rear bumper
5 6 7
4 8
3
9
2
10
11
12
13
14
REAR WIRE HARNESS
17
16
15
14

203-25
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Moonroof Wire Harness

Color
1 Moonroof motor 2-BRN Above center rear of headliner
2 Moonroof limit switch 4-GRY Above center rear of headliner
7 C502 7-BRN Above left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-18)
8 Moonroof close relay 5-GRY Above left kick panel
9 Moonroof open relay 5-GRY Above left kick panel
Roof Wire Harness

Color
3 Ceiling light 3-NAT Center of roof
4 Passenger’s vanity mirror light 2-GRY At passenger’s sunvisor
5 Driver’s vanity mirror light 2-GRY At driver’s sunvisor
6 Spotlight/Homelink unit 3-GRY Front center of roof
connector B (see page 6-4)
1 2 3 4 5
MOONROOF WIRE HARNESS
6
7
8
ROOF WIRE HARNESS
10
PASSENGER’S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX

203-26
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Driver’s Power Seat Wire Harness (8-way adjustable)

Color
1 Slide motor 2-GRY Underside of driver’s seat
2 Rear up-down motor 2-GRY Underside of driver’s seat
3 Driver’s seat heater 3-GRY Underside of driver’s seat Canada
’98-’99
3 Driver’s seat heater 4-GRY Underside of driver’s seat Canada
’00-’02
4 Front up-down motor 2-GRY Underside of driver’s seat
9 Power seat adjustment switch connector A 6-GRY Left side of driver’s seat
10 C551 10-GRY Underside of driver’s seat Left side wire harness
(see page 203-20 (Sedan)
or 203-21 (Coupe))
11 Power seat adjustment switch connector B 6-GRY Left side of driver’s seat
12 Recline motor 2-GRY Underside of driver’s seat
Driver’s Power Seat Wire Harness (2-way adjustable)

Color
6 Height motor 2-GRY Under driver’s seat
8 C552 4-GRY Underside of driver’s seat Left side wire harness (see page
203-20 (Sedan) or 203-21 (Coupe))
9 Driver’s power seat up-down switch 5-GRY Left side of driver’s seat
5
4
DRIVER’S FRONT SEAT
3 WIRE HARNESS
(8-way adjustable)
2 8
1 7
DRIVER’S FRONT SEAT

12 11 10 9 WIRE HARNESS 9
(2-way adjustable)

203-27
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Front Passenger’s Seat Wire Harness (4-way Adjustable) (’01-’02 EX V6 Sedan)

Color
1 Recline motor 2-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat
2 Front passenger’s power seat adjustment 6-GRY Right side of front passenger’s seat
switch connector B
3 C701 10-GRY Right side of front passenger’s seat Right side wire harness
(see page 203-22)
4 Front passenger’s power seat adjustment 6-GRY Right side of front passenger’s seat
switch connector A
5 Front passenger’s seat heater 4-N/A Underside of front passenger’s seat Canada
6 Slide motor 2-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat
7 Front passenger’s seat belt switch 3-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat
FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT

WIRE HARNESS
(4-WAY ADJUSTABLE)
7
1
2
6
4 5

203-28
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Driver’s Door Wire Harness (Sedan)

Color
1 Driver’s door lock actuator 2-GRY Driver’s door
2 Driver’s door lock knob switch 3-GRY Driver’s door
3 Driver’s door key cylinder switch 3-GRY Driver’s door
4 Security indicator 2-GRY Rear of driver’s door panel EX
5 Door multiplex control unit connector B 2-BRN Driver’s door
6 Driver’s door lock switch 3-GRY Driver’s door
7 Left power mirror 6-N/A Driver’s door Canada
7 Left power mirror 3-GRY Driver’s door USA
8 Driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box connector 6-LT GRN Behind left fuse box cover Canada
F (see page 6-1)
G (see page 6-1)
10 C631 2-GRY Behind left fuse box cover Security system wire harness USA LX
(Optional)
10 C631 3-N/A Driver’s door Security system wire harness Canada
(Optional)
11 Driver’s door speaker 2-GRY Driver’s door
12 Power mirror switch 10-GRY Driver’s door
(Optional)
14 Driver’s window motor 4-GRY Driver’s door
15 Door multiplex control unit connector A 20-LT BLU Driver’s door
16 Driver’s door courtesy light 2-GRY Driver’s door
3 4 5 6 7
8
9
DRIVER’S
2 UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
10
11
1
DRIVER’S DOOR WIRE HARNESS 16 15 14 13 12

(SEDAN)

203-29
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Driver’s Door Wire Harness (Coupe)

Color
1 Security indicator connector 2-GRY Driver’s door EX
2 Door multiplex control unit connector A 20-BLU Driver’s door
3 Door multiplex control unit connector B 2-BRN Driver’s door
4 Driver’s door lock switch 3-GRY Driver’s door
5 Left power mirror 6-N/A Driver’s door Canada
5 Left power mirror 3-GRY Driver’s door USA
6 Driver’s window motor 4-GRY Driver’s door
7 Driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box connector 6-LT GRN Behind left fuse box cover Canada
F (see page 6-1)
G (see page 6-1)
9 C631 2-GRY Behind left fuse box cover Security system wire harness USA
(Optional) (LX)
(Optional)
10 Driver’s door speaker 2-GRY Driver’s door
11 Power mirror switch 10-GRY Driver’s door
(Optional)
13 Driver’s door courtesy light 2-GRY Driver’s door
14 Driver’s door lock actuator 2-GRY Driver’s door
15 Driver’s door lock knob switch 3-GRY Driver’s door
16 Driver’s door key cylinder switch 3-GRY Driver’s door
1 2 3 4 5 6
DRIVER’S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
16
7
15
9
14
10
11 DRIVER’S DOOR
13 12 WIRE HARNESS
(COUPE)

203-30
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Front Passenger’s Door Wire Harness (Sedan)

Color
connector E (see page 6-4)
connector F (see page 6-4)
3 Right power mirror 6-N/A Front passenger’s door Canada
3 Right power mirror 3-GRY Front passenger’s door USA
4 Front passenger’s door lock switch 3-GRY Front passenger’s door
5 Front passenger’s window switch 6-GRY Front passenger’s door
6 Front passenger’s door key cylinder switch 3-GRY Front passenger’s door
7 Front passenger’s door lock knob switch 3-GRY Front passenger’s door Security
8 Front passenger’s door lock actuator 2-GRY Front passenger’s door
9 Front passenger’s door courtesy light 2-GRY Front passenger’s door
10 Front passenger’s window motor 2-GRY Front passenger’s door
11 Front passenger’s door speaker 2-GRY Front passenger’s door
FRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR WIRE HARNESS (SEDAN)

3 4 5 6
PASSENGER’S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
11 10 9

203-31
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Front Passenger’s Door Wire Harness (Coupe)

Color
connector E (see page 6-4)
connector F (see page 6-4)
3 Right power mirror 6-N/A Front passenger’s door Canada
3 Right power mirror 3-GRY Front passenger’s door USA
4 Front passenger’s door lock switch 3-GRY Front passenger’s door
5 Front passenger’s window switch 6-GRY Front passenger’s door
6 Front passenger’s door key cylinder switch 3-GRY Front passenger’s door
7 Front passenger’s door lock knob switch 3-GRY Front passenger’s door
8 Front passenger’s door lock actuator 2-GRY Front passenger’s door
9 Front passenger’s door courtesy light 2-GRY Front passenger’s door
10 Front passenger’s window motor 2-GRY Front passenger’s door
11 Front passenger’s door speaker 2-GRY Front passenger’s door
3 4 5 6
7
1
PASSENGER’S 11 10
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX 9
FRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR WIRE
HARNESS (COUPE)

203-32
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Left Rear Door Wire Harness (Sedan)

Color
1 Left rear window switch 6-GRY Left rear door
2 C553 10-GRY Left center pillar Left side wire harness
(see page 203-20)
3 Left rear window motor 2-GRY Left rear door
4 Left rear door courtesy light 2-GRY Left rear door
5 Left rear door lock actuator 2-GRY Left rear door
6 Left rear door lock knob switch 3-GRY Left rear door Security
1 2
6 5 4 3 LEFT REAR DOOR

WIRE HARNESS
(SEDAN)

203-33
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Right Rear Door Wire Harness (Sedan)

Color
1 C581 10tGRY Right center pillar Right side wire harness
(see page 203t22)
2 Right rear window switch 6tGRY Right rear door
3 Right rear door lock knob switch 3tGRY Right rear door Security
4 Right rear door lock actuator 2tGRY Right rear door
5 Right rear door courtesy light 2tGRY Right rear door
6 Right rear window motor 2tGRY Right rear door
1 2
RIGHT REAR DOOR

WIRE HARNESS
(SEDAN)
6 5 4 3

203t34
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
Ignition Switch Lead

Color
1 Driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box connector 6-BRN Behind left fuse box cover
M (see page 6-1)
Clutch Pedal Position Switch Sub-Harness (M/T)

Color
2 Clutch interlock switch 2-YEL Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover
3 Clutch pedal position switch 3-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover
4 C404 10-GRY Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Dashboard wire harness B (left
IGNITION SWITCH LEAD
3
2
DRIVER’S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX CLUTCH SWITCH SUB-HARNESS (M/T)

203-35
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
SRS Main Harness (’98-99 models)

Color
1 Front passenger’s airbag 2-YEL Behind dash center panel
2 C503 3-YEL Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-18)
3 G801 Below front of center console Body ground via SRS main harness
4 SRS unit 18-YEL Below front of center console
5 Cable reel connector A 2-YEL Underside of steering column
6 MES connector 2-YEL Under left side of dash
7 Driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box connector 2-YEL Behind left fuse box cover
N (see page 6-1)
SRS MAIN HARNESS
1
7
5 4
DRIVER’S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX

203-36
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
SRS Main Harness (’00 Sedan)

Color
1 G801 Below front of center console Body ground via SRS
main harness
10 SRS unit connector A 18-YEL Below front of center console
N (see page 6-1)
12 MES connector 2-YEL Behind left fuse box cover
13 Cable reel connector A 2-YEL Underside of steering column
14 C503 2-YEL Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-18)
15 Front passenger’s airbag first and second 4-YEL Behind dash center panel
inflators
SRS Floor Harness (’00-’02 Sedan with Side Airbags)

Color
2 Front passenger’s side impact sensor 2-YEL Right side of floor
3 Front passenger’s side airbag inflator 2-YEL Under front passenger’s seat
4 C851 4-GRY Under front passenger’s seat OPDS wire harness
(see page 203-39)
5 Front passenger’s seat belt switch 3-YEL Under front passenger’s seat
6 Driver’s side airbag inflator 2-YEL Under driver’s seat
7 Driver’s side impact sensor 2-YEL Left side of floor
8 C505 6-YEL Below front of center console Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-18)
9 SRS unit connector B 14-YEL Middle of floor
SRS MAIN HARNESS 13 14 15

DRIVER’S 1
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
12
11
2
10
3
4
9
5
8 SRS FLOOR HARNESS

7 6

203-37
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
SRS Main Harness (’00-’02 Coupe, ’01-’02 Sedan)

Color
1 C503 8-YEL Behind driver’s dashboard lower cover Dashboard wire harness A *1
(see page 203-18)
2 Front passenger’s airbag first and second 4-YEL Behind dash center panel
inflators
3 C583 4-YEL Below front center console Right side wire harness
(see page 203-23)
4 C584 4-YEL Below front center console Right side wire harness
(see page 203-23)
5 G801 Below front center console Body harness via SRS
main harness
6 C556 4-YEL Below front center console Left side wire harness
(see page 203-21)
7 C557 4-YEL Below front center console Left side wire harness *3
(see page 203-21)
8 SRS unit connector C 8-YEL Below front center console *1
9 SRS unit connector B 14-YEL Below front center console
10 SRS unit connector A 18-YEL Below front center console
11 Cable reel connector A 2-YEL Underside of steering column *1
11 Cable reel connector A 4-YEL Underside of steering column *2
N (see page 6-1)
13 MES connector 2-YEL Behind left fuse box cover *1
*1: ’00 model *2: ’01-’02 models *3: With seat belt tensioner
SRS MAIN HARNESS

1
13
12
11
10
9
8 7 6

203-38
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
+ –
OPDS Wire Harness (With Side Airbags) (’00-’02 Models)

Color
1 OPDS unit connector D 8-YEL In front passenger’s seat back
2 C851 4-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat SRS floor harness ’00
(see page 203-37) Sedan
2 C851 4-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat Right side wire harness
(see page 203-23) Coupe
2 C851 4-GRY Underside of front passenger’s seat Right side wire harness ’01-’02
(see page 203-22) Sedan
Rear Window Defogger Wire Harness

Color
1 Rear window defogger connector B (–) 1-BLK Left C-pillar
2 Window antenna coil connector B 2-BRN Front of trunk, underside of rear shelf
3 Rear window defogger connector A (+) 1-BLK Right C-pillar
1 2 3
OPDS WIRE HARNESS
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

2 WIRE HARNESS

203-39
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Engine/Powertrain Control Module Terminal Arrangement (L4)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
wire side of female terminals
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (32P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Terminal
Wire color Terminal name Description Signal
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
number
MCS (ENGINE MOUNT Drives engine mount control At idle: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2 GRN/WHT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE) solenoid valve. Above idle: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2WBS (EVAP BYPASS Drives EVAP bypass solenoid With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
3 BLU
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SOLENOID VALVE) valve.
LT GRN/ VSV (EVAP CANISTER VENT Drives EVAP control canister With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4
WHT SHUT VALVE) vent shut valve.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
CRS Detects cruise control signal. With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
5 BLU/GRN
(CRUISE CONTROL SIGNAL)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6 ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RED/YEL
PCS
(CANISTER PURGE VALVE)
Drives EVAP canister purge
valve.
With engine running, engine coolant, below
167F (75C): battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
With engine running, engine coolant, above
167F (75C): duty controlled
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SO2SHTC (SECONDARY Drives secondary heated With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8 BLK/WHT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR oxygen sensor heater. With fully warmed up engine running:
HEATER CONTROL) duty controlled
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
9*2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BLU/WHT
VSSOUT (VEHICLE SPEED Sends vehicle speed sensor Depending on vehicle speed: pulses
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL) signal.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SCS Detects service check With the service check signal shorted with
(SERVICE CHECK SIGNAL) connector signal (the signal the PGM Tester: 0 V
10 BRN
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
causing a DTC indication). With the service check signal opened:
about 5V or battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PNK
IMOLMP (IMMOBILIZER
INDICATOR LIGHT)
Drives immobilizer indicator
light.
With immobilizer indicator light turned ON: 0 V
With immobilizer indicator light turned OFF:
battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BLU
IMOEN (IMMOBILIZER
ENABLE SIGNAL)
Sends immobilizer enable
signal.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
D41ND (D4 INDICATOR) Drives D4 indicator light. With D4 indicator light turned ON: 0 V
14*2 GRN/BLK With D4 indicator light turned OFF:
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ15 ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GRN/YEL
IMO FLR (IMMOBILIZER
FUEL PUMP RELAY)
Drives fuel pump relay.
battery voltage
0 V for two seconds after turning ignition
switch ON (II), then battery voltage
*1: M/T
*2: A/T
*3: F23A4 engine
*4: F23A1, F23A4 engine

205
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (32P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Terminal
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
number
ACC (A/C CLUTCH RELAY) Drives A/C clutch relay. With compressor ON: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
17 RED
With compressor OFF: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
MIL (MALFUNCTION Drives MIL. With MIL turned ON: 0 V
18 GRN/ORN
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
INDICATOR LIGHT) With MIL turned OFF: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
19 BLU NEP (ENGINE SPEED PULSE) Outputs engine speed pulse. With engine running: pulses
FANC Drives radiator fan relay. With radiator fan running: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
20 GRN (RADIATOR FAN CONTROL) With radiator fan stopped: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
K-LINE Sends and receives scan tool With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
21 GRY
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
signal.
SHO2S (SECONDARY Detects secondary heated With throttle fully opened from idle and fully
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
23 WHT/RED HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR, oxygen sensor (sensor 2) warmed up engine: above 0.6 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SENSOR 2) signal. With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
STS Detects starter switch signal. With starter switch ON (III): battery voltage
24 BLU/ORN (STARTER SWITCH SIGNAL) With starter switch OFF: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
25
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RED
IMOCD (IMMOBILIZER CODE) Detects immobilizer signal.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PSPSW (P/S PRESSURE Detects PSP switch signal. At idle with steering wheel in straight ahead
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SWITCH SIGNAL) position: 0 V
26 GRN
At idle with steering wheel at full lock:
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ACS (A/C SWITCH SIGNAL) Detects A/C switch signal. With A/C switch ON: 0 V
27 BLU/RED
With A/C switch OFF: about 5V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
28*2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
WHT/RED
ILU (INTERLOCK CONTROL
UNIT)
Drives interlock control unit. With ignition switch ON (II) and brake pedal
pressed: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PTANK (FUEL TANK Detects FTP sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II) and fuel fill cap
29 LT GRN
PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR) opened: about 2.5 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GRN/RED
EL (ELD)
Detects ELD signal. With parking lights turned on at idle:
about 2.5–3.5 V
With low beam headlights turned on at idle:
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
about 1.5–2.5 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BKSW (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal position With brake pedal released: 0 V
32 WHT/BLK POSITION SWITCH) switch signal. With brake pedal depressed: battery voltage
*1: M/T
*2: A/T
*3: F23A4 engine

205-1
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
Powertrain Control Module Terminal Arrangement (V6)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (32P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal
number
MTRTW Sends engine coolant With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
1*2 YEL/GRN
temperature signal.
MCS (ENGINE MOUNT Drives engine mount control At idle: 0 V
2 GRN/WHT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE) solenoid valve. Above idle: battery voltage
2WBS (EVAP BYPASS Drives EVAP bypass solenoid With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
3 BLU
SOLENOID VALVE valve.
LT GRN/ VSV (EVAP CANISTER VENT Drives EVAP canister vent shut With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
4
WHT SHUT VALVE) valve.
CRS Detects cruise control signal. With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
5 BLU/GRN
(CRUISE CONTROL SIGNAL)
PCS (EVAP CANISTER Drives EVAP canister purge With engine running, engine coolant below
PURGE VALVE) valve. 147F (64C): battery voltage
6 RED/YEL
With engine running, engine coolant above
147F (64C): duty controlled
VREF Provides reference voltage to With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
7*3 ORN/GRN (REFERENCE VOLTAGE) ABS/TCS control unit. With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
SO2SHTC (SECONDARY Drives secondary heated oxygen With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
8 BLK/WHT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR sensor heater. With fully warmed up engine running:
VSSOUT (VEHICLE SPEED Sends vehicle speed sensor Depending on vehicle speed: pulses
9 BLU/WHT
SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL) signal.
SCS Detects service check connector With the service check signal shorted with
(SERVICE CHECK SIGNAL) signal (the signal causing a DTC the Honda PGM Tester: 0 V
10 BRN indication). With the service check signal opened:
about 5 V or battery voltage
ATSFTP (TRANSMISSION Sends transmission gear switch With engine running in park position: about 4 V
11*3 LT GRN RANGE SWITCH) signal. With the service check signal opened:
about 5 V or battery voltage
IMOLMP (IMMOBILIZER Drives immobilizer indicator light. With Immobilizer indicator light turned ON: 0 V
12 PNK INDICATOR LIGHT) With immobilizer indicator light turned OFF:
battery voltage
IMOEN (IMOBILIZER Sends immobilizer enable signal.
13*1, *2 BLU
ENABLE SIGNAL)
D4IND (D4 INDICATOR) Drives D4 indicator light. With D4 indicator light turned ON: 0 V
14 GRN/BLK With D4 indicator light turned OFF:
battery voltage
IMO FLR (IMMOBILIZER Drives fuel pump relay. 0 V for two seconds after turning ignition
15 GRN/YEL
FUEL PUMP RELAY) switch ON (II), then battery voltage
IMOEN (IMMOBILIZER Sends immobilizer enable signal.
16*3 BLU
ENABLE SIGNAL)
*1: ’98-99 models

*2: ’00 model
*3: ’01-’02 models

205-2
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (32P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal
number
ACC (A/C CLUTCH RELAY) Drives A/C clutch relay. With compressor ON: 0 V
17 RED
With compressor OFF: battery voltage
MIL (MALFUNCTION Drives MIL. With MIL turned ON: 0 V
18 GRN/ORN INDICTOR LIGHT) With MIL turned OFF: battery voltage
NEP Outputs engine speed pulse. With engine running: pulses
19 BLU
(ENGINE SPEED PULSE)
FANC Drives radiator fan relay. With radiator fan running: 0 V
20 GRN (RADIATOR FAN CONTROL) With radiator fan stopped: battery voltage
K-LINE Sends and receives scan tool With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
21 GRY
signal.
FPTDR Detects engine retard request With TCS operating: about 5 V
22*3 GRN/RED (FRAME TO POWERTRAIN signal. With TCS not operating: about 2.5 V
TORQUE DOWN REQUEST)
SHO2S (SECONDARY Detects secondary heated With throttle fully opened from idle with fully
23 WHT/RED HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR, oxygen sensor (sensor 2) signal. warmed up engine: above 0.6 V
SENSOR 2) With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
STS Detects starter switch signal. With starter switch ON (II): battery voltage
24 BLU/ORN (STARTER SWITCH SIGNAL) With starter switch OFF: 0 V
IMOCD Detects immobilizer signal.
25 RED
(IMMOBILIZER CODE)
PSPSW (P/S PRESSURE Detects PSP switch signal. At idle with steering wheel in straight ahead
SWITCH SIGNAL) position: 0 V
26 GRN
At idle with steering wheel at full lock:
battery voltage
ACS (A/C SWITCH SIGNAL) Detects A/C switch signal With A/C switch ON: 0 V
27 BLU/RED
With A/C switch OFF: about 5 V
ILU (INTERLOCK CONTROL Sends interlock control signal. With ignition switch ON (II) and brake pedal
28 WHT/RED
UNIT) depressed: about 0 V
PTANK (FUEL TANK Detects FTP sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II) and fuel fill cap
29 LT GRN
PRESSURE SENSOR) opened: about 2.5 V
ELD (ELECTRICAL LOAD Detects ELD signal. With parking lights turned on at idle:
DETECTOR) about 2.5–3.5 V
30 GRN/RED
With low beam headlights turned on at idle:
about 1.5–2.5 V
THLOUT Sends TP sensor signal. With throttle fully open: about 4.8 V
31*3 YEL/GRN (THROTTLE POSITION With throttle fully closed: about 0.5 V
SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL)
BKSW (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal position With brake pedal released: 0 V
32 WHT/BLK POSITION SWITCH) switch signal. With brake pedal pressed: battery voltage
*1: ’98-99 models

*2: ’00 model
*3: ’01-’02 models

205-3
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (25P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Terminal
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
number
IGP1 (POWER SOURCE) Power source for the PCM With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1 YEL/BLK control circuit. With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PG1 (POWER GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
2 BLK
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
control circuit.
3 RED INJ2 (No. 2 INJECTOR) Drives No. 2 injector. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
BLU
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
YEL
INJ3 (No. 3 INJECTOR)
INJ4 (No. 4 INJECTOR)
Drives No. 3 injector.
Drives No. 4 injector.
With engine running: duty controlled
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PNK
E-EGR
Drives EGR valve. With EGR operation during driving with fully
warmed up engine: duty controlled
With EGR not operating: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8*2 ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
WHT
LSA – (A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE A–SIDE)
A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve A power supply
negative electrode.
With ignition switch ON (II): duty controlled
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
YEL/BLK
IGP2 (POWER SOURCE)
Power source for the PCM
control circuit.
With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PG2 (POWER GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
10 BLK
control circuit.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BRN
INJ1 (No.1 INJECTOR)
Drives No. 1 injector. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
With engine running: duty controlled
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
VTS Drives VTEC solenoid valve. With engine at low rpm: 0 V
12*4 GRN/YEL (VTEC SOLENOID VALVE) With engine at high rpm: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
YEL/GRN
ICM (IGNITION CONTROL
MODULE)
Sends ignition pulse. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
With engine running: pulses
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
OP2SW (2ND OIL PRESSURE Detects 2nd oil pressure switch. With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
14*2 BLU/BLK
SWITCH)
*1: M/T
*2: A/T
*3: F23A4 engine

205-4
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (25P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Terminal
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
number
PO2SHTCR Drives air fuel ratio sensor With ignition switch ON (II): 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
16*3 GRN/RED (AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR heater relay.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
HEATER CONTROL RELAY)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LSA + (A/T CLUTCH
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
17*2 RED PRESSURE CONTROL solenoid valve A power supply
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SOLENOID VALVE A + SIDE) positive electrode.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LSB – (A/T CLUTCH A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch ON (II): duty controlled
18*2 GRN PRESSURE CONTROL solenoid valve B power supply
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SOLENOID VALVE B – SIDE) negative electrode.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PO2SHTC Drives air fuel ratio sensor heater. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
19*3 BLK/WHT (AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR With fully warmed up engine running: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
HEATER CONTROL)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LG1 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
20 BRN/BLK
control circuit.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
WHT/YEL
VBU (VOLTAGE BACK UP)
Power source for the ECM/PCM
control circuit.
Power source for the DTC
Battery voltage at all times
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
memory.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LG2 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
22 BRN/BLK
control circuit.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BLK/BLU
IACV
(IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE)
Drives IAC valve. With engine running: duty controlled
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
OP3SW (3RD OIL PRESSURE Detects 3rd oil pressure switch. With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
24*2 BLU/WHT
SWITCH)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
25*2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ORN
LSB + (A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE B + SIDE)
solenoid valve B power supply
positive electrode.
*1: M/T
*2: A/T
*3: F23A4 engine

205-5
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (25P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal
number
IGP1 (POWER SOURCE) Power source for the PCM With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
1 YEL/BLK circuit. With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
2 BLK PG1 (POWER GROUND) Ground for the PCM circuit. Less than 1.0 V at all times
3 BLK/RED INJ5 (No. 5 INJECTOR) Drives No. 5 injector. With engine running: pulses
4 YEL INJ4 (No. 4 INJECTOR) Drives No. 4 injector.
5 RED INJ2 (No. 2 INJECTOR) Drives No. 2 injector.
6 WHT/BLU INJ6 (No. 6 INJECTOR) Drives No. 6 injector.
E-EGR Drives EGR valve. With EGR operating: duty controlled
7 PNK
With EGR not operating: about 0 V
LSA – (A/T CLUTCH A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
8 WHT PRESSURE CONTROL solenoid valve A power supply
SOLENOID VALVE A – SIDE) negative terminal.
IGP2 (POWER SOURCE) Power source for the PCM circuit. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
9 YEL/BLK
10 BLK PG2 (POWER GROUND) Ground for the PCM circuit. Less than 1.0 V at all times
11 BRN INJ1 (No. 1 INJECTOR) Drives No. 1 injector. With engine running: pulses
VTS Drives VTEC solenoid valve. With engine at low rpm: 0 V
12 GRN/YEL (VTEC SOLENOID VALVE) With engine at high rpm: battery voltage
ICM (IGNITION CONTROL Sends ignition pulse. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
13*1 MODULE)
YEL/GRN With engine running: about 10 V
(depending on engine speed)
*1: ’98-99 models

*2: ’00 model
*3: ’01-’02 models

205-6
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (25P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal
number
OP2SW (2ND OIL Detects 2nd oil pressure switch. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
14*1 BLU/BLK
PRESSURE SWITCH)
ATPNP (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In Park or Neutral: 0 V
14*2, *3 BLU/WHT RANGE SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: battery voltage
15 BLU INJ3 (No. 3 INJECTOR) Drives No. 3 injector. With engine running: pulses
LSA + (A/T CLUTCH A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
17 RED PRESSURE CONTROL solenoid valve A power supply
SOLENOID VALVE A + SIDE) positive terminal.
LSB – (A/T CLUTCH A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
18 GRN PRESSURE CONTROL solenoid valve B power supply
SOLENOID VALVE B – SIDE) negative terminal.
20 BRN/BLK LG1 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the PCM circuit. Less than 1.0 V at all times
VBU (VOLTAGE BACK UP) Power source for the PCM circuit. Battery voltage at all times
21 WHT/YEL Power source for the DTC
memory.
BLK*1 LG2 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the PCM circuit. Less than 1.0 V at all times
22
BRN/BLK*2
IACV (IDLE AIR CONTROL Drives IAC valve. With engine running: pulses
23 BLK/BLU
VALVE)
OP3SW (3RD OIL Detects 3rd oil pressure switch. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
24 BLU/WHT
PRESSURE SWITCH)
LSB + (A/T CLUTCH A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
25 ORN PRESSURE CONTROL solenoid valve B power supply
SOLENOID VALVE B + SIDE) positive terminal.
*1: ’98-99 models

*2: ’00 model
*3: ’01-’02 models

205-7
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C (31P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Terminal
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
number
PO2SHTC (PRIMARY HEATED Drives primary heated oxygen With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1*5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BLK/WHT OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER sensor heater. With fully warmed up engine running:
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
CONTROL) duty controlled
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ALTC Sends alternator control signal. With fully warmed up engine running:
2 WHT/GRN (ALTERNATOR CONTROL) battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
During driving with small electrical load: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3*4 RED/BLU KS (KNOCK SENSOR) Detects KS signal. With engine knocking: pulses
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ALTF (ALTERNATOR FR Detects alternator FR signal. With fully warmed up engine running: 0 V–
5 WHT/RED
SIGNAL) battery voltage (depending on electrical load)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
EGRL (EXHAUST GAS Detects EGR valve position At idle: about 1.2 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6 WHT/BLK RECIRCULATION (EGR) sensor signal.
VALVE POSITION SENSOR)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8
GRN/WHT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SG1 (SENSOR GROUND)
BLU CKPP (CKP SENSOR P SIDE)
Ground for MAP sensor.
Detects CKP sensor.
Less than 1.0 V at all times
With engine running: pulses
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9 WHT CKPM (CKP SENSOR M SIDE) Ground for CKP sensor.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
VTM (VTEC PRESSURE Detects VTEC pressure switch With engine at low engine speed: 0 V
10*4 BLU/BLK SWITCH SIGNAL) signal. With engine at high engine speed
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(vehicle running): battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PO2SHTC + (AIR FUEL RATIO Detects A/F sensor heater With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
13*3 WHT (A/F) SENSOR HEATER voltage.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
CONTROL + SIDE)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PHO2S + Detects A/F sensor (sensor 1)
14*3 RED (AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) signal.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SENSOR, SENSOR 1 + SIDE)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PHO2S– Detects A/F sensor (sensor 1)
15*3
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BLU (AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) signal.
SENSOR, SENSOR 1 – SIDE)
*1: M/T
*2: A/T
*3: F23A4 engine
*6: ’00 model

205-8
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C (31P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Terminal
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
number
PHO2S (PRIMARY HEATED Detects primary heated With throttle fully opened from idle with fully
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
16*5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
WHT OXYGEN SENSOR, SENSOR 1) oxygen sensor (sensor 1) signal. warmed up engine: above 0.6 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
MAP (MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE Detects MAP sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II): about 3 V
17 RED/GRN PRESSURE SENSOR) At idle: about 1.0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
18 GRN/BLK SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground. Less than 1.0 V at all times
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Power source to MAP sensor. With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
19 YEL/RED
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GRN
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TDCP (TDC SENSOR P SIDE)
RED TDCM (TDC SENSOR M SIDE)
Detects TDC sensor.
Ground for TDC sensor.
With engine running: Pulses
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
VSS Detects VSS signal. With ignition switch ON (II) and front wheel
23*1 BLU/WHT
(VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR) rotating: cycles 0 V–5 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
24*6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
YEL/GRN
MTRTW
Sends engine coolant
temperature signal.
With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
IAT (INTAKE AIR Detects IAT sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1–4.8V
25 RED/YEL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR) (depending on intake air temperature)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
26
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RED/WHT
ECT (ENGINE COOLANT Detects ECT sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1–4.8 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TEMPERATURE SENSOR) (depending on engine coolant temperature)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TPS (THROTTLE POSITION Detects TP sensor signal. With throttle fully open: about 4.8 V
27 RED/BLK SENSOR) With throttle fully closed: about 0.5 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
28
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
YEL/BLU
VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE)
Provides sensor voltage. With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
29 YEL CYPP (CYP SENSOR P SIDE) Detects CYP sensor. With engine running: pulses
30 BLK CYPM (CYP SENSOR M SIDE) Ground for CYP sensor.
*1: M/T
*2: A/T
*3: F23A4 engine
*6: ’00 model

205-9
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C (31P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal
number
PO2SHTC (PRIMARY Drives primary heated oxygen With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
1 BLK/WHT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR sensor heater. With fully warmed up engine running:
ALTC Sends alternator control signal. With engine running: approx. 0 V–5 V
2 WHT/GRN
(ALTERNATOR CONTROL) (depending on electrical load)
IGPLS 3 (No. 3 IGNITION Drives No. 3 ignition coil. With ignition switch ON (II): 0 V
3*2, *3 WHT/BLU
COIL PULSE) With engine running: pulses
IGPLS 1 (No. 1 IGNITION Drives No. 1 ignition coil.
4*2, *3 YEL/GRN
COIL PULSE)
ALTF Detects alternator FR signal. With engine running: 0 V–5 V
5 WHT/RED
(ALTERNATOR FR SIGNAL) (depending on electrical load)
EGRL (EGR VALVE LIFT Detects EGR valve lift sensor At idle: about 1.2 V
6 WHT/BLK
SENSOR) signal.
7 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Ground for MAP sensor. Less than 1.0 V at all times
8 BLU CKPP (CKP SENSOR P SIDE) Detects CKP sensor. With engine running: pulses
9 WHT CKPM (CKP SENSOR M SIDE) Ground for CKP sensor.
VTM (VTEC PRESSURE Detects VTEC pressure switch With engine at low rpm: 0 V
10 BLU/BLK SWITCH SIGNAL) signal. With engine at high rpm: battery voltage
12*2, *3 BLK/RED
COIL PULSE) With engine running: pulses
13*2, *3 BRN
COIL PULSE)
14*2, *3 BLU/RED
COIL PULSE)
PHO2S Detects primary heated oxygen With throttle fully opened from idle with fully
16 WHT (PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN sensor (sensor 1) signal. warmed up engine: above 0.6 V
SENSOR, SENSOR 1) With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
*2: ’00 model

*3: ’01-’02 models

205-10
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C (31P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal
number
MAP (MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE Detects MAP sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II): about 3 V
17 RED/GRN PRESSURE SENSOR At idle: about 1.0 V
18 GRN/BLK SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground. Less than 1.0 V at all times
VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Power source to MAP sensor. With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
19 YEL/RED
TDC1P Detects TDC sensor 1. With engine running: pulses
20 GRN
(TDC SENSOR 1P SIDE)
TDC1M Ground for TDC sensor 1.
21 RED
(TDC SENSOR 1M SIDE)
23*2, *3 BRN/WHT COIL PULSE) With engine running: pulses
IAT (INTAKE AIR Detects IAT sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1–4.8 V
25 RED/YEL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR) (depending on intake air temperature)
ECT (ENGINE COOLANT Detects ECT sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1–4.8 V
26 RED/WHT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR) (depending on engine coolant temperature)
TPS (THROTTLE POSITION Detects TP sensor signal. With throttle fully open: about 4.8 V
27 RED/BLK SENSOR) With throttle fully closed: about 0.5 V
VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage. With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
28 YEL/BLU
TDC2P Detects TDC sensor 2. With engine running: pulses
29 YEL
(TDC2 SENSOR P SIDE)
TDC2M Ground for TDC sensor 2.
30 BLK
(TDC2 SENSOR M SIDE)
*2: ’00 model

*3: ’01-’02 models

205-11
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector D (16P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Terminal
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
number
LC (TORQUE CONVERTER Drives TCC pressure control With lock-up ON: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1*2 YEL CLUTCH (TCC) PRESSURE solenoid valve. With lock-up OFF: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SHB
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Drives shift solenoid valve B.
With engine running in 1st, 2nd gears:
(SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B) battery voltage
2*2 GRN/WHT
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
With engine running in 3rd, 4th gears:
about 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
3*2 ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GRN
SHC
(SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C)
Drives shift solenoid valve C. With engine running in 1st and 3rd gears:
battery voltage
With engine running in 2nd and 4th gears:
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
about 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
VBSOL (BATTERY VOLTAGE Power source of solenoid valve. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
5*2 BLK/YEL
FOR SOLENOID VALVE)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
6*2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
WHT
ATPR (AT GEAR POSITION
SWITCH)
Detects A/T gear position switch
signal.
In R position: 0 V
In any other position: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SHA Drives shift solenoid valve A. With engine running in 2nd, 3rd gears:
7*2 (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A) battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
BLU/YEL
ÁÁÁÁ
8*2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PNK
ATPD3 (AT GEAR POSITION Detects A/T gear position
With engine running in 1st, 4th gears: about 0 V
In D3 position: 0 V
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ATPD4 (AT GEAR POSITION Detects A/T gear position In D4 position: 0 V
9*2 YEL SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: about 5V or battery
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
NC (COUNTERSHAFT Detects countershaft speed With ignition switch ON (II) and front wheels
10*2 BLU
SPEED SENSOR) sensor signals. rotating: pulses
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11*2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RED
NM (MAINSHAFT SPEED Detects mainshaft speed sensor With engine running: pulses
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SENSOR) signals.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
NMSG (MAINSHAFT SPEED Ground for mainshaft speed
12*2 WHT
SENSOR GROUND) sensor.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ATPNP (AT GEAR POSITION Detects A/T gear position In Park or Neutral: 0 V
13*2 BLU/WHT
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ATP2 (AT GEAR POSITION Detects A/T gear position In 2nd position: 0 V
14*2 BLU SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
15*2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BRN
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ATP1 (AT GEAR POSITION
SWITCH)
Detects A/T gear position
switch signal.
In 1st position: 0 V
In any other position: battery voltage
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
NCSG (COUNTERSHAFT Ground for countershaft
16*2 GRN
SPEED SENSOR GROUND) speed sensor.
*1: M/T
*2: A/T
*3: F23A4 engine

205-12
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/
s
t
Menu Circuit Index
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector D (16P) NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal
number
LC (TORQUE CONVERTER Drives torque converter clutch With lock-up ON: battery voltage
1 YEL CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE) solenoid valve. With lock-up OFF: 0 V
SHB Drives shift solenoid valve B. With engine running in 1st, 2nd gears:
(SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B) battery voltage
2 GRN/WHT
With engine running in 3rd, 4th gears:
about 0V
SHC Drives shift solenoid valve C. With engine running in 1st and 3rd gears:
3 GRN (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C) battery voltage
With engine running in 2nd and 4th gears: 0V
VBSOL (BATTERY VOLTAGE Power source for solenoid valve. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
5 BLK/YEL
FOR SOLENOID VALVE)
ATPR (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In R position: 0 V
6 WHT RANGE SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: battery voltage
SHA Drives shift solenoid valve A. With engine running in 2nd, 3rd gears:
(SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A) battery voltage
7 BLU/YEL
With engine running in 1st, 4th gears:
about 0 V
ATPD3 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In D3 position: 0 V
8 PNK RANGE SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: battery voltage
ATPD4 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In D4 position: 0 V
9 YEL RANGE SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: about 5 V
or battery voltage
NC (COUNTERSHAFT Detects countershaft speed With ignition switch ON (II), and front wheels
10 BLU
SPEED SENSOR) sensor signals. rotating: battery voltage
NM (MAINSHAFT SPEED Detects mainshaft speed sensor With engine running: pulses
11 RED
SENSOR) signals.
NMSG (MAINSHAFT SPEED Ground for mainshaft speed
12 WHT
SENSOR GROUND) sensor.
ATPNP (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In Park or Neutral: 0 V
13*2, *3 BLU/WHT RANGE SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: battery voltage
OP2SW (2ND OIL Detects 2nd oil pressure switch. With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
13*2, *3 BLU/BLK
PRESSURE SWITCH)
ATP2 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In 2nd position: 0 V
14 BLU RANGE SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: battery voltage
ATP1 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In 1st position: 0 V
15 BRN RANGE SWITCH) switch signal. In any other position: battery voltage
NCSG (COUNTERSHAFT Ground for countershaft speed
16 GRN
SPEED SENSOR GROUND) sensor.
*1: ’98-99 models

*2: ’00 model
*3: ’01-’02 models

205-13
s
Menu Circuit Index
http://vnx.su/

VNX - Su Electro Acc 2002

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

VNX - Su Electro Acc 2002

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

1998-2002 Accord Electrical Troubleshooting Manual

General Information Indexes

How to Read Schematics Component Connector Views

How to Troubleshoot Fuse/Relay Information

Request for Correction Ground to Components Index

Safety Messages In-Line Connector Views

Symbol Definitions Splice & Junction Connector Index

Terminal Numbering System Wire Harness Routing Index

Revision Date: 1/3/08

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

How to Read Schematics Component Connector Views

How to Troubleshoot Fuse/Relay Information

Request for Correction Ground to Components Index

Safety Messages In-Line Connector Views

Symbol Definitions Splice & Junction Connector Index

Terminal Numbering System Wire Harness Routing Index

Revision Date: 1/3/08

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

NOTE: Gives helpful information.

CAUTION: Detailed descriptions of standard workshop procedures, safety principles, and

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

A/C . . . . . . . . Air Conditioning

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

(Fold here first...

AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC.

...then fold here)

Menu Circuit Index

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

Connector Identification and Wire Harness Routing Index

Battery Ground Cable Left Side Wire Harness

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

Splice and Junction Connector Details Index

Menu Circuit Index

How To Use This Manual

Circuit schematics break the entire electrical system into individual

Explanations of the abbreviations and symbols used in the schematics

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

How To Use This Manual

The connector cavity numbering sequence Number of photo

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

How To Use This Manual

Fuse 42 Fuse 46 Fuse 53 Fuse 58 Fuse 59

T101 See page A17 C3 D10 D2

WHT/GRN WHT/GRN Rear Seat

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

How To Use This Manual

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Menu Circuit Index

How To Use This Manual

To see where connectors

If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or

Driver’s Power Seat Wire Harness

1 Power seat rear up-down motor 2-GRY Under driver’s seat EX

2002 American Honda Motor Co., Inc.